US20190106814A1 - Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates - Google Patents

Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20190106814A1
US20190106814A1 US16/189,851 US201816189851A US2019106814A1 US 20190106814 A1 US20190106814 A1 US 20190106814A1 US 201816189851 A US201816189851 A US 201816189851A US 2019106814 A1 US2019106814 A1 US 2019106814A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
substrate
welded
yarn
solvent
welding
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/189,851
Inventor
Luke Michael Haverhals
Aaron Kenneth Amstutz
Balmes Tejeda
Matthew Nelson
Jonglak Choi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Natural Fiber Welding Inc
Original Assignee
Natural Fiber Welding Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/US2017/024351 external-priority patent/WO2017165891A1/en
Application filed by Natural Fiber Welding Inc filed Critical Natural Fiber Welding Inc
Priority to US16/189,851 priority Critical patent/US20190106814A1/en
Publication of US20190106814A1 publication Critical patent/US20190106814A1/en
Assigned to Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. reassignment Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AMSTUTZ, AARON KENNETH, TEJEDA, BALMES, CHOI, JONGLAK, HAVERHALS, LUKE MICHAEL, NELSON, MATTHEW
Assigned to Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. reassignment Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: Natural Fiber Welding, Inc.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D02YARNS; MECHANICAL FINISHING OF YARNS OR ROPES; WARPING OR BEAMING
    • D02GCRIMPING OR CURLING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, OR YARNS; YARNS OR THREADS
    • D02G3/00Yarns or threads, e.g. fancy yarns; Processes or apparatus for the production thereof, not otherwise provided for
    • D02G3/22Yarns or threads characterised by constructional features, e.g. blending, filament/fibre
    • D02G3/36Cored or coated yarns or threads
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D02YARNS; MECHANICAL FINISHING OF YARNS OR ROPES; WARPING OR BEAMING
    • D02GCRIMPING OR CURLING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, OR YARNS; YARNS OR THREADS
    • D02G3/00Yarns or threads, e.g. fancy yarns; Processes or apparatus for the production thereof, not otherwise provided for
    • D02G3/22Yarns or threads characterised by constructional features, e.g. blending, filament/fibre
    • D02G3/40Yarns in which fibres are united by adhesives; Impregnated yarns or threads
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D02YARNS; MECHANICAL FINISHING OF YARNS OR ROPES; WARPING OR BEAMING
    • D02GCRIMPING OR CURLING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, OR YARNS; YARNS OR THREADS
    • D02G3/00Yarns or threads, e.g. fancy yarns; Processes or apparatus for the production thereof, not otherwise provided for
    • D02G3/02Yarns or threads characterised by the material or by the materials from which they are made
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M10/00Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, e.g. ultrasonic, corona discharge, irradiation, electric currents, or magnetic fields; Physical treatment combined with treatment with chemical compounds or elements
    • D06M10/005Laser beam treatment
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M11/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising
    • D06M11/32Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with oxygen, ozone, ozonides, oxides, hydroxides or percompounds; Salts derived from anions with an amphoteric element-oxygen bond
    • D06M11/36Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with oxygen, ozone, ozonides, oxides, hydroxides or percompounds; Salts derived from anions with an amphoteric element-oxygen bond with oxides, hydroxides or mixed oxides; with salts derived from anions with an amphoteric element-oxygen bond
    • D06M11/46Oxides or hydroxides of elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic System; Titanates; Zirconates; Stannates; Plumbates
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M11/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising
    • D06M11/73Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with carbon or compounds thereof
    • D06M11/74Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with carbon or compounds thereof with carbon or graphite; with carbides; with graphitic acids or their salts
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M11/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising
    • D06M11/77Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with silicon or compounds thereof
    • D06M11/79Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with silicon or compounds thereof with silicon dioxide, silicic acids or their salts
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M11/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising
    • D06M11/83Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising with metals; with metal-generating compounds, e.g. metal carbonyls; Reduction of metal compounds on textiles
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M11/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising
    • D06M11/84Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising combined with mechanical treatment
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/01Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with natural macromolecular compounds or derivatives thereof
    • D06M15/03Polysaccharides or derivatives thereof
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/0004General aspects of dyeing
    • D06P1/0016Dye baths containing a dyeing agent in a special form such as for instance in melted or solid form, as a floating film or gel, spray or aerosol, or atomised dyes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/22General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using vat dyestuffs including indigo
    • D06P1/228Indigo
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/46General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing natural macromolecular substances or derivatives thereof
    • D06P1/48Derivatives of carbohydrates
    • D06P1/50Derivatives of cellulose
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/20Physical treatments affecting dyeing, e.g. ultrasonic or electric
    • D06P5/2005Treatments with alpha, beta, gamma or other rays, e.g. stimulated rays
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/20Physical treatments affecting dyeing, e.g. ultrasonic or electric
    • D06P5/2044Textile treatments at a pression higher than 1 atm
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/20Physical treatments affecting dyeing, e.g. ultrasonic or electric
    • D06P5/2066Thermic treatments of textile materials
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P7/00Dyeing or printing processes combined with mechanical treatment
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P2001/0084Non-aqueous dyeing in an inorganic medium
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D10INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10BINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBLASSES OF SECTION D, RELATING TO TEXTILES
    • D10B2201/00Cellulose-based fibres, e.g. vegetable fibres
    • D10B2201/20Cellulose-derived artificial fibres

Definitions

  • the present disclosure related to methods for producing fiber composites and products that may be made from those fiber composites as well as methods for producing colored welded substrates.
  • Synthetic polymers such as polystyrene are routinely welded using solvents such as dichloromethane.
  • Ionic liquids e.g., 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate
  • natural fiber biopolymers e.g., cellulose and silk
  • Natural fiber welding is a process by which biopolymer fibers are fused in a manner roughly analogous to traditional plastic welding.
  • FIG. 1 provides a schematic view of various aspects of a process for producing welded substrates.
  • FIG. 2 provides a schematic view of various aspects of another process for producing welded substrates.
  • FIG. 2A provides a schematic view of one type of process solvent recovery zone that may be used with a welding process.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 3 called out as FIGS. 3A-3E .
  • Functional materials are predispersed in the fiber matrix before welding.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 4 called out as FIGS. 4A-4D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 5 called out as FIGS. 5A-5D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent with additional solubilized polymer.
  • FIG. 6A provides a side, cutaway view of one configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6B provides a perspective view of another configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6C provides a perspective view of another configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6E provides a side view of the apparatus from FIG. 6D , wherein the plates are differently positioned with respect to one another.
  • FIG. 6F provides a side view of an apparatus that may be used with various welding processes, wherein the apparatus may be configured for use with a plurality of 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic view of a welding process that may be used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C .
  • FIG. 7B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 7C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 7B after it has been processed in another welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid to produce a welded substrate.
  • FIG. 7D provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 7C , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic view of a welding process that may be used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 8C .
  • FIG. 8B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 8C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 8B after it has been processed in another welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid to produce a welded substrate.
  • FIG. 8D provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 8C , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 9A is a perspective view of a welding process that may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 9C-9E .
  • FIG. 9B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 9C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 9D provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 9E provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 9F provides an image of a fabric made from the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D .
  • FIG. 9G provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIGS. 9C and 9K , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 9H provides an image of a fabric made from the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B on the left side of the picture and a fabric made from the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D on the right side of the picture.
  • FIGS. 9I & 9J provide images of a welded substrate that may be considered a shell welded substrate.
  • FIG. 9K provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 9L provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 9M provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view of a welding process that may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 10C-10F .
  • FIG. 10B provides a scanning electron microscope image of multiple raw, 1D substrates comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 10C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 10D provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 10E provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 10F provides a magnified image of a portion of the center welded substrate from FIG. 10E .
  • FIG. 10G provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 10C , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 11A provides a schematic representation showing various aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11B provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11C provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11D provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11E provides an image of a welded substrate that has been produced via a modulated welding process, wherein the portion on the right side of the figure is lightly welded and the portion on the right side of the figure is highly welded.
  • FIG. 11F provides another image of a fabric made from a modulated welded substrate, wherein the fabric exhibits a heathering effect.
  • FIG. 12A provides scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of denim.
  • FIG. 12B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12A after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is highly welded.
  • FIG. 12C provides scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 12D provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12C after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 12E provides a scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a jersey knit cotton fabric.
  • FIG. 12F provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12E after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 12G provides a magnified scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a jersey knit cotton fabric.
  • FIG. 12H provides a magnified scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12E after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 13 provides a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 20° C.
  • FIG. 14A provides a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 22° C.
  • FIG. 14B provides a scanning electron microscope image of a different welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 40° C.
  • FIG. 15A provides x-ray diffraction data for a raw cotton yarn on plot A and a cotton yarn reconstituted from a raw cotton yarn substrate that was fully dissolved in ionic liquid.
  • FIG. 15B provides x-ray diffraction data for three different welded yarn substrates produced from the same raw cotton yarn substrate shown in plot A of FIG. 15A
  • FIG. 16A provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw cotton yarn substrate showing various individual cotton fibers.
  • FIG. 16B provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw cotton yarn substrate that has been ring dyed using prior art techniques.
  • FIG. 17A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via one dyeing and welding process.
  • FIG. 17B provides a depiction of a cross section of a single welded fiber from the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 17A .
  • FIG. 18A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another dyeing and welding process.
  • FIG. 18B provides a depiction of a cross section of a single welded fiber from the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 18A .
  • FIG. 19A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via a welding process.
  • FIG. 19B provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another welding process.
  • FIG. 19C provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another welding process.
  • FIG. 20 provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 21 provides a depiction of cross sections of regions of interest for various raw substrates showing different degrees of welding in certain regions of interest.
  • FIG. 22A provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been evenly welded.
  • FIG. 22B provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been shell welded.
  • FIG. 22C provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been core welded.
  • FIG. 22D provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been evenly welded and had a candy coat weld applied thereto.
  • FIG. 22E provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been shell welded and had a candy coat weld applied thereto.
  • FIG. 23 provides a depiction of a welded yarn that may be produced via a modulated welding process and the cross-sectional characteristics at two different points along the length of the welded yarn.
  • FIG. 24 provides a depiction of another welded yarn that may be produced via a modulated welding process and the cross-sectional characteristics at two different points along the length of the welded yarn.
  • FIG. 25 is a graphical representation of how three different independent variables may be manipulated depending on the specific configuration of a welding process.
  • FIG. 26 is a graphical representation of how four different independent variables may be manipulated depending on the specific configuration of a welding process.
  • FIG. 27A is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a hard weld and the yarn core has a medium weld, and wherein the welded yarn substrate has been configured with a generally ovular cross-sectional shape.
  • FIG. 27B is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a hard weld and the yarn core has a medium weld, and wherein the welded yarn substrate has been configured with a generally circular cross-sectional shape.
  • FIG. 27C is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a soft weld and the yarn core has no welding.
  • FIG. 27D is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a medium weld and the yarn core has a soft weld.
  • FIG. here might be cut raw
  • FIG. 28 is a representation of different types of welded yarn morphologies, wherein darker regions generally denote relatively more welding among individual fibers within that region.
  • FIG. 29A is a side view of a raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 29B is an end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIG. 29A after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate with a circle approximating the cross-sectional area of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 29C is a side view of a shell welded yarn substrate with a relatively low degree of welding.
  • FIG. 29D is an end view of the welded yarn substrate from FIG. 29C after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate with a circle approximating the cross-sectional area of the welded yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 30A is an end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIGS. 29A & 29B after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 30B provides cross-sectional views of three shell welded yarn substrates after they have been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate, wherein the relative degree of welding increases from left to right.
  • FIG. 31A provides a cross-sectional view of a shell welded yarn substrate with a relatively moderate degree of welding.
  • FIG. 31B provides a detailed view of the cross-sectional view of FIG. 31A wherein concentric circles are super-imposed on the cross-sectional area to denote two different portions thereof.
  • FIG. 32 provides three additional detailed view of the cross-sectional view of FIGS. 31A & 31B after various image-analysis steps have been performed thereon and a resulting graph of fiber volume ratio of a particular portion of the cross-sectional area as a function of that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area.
  • FIG. 33 is a graphical correlation between the fiber volume ratio calculated in FIG. 32 and a degree of welding from zero (raw yarn substrate) to three (highly welded yarn substrate).
  • FIG. 34A provides a cross-sectional view of FIGS. 31A, 31B , & 32 having various concentric circles superimposed thereon.
  • FIG. 34B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in correlation to FIG. 34A .
  • FIG. 35A provides another end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIGS. 29A & 29B after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 35B provides cross-sectional views of two core welded yarn substrates after they have been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate, wherein the relative degree of welding increases from left to right.
  • FIG. 36A provides a cross-sectional view of the cross-sectional view of the left welded yarn substrate in FIG. 35B having various concentric circles superimposed thereon.
  • FIG. 36B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in correlation to FIG. 36A .
  • FIG. 37A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is evenly welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 37B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus on that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is evenly welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • FIG. 38A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area as dependent on that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is shell welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 38B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is shell welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • FIG. 39A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is core welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 39B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is core welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • Natural fiber substrate 10 Swollen natural fiber substrate 11, 112 Welded substrate 12 Functional material 20 Bonded functional material 21 Entrapped functional material 22 IL-based process solvent 30 Process solvent/functional material mixture 32 Welded fiber 40, 42 Polymer 53 Injector 60 Substrate input 61 Process solvent input 62 Application interface 63 Substrate outlet 64 Tray 70 Substrate groove 72 First plate 82 Second plate 84 Undyed yarn substrate 90 Undyed fiber substrate 92 Dyed yarn substrate 90′ Dyed fiber substrate 92′ Welded yam substrate 100 Native substrate fiber 102 Lightly welded substrate fiber 103 Moderately welded substrate fiber 104 Highly welded substrate fiber 105 Binder 106 Binder shell 108 Pigment particle 109
  • the word “comprise” and variations of the word, such as “comprising” and “comprises,” means “including but not limited to,” and is not intended to exclude, for example, other components, integers or steps.
  • “Exemplary” means “an example of” and is not intended to convey an indication of a preferred or ideal embodiment. “Such as” is not used in a restrictive sense, but for explanatory purposes.
  • “Substrate” as used herein may include either a pure biomaterial (e.g., cotton yarn, etc.), a plurality of biomaterials (e.g., lignocellulosic fibers mixed with silk fibers), or a material containing a known amount of a biomaterial.
  • a substrate may contain natural materials that contain at least one biopolymer component that is held together by hydrogen bonding (e.g., cellulose).
  • the term “substrate” may refer to synthetic materials, such as polyester, nylon, etc.; however, instances in which the term “substrate” refers to synthetic materials typically will be specifically noted throughout.
  • the fusion or welding process may be performed in a way that limits the denaturation of at least one component of the substrate. For example, a limited amount of a process solvent may be added at moderate temperatures and pressures and for a controlled time to limit the denaturation of lignocellulosic fibers.
  • Cellulosic-based substrate may include cotton, pulp, and/or other refined cellulosic fiber and/or particles, etc.
  • “Lignocellulosic-based substrate” may include wood, hemp, corn stover, bean straw, grass, etc.
  • “Other sugar-based biopolymer substrates” may include chitin, chitosan, etc.
  • Protein-based substrates may include keratin (e.g., wool, hooves, horns, nails), silk, collagen, elastin, tissues, etc.
  • keratin e.g., wool, hooves, horns, nails
  • silk collagen, elastin, tissues, etc.
  • Raw substrate as used herein may include any substrate that has a not been subjected to any welding process.
  • Substrate formats can be a variety of commercially available or customized products. ‘Loose,’ one-dimensional (1D), two-dimensional (2D), and/or three-dimensional (3D) substrates are all possible for use in various processes according to the present disclosure. Finished welded substrates or composites may be shaped in 1D, 2D, and/or 3D, respectively. The following definitions are applicable to both substrates and welded substrates (as defined further below).
  • “Loose” may include any natural fiber and/or particles or mixture of natural fibers and/or particles that is fed into the welding process in a loose, and/or relatively untangled format (e.g., mixtures of loose cotton with wood fibers and/or particles).
  • “1D” may include yarn and thread, both non-piled singled and piled yarns and threads.
  • “2D” may include paper substitute (e.g., cardboard alternatives, packaging paper, etc.), board substitute (e.g., alternatives to hardboard, plywood, OSB, MDF, dimensional lumber, etc.).
  • “3D” may include automotive parts, structural building components (e.g., extruded beams, joists, walls, etc.), furniture parts, toys, electronics cases and/or components, etc.
  • a resulting welded substrate or composite material may be composed of significant amounts of natural material (e.g., material produced by lifeforms and/or enzymes), wherein the natural material may be held together by the fusion or welding of the biopolymers of the natural materials rather than glues, resins, and/or other adhesives.
  • natural material e.g., material produced by lifeforms and/or enzymes
  • Process solvent may include a material capable of disrupting intermolecular forces of the substrate (e.g., hydrogen bonds), and includes materials that can swell, mobilize, and/or dissolve at least one biopolymer component within the substrate and/or otherwise disrupt the forces that may bind one biopolymer component to another.
  • “Pure process solvents” may include a process solvent without additional additives, and may include ionic liquids, 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate, 3-butyl-1-methylimidizolium chloride, and other similar salts currently known or later developed that serve to disrupt intermolecular forces of a substrate.
  • “Deep eutectic process solvents” may include ionic solvents that incorporate one or more compound in a mixture form to give a eutectic with a melting point lower than one or more of the components that make up the mixture, and may further include a pure ionic liquid process solvent mixed with other ionic liquids and/or molecular species.
  • Mated organic process solvents may include ionic liquids (e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate) mixed with polar protic (e.g., methanol) and/or polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile) as well as solutions containing 4-methylmorpholine 4-oxide (also known as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide, NMMO).
  • ionic liquids e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate
  • polar protic e.g., methanol
  • polar aprotic solvents e.g., acetonitrile
  • Mated inorganic process solvents may include aqueous salt solutions (e.g., aqueous solutions of LiOH and/or NAOH that may be mixed with urea or other molecular additives, aqueous guanidinium chloride, LiCl in N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), etc.).
  • aqueous salt solutions e.g., aqueous solutions of LiOH and/or NAOH that may be mixed with urea or other molecular additives, aqueous guanidinium chloride, LiCl in N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), etc.
  • process solvents may contain additional functional materials such as a relatively small amount (e.g., less than 10% by mass) fully solubilized natural polymer(s) (e.g., cellulose), but may also contain selected synthetic polymers (e.g. meta-aramid), as well as other functional materials.
  • additional functional materials such as a relatively small amount (e.g., less than 10% by mass) fully solubilized natural polymer(s) (e.g., cellulose), but may also contain selected synthetic polymers (e.g. meta-aramid), as well as other functional materials.
  • “Functional material” may include natural or synthetic inorganic materials (e.g., magnetic or conductive materials, magnetic microparticles, catalysts, etc.), natural or synthetic organic materials (e.g., carbon, dyes (including but not limited to florescent and phosphorescent), enzymes, catalysts, polymer, etc.), and/or devices (e.g., RFID tags, MEMS devices, integrated circuits) that may add features, functionality, and/or benefits to a substrate. Additionally, functional materials may be placed in substrates and/or process solvents.
  • natural or synthetic inorganic materials e.g., magnetic or conductive materials, magnetic microparticles, catalysts, etc.
  • natural or synthetic organic materials e.g., carbon, dyes (including but not limited to florescent and phosphorescent), enzymes, catalysts, polymer, etc.
  • devices e.g., RFID tags, MEMS devices, integrated circuits
  • Process wetted substrate may refer to a substrate of any combination of format and type that is wetted with a process solvent applied to all or a part of the substrate. Accordingly, a process wetted substrate may contain some partially dissolved, mobilized natural polymer.
  • Reconstitution solvent may include a liquid that has a non-zero vapor pressure and may be capable of forming mixtures with ions from the process solvent system.
  • one characteristic of a reconstitution solvent system may be that it is not be capable of dissolving natural materials substrates on its own.
  • the reconstitution solvent may be used to separate and remove process solvent ions from substrates. That is to say, in one aspect reconstitution solvent removes process solvent from a process wetted substrate. In so doing, the process wetted substrate may be transformed to a reconstituted wetted substrate as defined below.
  • Reconstitution solvents may include polar protic solvents (e.g., water, alcohols, etc.) and/or polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, etc.).
  • Reconstitution solvents may be mixtures of molecular components and may include ionic components.
  • a reconstitution solvent may be used to help control the distribution of functional materials within a substrate.
  • a reconstitution solvent may be configured to be chemically similar to or substantially chemically identical to a molecular additive in a process solvent system.
  • a (pure) reconstitution solvent may be mixed with ionic components to form a process solvent.
  • a reconstitution solvent may be configured to be chemically similar to or substantially chemically identical to a molecular additive in a process solvent system.
  • acetonitrile is a polar aprotic molecular liquid with a non-zero vapor pressure that is not capable of dissolving cellulose when pure.
  • Acetonitrile may be mixed with a sufficient amount of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate to form a solution that is capable of disrupting hydrogen bonding, and acetonitrile may be used as the reconstitution solvent.
  • any mixtures of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate in acetonitrile that do not contain sufficient ionic strength to dissolve or mobilize polymer of a natural substrate are considered to be a reconstitution solvent.
  • Reconstituted wetted substrate may refer a process wetted substrate of any combination of format and type that is wetted with the reconstitution solvent applied to all or part of the process wetted substrate.
  • a reconstitution wetted substrate does not contain partially dissolved, mobilized natural polymer, which may be due to the removal of the process solvent via the application of the reconstitution solvent.
  • Drying gas may include a material that is a gas at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, but may be a supercritical fluid.
  • the drying gas may be capable of mixing with and carrying the non-zero vapor pressure components (e.g., all or a portion of the reconstitution solvent) from both a process wetted substrate and/or a reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • Drying gas may be pure gases (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) or mixtures of gases (e.g., air).
  • “Welded substrate” may be used to refer to a finished composite comprised of at least one natural substrate in which one or more individual fibers and/or particles have been fused or welded together via a process solvent acting upon biopolymers from either those fibers and/or particles and/or action upon another natural material within the substrate.
  • welded substrates may include “finished composites” and/or “fiber-matrix composites.”
  • fiber-matrix composite may be used to refer to a welded substrate having a natural substrate acting as both the fiber and the matrix of the welded substrate.
  • Yielding as used herein may refer to joining and/or fusion of materials by intimate intermolecular association of polymer.
  • Biopolymer refers to naturally occurring polymer (produced by life processes) as opposed to all polymers that may be synthetically derived from naturally occurring materials.
  • a process solvent may be applied to one or more substrates containing natural materials.
  • the process solvent may disrupt one or more intermolecular force (which intermolecular force may include but is not limited to hydrogen bonding) within at least one component of the substrate(s) containing natural material(s).
  • the fibers and/or particles within the substrate(s) may become fused or welded together, which may result in a welded substrate.
  • the welded substrate may have enhanced physical properties (e.g., enhanced tensile strength) over the original substrate(s) (prior to being subjected to processing).
  • the welded substrate may also be imparted with enhanced chemical properties (e.g., hydrophobicity) or other features/functionality because of either the parameters selected for the welding process itself or the inclusion of functional materials to the substrate(s) before or during the welding process that converts the substrate(s) into a welded substrate.
  • the various processes and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may be generalized such that the process and/or apparatuses may be configured for use with any number of process solvents and/or substrates (including process solvents and/or substrates that are either known in academic or patent literature as capable of fully dissolving the biopolymers of natural materials or those later developed).
  • the welding process may be configured such that biopolymer-containing substrate(s) are not fully dissolved in the treatment process.
  • robust composite materials of various compositions and shapes may be produced without glue and/or resin (even in processes configured to not fully dissolve a biopolymer-containing substrate).
  • the welding process and/or apparatuses may be configured to carefully and intentionally control the amount of process solvent, the temperature, pressure, duration of process solvent exposure to natural materials, and/or other parameters without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the means by which a process solvent, reconstitution solvent, and/or drying gas can be recycled efficiently for reuse may be optimized for commercialization.
  • disclosed herein is a collection of innovative concepts and features that are not obvious based on prior art. Given that natural materials are generally abundant, inexpensive, and can be produced sustainably, the processes and apparatuses disclosed herein may be the archetype for a transformative and sustainable means to manufacture trillions of dollars per year worth of materials.
  • This technology may allow humankind to move forward in a way that is not restricted by limiting resources such as petroleum and petroleum-containing materials.
  • the present disclosure may achieve this result using novel and non-obvious processes and/or apparatuses configured for use with substrates, process solvents, and/or reconstitution not disclosed in the prior art, which may result in various novel and non-obvious end products.
  • FIG. 1 provides schematic depiction showing various aspects of one welding process that may be configured to produce a welded substrate.
  • This general welding process may be modified and/or optimized based on at least a specific substrate, specific process solvent system, specific welded substrate to be produced, functional materials utilized, and/or combinations thereof.
  • FIG. 1 is not meant to be limiting, and is for illustrative purposes only unless so indicated in the following claims. Additional details for certain aspects of a welding process for producing welded substrates (e.g., specific equipment, processing parameters, process solvent systems, etc.) are provided further below, and the immediately following example of a welding process is intended to provide an overarching framework highlighting certain aspects of the present disclosure that may be applicable to a wide range of substrates, process solvent system, reconstitution solvent systems, welded substrates, functional materials, substrate formats, welded substrate formats, and/or combinations thereof
  • a welding process may be configured such that a substrate feed zone 1 comprises a portion of the welding process at which a substrate format(s) may be controllably fed to (enter) the welding process and/or apparatuses associated therewith.
  • the substrate feed zone 1 may include equipment that creates a particular substrate format(s) from a particular substrate material or mixture of substrate materials.
  • the substrate feed may be configured to deliver rolls of premade substrate formats.
  • Substrates may be pushed or pulled through the substrate feed zone 1 .
  • Substrate may ride a powered conveyor system. Substrates may be fed through the substrate feed zone 1 by an extrusion-type screw.
  • the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by whether, and/or how the substrate moves in the substrate feed zone 1 , and/or whether the substrate remains stationary and the equipment and/or other components of the welding process move with respect to the substrate unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Substrates may contain additional functional materials that may be added to the substrate within the substrate feed zone 1 .
  • Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or feed rate of materials within the substrate feed zone 1 .
  • the substrate or multiple substrates may move from the substrate feed zone 1 to the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • a welding process configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates)
  • an apparatus that applies a stress to the substrate before it enters the welding process.
  • the apparatus may also be configured with a mechanism that ties a knot to reestablish a continuous substrate. The net result is that a welding process so configured may locate and fix weak sections of substrate so as to limit down time.
  • This apparatus may be a standalone machine to improve certain substrates long in advance of performing welding processes. Alternatively, this apparatus can be integrated directly into the substrate feed zone 1 .
  • one or more process solvents may be applied to a substrate(s) by immersion, wicking, painting, inkjet printing, spraying, etc. or by any combination thereof as the substrate moves through the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • Process solvent may include functional materials and/or molecular additives, both of which are described in further detail below.
  • a process solvent application zone 2 may be configured with additional equipment that adds functional material(s) to the substrate separately from the process solvent.
  • Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature and/or pressure of process solvent, the substrate, and/or the atmosphere during process solvent application.
  • Equipment and instrumentation that monitors and controls the composition, amount, and/or rate of process solvent applied may be utilized.
  • Process solvent may be applied to specific locations or to the entire substrate depending on the method of process solvent application.
  • a die may terminate the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • a welding process so configured may also include equipment that forms a 1D, 2D, or 3D shape from loose substrate to which process solvent has been applied as the substrate moves through the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • the optimal configuration of a solvent application zone 2 may be dependent at least upon the substrate format, choice of process solvent and/or process solvent system, and apparatuses used to apply the process solvent. These parameters may be configured to achieve a desired amount of viscous drag.
  • Visco drag denotes the balance between process solvent and/or process solvent system viscosity and mechanical (e.g., pressure, frictions, shear, etc.) forces that apply the process solvent and/or process solvent system into the substrate.
  • the optimal viscous drag is configured to result in a welded substrate having consistent properties throughout, and in other cases the optimal viscous drag is configured to result in a modulated welded substrate as discussed in further detail below.
  • a properly sized, needle-like orifice that may be designed to properly apply process solvent (and thereby affect the viscous drag) to the substrate to produce the desired properties of a welded substrate.
  • Process solvent may be controllably metered into the device while substrate simultaneously may be moved through the orifice. At least the temperature, flow rate and flow characteristics of process solvent, and/or substrate feed rate may be monitored and/or controlled to impart desired properties in the finished welded substrate.
  • the orifice size, shape, and configuration may be designed to limit or add to the stress to the substrate as process solvent is applied thereto as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS. 6A-6C .
  • This design consideration may be particularly important for fine yarns or yarns that have not been combed to remove short fiber.
  • the specific configuration of the process solvent application zone 2 may be dependent at least on the specific chemistry used for the process solvent and/or process solvent system.
  • some process solvents and/or process solvent systems are efficacious to swell and mobilize biopolymers at relatively cold temperatures (i.e., LiOH-urea at approximately ⁇ 5° C. or below)
  • others i.e., ionic liquids, NMMO, etc.
  • ionic liquids ionic liquids, NMMO, etc.
  • Certain ionic liquids become efficacious above 50 C while NMMO may require temperatures greater than 90 C.
  • the viscosity of many process solvents and/or process solvent systems may be a function of temperature, such that the optimal configuration of various aspects of a process solvent application zone 2 (or other aspects of welding process) may be dependent on the temperature of the process solvent application zone 2 , process solvent itself, and/or process solvent system. That is, when a specific process solvent and/or process solvent system is efficacious at a low temperature and is also relatively viscous at that low temperature, the equipment used to apply the process solvent and/or process solvent system to the substrate must be designed to accommodate those temperatures and viscosity.
  • the wetted substrate may enter a welding process zone of at least controlled temperature, pressure, and/or atmosphere (composition) for a controlled amount of time.
  • Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor, modulate, and/or control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or feed rate of process wetted substrate within the substrate feed zone 1 .
  • temperature may be controlled and/or modulated by utilizing chillers, convective ovens, microwave, infrared, or any number of other suitable methods or apparatuses.
  • the process solvent application zone 2 may be discrete from the process temperature/pressure zone 2 .
  • the welding process may be configured such that these two zones 2 , 3 into one contiguous segment.
  • a welding process configured such that a substrate may be immersed in and moving through a process solvent bath for a particular time and under controlled temperature and pressure conditions would combine the process solvent application zone 2 and the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 together may be considered a welding zone.
  • a die may be included within or at the end of the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • Other aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure may also include equipment that forms a 1D, 2D, or 3D shape from loose substrate to which process solvent has been applied and which has moved through the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • Process solvents may be separated from the substrate within the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • a process solvent may contain salt that has little or no vapor pressure.
  • a reconstitution solvent may be introduced.
  • process solvent may move out of the substrate and into the reconstitution solvent.
  • the reconstitution solvent may flow in a direction opposite to the movement of substrate so that the minimal amount of reconstitution solvent is required to recover process solvent using minimal time, space, and energy where applicable.
  • the process solvent recovery zone 4 may also be a bath, a series of baths, or series of segments where reconstitution solvent flows opposed or across the process wetted substrate.
  • Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or flow rate of reconstitution solvent within the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the substrate Upon exiting this zone 4 , the substrate may be wetted with the reconstitution solvent.
  • a process solvent system with an ionic liquid process solvent in combination with a molecular additive and to configure the reconstitution solvent such that it is chemically similar to or chemically identical to the molecular additive.
  • process solvents comprised of ionic liquids it may be beneficial to select a molecular additive comprised having a relatively low boiling point but a relatively high vapor pressure.
  • polar protic solvents generally may be more difficult to separate from ionic liquids and also tend to decrease the efficacy of ionic liquid-containing solvent systems
  • polar protic solvents generally may be more difficult to separate from ionic liquids and also tend to decrease the efficacy of ionic liquid-containing solvent systems
  • acetonitrile e.g., acetone
  • ethyl acetate e.g., acetonitrile, acetone, and ethyl acetate.
  • aqueous hydroxides e.g., LiOH
  • Configuring a welding process with a molecular additive that is chemically similar to or chemically identical to the reconstitution solvent may be beneficial to the economics of the welding process as it may simply the equipment and/or energy and/or time required for at least the process solvent recovery zone 4 , solvent collection zone 7 , and solvent recycling 8 . Additionally, as you raise the temperature of the reconstitution solvent and/or process solvent recovery zone 4 , the time required for reconstitution may be greatly reduced, which may result in smaller overall length of the welding process and associated equipment, which may in turn reduce the complexity and/or variation in substrate tension and ability to control volume consolidation (as explained in further detail below).
  • a welding process may be configured with a reconstitution solvent makeup and temperature that yields a welded substrate having specific attributes.
  • a reconstitution solvent makeup and temperature that yields a welded substrate having specific attributes.
  • the temperature of the water may affect the attributes of the welded yarn substrate as described in further detail below.
  • Reconstitution solvent may be separated from the substrate within the drying zone 5 . That is, the reconstituted wetted substrate may be converted into a finished (dried) welded substrate in the drying zone 5 .
  • the drying gas may flow in a direction opposite to the movement of the reconstituted wetted substrate so that the minimal amount of drying gas may be required while drying the reconstituted wetted substrate via removal of the reconstitution solvent using minimal time, space, and/or energy where applicable.
  • Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or flow rate of gas within the drying zone 5 .
  • the drying zone 5 may be configured such that during the drying process step, “controlled volume consolidation” is observed in the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or welded substrate.
  • Controlled volume consolidation denotes the particular way in which the finished welded substrate shrinks in volume and/or conforms to a specific form factor upon drying and/or reconstitution. For example, in one dimensional substrates such as a yarn, controlled volume consolidation can happen either as the diameter of the yarn is reduced and/or as the length of the yarn is reduced.
  • Controlled volume consolidation can be limited in one or multiple directions/dimensions by appropriately constraining at least the reconstituted wetted substrate during the drying process.
  • the amount and type of process and/or reconstitution solvent utilized, the method of process and/or reconstitution solvent application can affect the degree to which a reconstituted wetted substrate will attempt to shrink upon drying.
  • controlled volume consolidation can be limited to only reduction of the diameter by configuring the draying zone 5 such that the substrate is subjected to an appropriate amount of tension during one or more steps of the welding process (particularly the process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , and/or welded substrate collection zone 6 ).
  • the sheet-type substrate may be allowed to undergo controlled volume reduction in one or more dimensional directions.
  • Controlled volume consolidation may be facilitated and/or limited by specialized equipment in the drying zone 5 that holds the reconstituted wetted substrate as it dries in order to control the directionality by which the substrate shrinks or to force the finished welded substrate to physically comply with a particular shape or form.
  • specialized equipment for example, a series of rollers that prevent a cardboard-substitute type product from shrinking along the length or width of the roll, but that allow the material to contract in thickness.
  • Another example is a mold onto which a reconstituted wetted substrate may be pressed so that it may take on and hold a particular 3D shape as it dries.
  • the drying zone 5 may be configured such that the reconstituted wetted substrate may experience a pressure less than ambient pressure, and may be exposed to a relatively low amount of drying gas.
  • reconstituted wetted substrate may be freeze dried. This type of drying may be advantageous for preventing or minimizing the amount of shrinkage that occurs as the reconstitution solvent sublimes.
  • the drying zone 5 may be omitted such that the reconstituted wetted substrate may move straight to collection.
  • reconstituted wetted substrate configured as yarn might be rolled up on a collection reel and then air dried after and/or during collection.
  • the welded substrate collection zone 6 may be the portion of the welding process where welded substrates (e.g., finished composites) are collected.
  • the welded substrate collection zone 6 may be configured as a roll of materials (e.g., a coil of yarn, cardboard-substitute, etc.).
  • the welded substrate collection zone 6 may employ saws or stamps that cut sheets and/or shapes from, for example, welded substrate configured as a composite extrusion.
  • automated stacking equipment may be utilized to package bundles of finished composites.
  • the method of winding and packaging may be configured to affect one or more variables affecting the viscous drag of the welding process.
  • a welding process configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates)
  • an apparatus may roll the welded substrate into a coil over a cylindrical or tube-like structure either immediately after the process solvent application zone 2 or immediately after the process temperature/pressure zone.
  • the apparatus may be used to produce a three-dimensional, tube-like structure from a one-dimensional substrate prior to the substrate entering the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the substrate may conform to the new tube-like shape.
  • Such an apparatus may be especially useful when employed in a welding process configured at least in part to produce functional composite materials from yarn substrates that contain functional materials (e.g., catalysts embedded within yarns) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a welding process configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates)
  • an apparatus may knit or weave the substrate immediately after the process solvent application zone 2 or immediately after the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • the apparatus may be configured to produce a fabric structure from the substrate prior to entering the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • Such an apparatus may be configured such that the welding process may produce 2D fabrics with unique properties that cannot be achieved through other means of manufacturing.
  • a welding process configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates)
  • an apparatus that may produce a coiled package of yarn (e.g., a traverse cam).
  • Such an apparatus may be configured to roll welded substrate into coil-like packages that may be unwound at a later time without becoming entangled.
  • process solvent may be washed from the process wetted substrate by the reconstitution solvent within the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the reconstitution solvent may mix with various portions of the process solvent (e.g., ions and/or any molecular constituents, etc.).
  • This mixture (or relatively pure process solvent or reconstitution solvent) may be collected at an appropriate point within the solvent collection zone 7 .
  • the collection point may be positioned near the entry point of the process wetted substrate.
  • Such a configuration may be especially useful for configurations utilizing counter flow of reconstitution solvent with respect to process wetted substrate due to the concentration of process solvent constituents within the process wetted substrate being lowest at a point wherein the concentration thereof in the reconstitution solvent is lowest. This configuration may result in less reconstitution solvent usage as well as ease separating and recycling the process and reconstitution solvents.
  • various equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and flow rate of reconstitution solvent, process wetted substrate, and/or reconstitution wetted substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to collect the mixed solvent (e.g., part reconstitution solvent and part process solvent), relatively pure process solvent, and/or relatively pure reconstitution solvent may be collected and recycled.
  • the mixed solvent e.g., part reconstitution solvent and part process solvent
  • relatively pure process solvent e.g., relatively pure process solvent
  • relatively pure reconstitution solvent e.g., relatively pure reconstitution solvent
  • relatively pure reconstitution solvent e.g., relatively pure process solvent
  • Various equipment and/or methods may be used to separate, purify, and/or recycle reconstitution solvent and process solvent. Any know method(s) and/or apparatus(es) or those later developed may be used to separate the reconstitution solvent and the process solvent, and the optimal equipment for such separation will depend at least on the chemical compositions of the two solvents.
  • the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited by the specific apparatus(es) and/or method(s) used to separate the reconstitution solvent and process solvent, which apparatuses and/or methods may include but are not limited to simple distillation of a co-solvent and/or ionic liquid (e.g., the method disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,382,926), fractional distillation, membrane-based separations (such as pervaporation and electrochemical cross-flow separation), and supercritical CO 2 phase. After the reconstitution solvent and process solvent have been adequately separated, the respective solvents may be recycled to the appropriate zone within the process.
  • apparatuses and/or methods may include but are not limited to simple distillation of a co-solvent and/or ionic liquid (e.g., the method disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,382,926), fractional distillation, membrane-based separations (such as pervaporation and electrochemical cross-flow separation), and supercritical CO 2 phase.
  • the respective solvents may be recycled to the appropriate zone within
  • reconstitution solvent engaged with the reconstituted wetted substrate may be removed therefrom in the drying zone 5 .
  • either mixed gas comprised of a carrier drying gas with a portion of reconstitution solvent gas therein or reconstitution solvent gas may be collected from the drying zone 5 .
  • Equipment and/or instrumentation may be used to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and flow rate of gases collected.
  • gas(es) As gas(es) are collected, they may be sent to equipment that separates and recycles either the carrier drying gas, reconstitution solvent, or both.
  • this equipment may be a single or multiple stage condenser technology. Separation and recycling may also include gas permeable membranes and other technologies without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • carrier gas it may be vented to the atmosphere or returned to the drying zone 5 .
  • reconstitution solvent it may be either disposed of, or recycled to the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • a welding process configured according to aspects of the preceding description may be configured to convert a natural fiber and/or particle containing substrate into a finished, welded substrate in a continuous and/or batch welding process utilizing a substrate feed zone 1 , process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , and welded substrate collection zone 6 .
  • it may be critical to monitor and control the amount, composition, time, temperature, and pressure of the process solvent relative to the substrate.
  • a substrate may move with a controlled rate by any suitable method and/or apparatus (e.g., pushing, pulling, conveyor system, screw extrusion system etc.).
  • a substrate may move through the substrate feed zone 1 , process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , and/or welded substrate collection zone 6 in a continuous fashion.
  • the specific order in which a substrate passes from one zone 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 to another may vary from one welding process to the next, and as mentioned previously in some aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure a substrate may move through a welded substrate collection zone 6 prior to moving to a drying zone 5 .
  • the substrate may remain relatively stationary while solvents and/or other welding process components and/or apparatuses move.
  • automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment may be employed to monitor, control, report, manipulate, and/or otherwise interact with one or more component of the welding process and/or equipment thereof.
  • Such automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment includes but is not limited to (unless otherwise indicated in the following claims) those that may monitor and control forces (e.g., tension) exerted on the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or the finished welded substrate.
  • the various process parameters and apparatuses employed for a welding process may be configured to control the amount of viscous drag for the desired process solvent application.
  • the various process parameters and apparatuses employed for a welding process may be configured to perform controlled volume consolidation to yield a welded substrate having the desired attributes, form factor, etc.
  • a process solvent loop may be defined as process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , solvent collection zone 7 , and solvent recycling 8 , after which the process solvent may again move to the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • a reconstitution solvent loop may be defined as two separate loops—one for reconstitution solvent in the liquid state and another for reconstitution solvent in a gaseous state.
  • the liquid reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the recovery zone 4 , solvent collection zone 7 , and solvent recycling 8 , after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the gaseous reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , mixed gas collection 9 , and mixed gas recycling 10 , after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • a portion of the reconstitution solvent may be carried into the drying zone 5 by the reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • the carrier gas may be recycled in a loop comprised of drying zone 5 , mixed gas collection 9 , and mixed gas recycling 10 , after which the drying gas may again move to the drying zone 5 .
  • any loop for a process solvent, reconstitution solvent, carrier gas, and/or other welding process component may include a buffer tank, storage vessel, and/or the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the specific choice of substrate, process solvent, reconstitution solvent, drying gas, and/or desired finished welded substrate may greatly impact at least the optimal welding process steps, order thereof, welding process parameters, and/or equipment to be used therewith.
  • a welding process according to the present disclosure may be separated into discrete processing steps.
  • one welding process may be configured in the order of substrate feed zone 1 , process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , and welded substrate collection zone 6 , followed by storing or aging the process wetted substrate for some time and then at a later time performing the functions of the process solvent recovery zone 4 and/or drying zone 5 .
  • one or more processing steps may be omitted (e.g., the drying zone 5 when water is used as the reconstitution solvent).
  • some processing steps may occur simultaneously, or the end of one processing step may naturally flow into the beginning of another processing step as described in further detail below.
  • FIG. 2 which provides a schematic depiction showing various aspects of another welding process that may be configured to produce a welded substrate
  • the welding process depicted therein is similar to that depicted in FIG. 1 , but in FIG. 2 the process temperature/pressure zone 3 and process solvent recovery zone 4 may be blended into one contiguous welding process step rather than constitute discrete welding process steps.
  • the welding process depicted in FIG. 2 may employ two mixed gas collection zones 9 and the solvent collection zone 7 may primarily collect process solvent such that the solvent recycling may be primarily adapted for process solvent (as opposed to a mixture of process solvent and reconstitution solvent). It is contemplated that such a configuration may provide certain advantages related to equipment simplification and/or consolidation.
  • a process solvent recovery zone 4 may be configured such that the reconstitution solvent and process wetted substrate move opposite with respect to one another as depicted schematically in FIG. 2A .
  • the welding process may be adapted for use wherein the reconstitution solvent is a component of the process solvent (e.g., a process solvent comprised of a mixture of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate with acetonitrile and a reconstitution solvent of acetonitrile).
  • the process solvent e.g., a process solvent comprised of a mixture of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate with acetonitrile and a reconstitution solvent of acetonitrile.
  • the combination of the process temperature/pressure zone 3 and process solvent recovery zone 4 may constitute a general welding process zone at any location therein where the mole ratio of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate to acetonitrile is appropriate to cause the desired characteristics of disruption of intermolecular forces in the substrate.
  • This general welding process zone may also constitute all or a portion of a reconstitution and recycling zone if proper flow rates, temperatures, pressures, other welding process parameters, etc. are properly designed and/or controlled.
  • the substrate may again move through a welding process with a controlled rate using any suitable method and/or apparatus (e.g., pushing, pulling, conveyor system, screw extrusion system, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the substrate may move through the substrate feed zone 1 , process solvent application zone 2 , a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , and/or welded substrate collection zone 6 in a continuous fashion.
  • a substrate may move through a welded substrate collection zone 6 prior to moving to a drying zone 5 .
  • the substrate may remain relatively stationary while solvents and/or other welding process components and/or apparatuses move.
  • instrumentation, and/or equipment may be employed to monitor, control, report, manipulate, and/or otherwise interact with one or more component of the welding process and/or equipment thereof.
  • Such automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment includes but is not limited to (unless otherwise indicated in the following claims) those that may monitor and control forces (e.g., tension) exerted on the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or the finished welded substrate.
  • forces e.g., tension
  • a process solvent loop may be defined as process solvent application zone 2 , a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 , (process) solvent collection zone 7 , after which the process solvent may again move to the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • a reconstitution solvent loop may be defined as two separate loops—one for reconstitution solvent in the liquid state and another for process solvent in a gaseous state.
  • the liquid reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 , and one or more mixed gas collection zones, and after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the gaseous reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the drying zone 5 , at least one mixed gas collection 9 , and mixed gas recycling 10 , after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • a portion of the reconstitution solvent may be carried into the drying zone 5 by the reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • the carrier gas may be recycled in a loop comprised of drying zone 5 , at least one mixed gas collection 8 , and mixed gas recycling 10 , after which the drying gas may again move to the drying zone 5 .
  • the welding process may also include a carrier volatile capture loop, which loop may be comprised of the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4 , at least one mixed gas collection 8 , and mixed gas recycling 10 .
  • the welding process may include more than one carrier gas loops. For example, if the process solvent were configured as a mixture of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate with acetonitrile, acetonitrile could serve as the reconstitution solvent.
  • a welding process so configured may reduce the both the amount of downtime for the welding process and the amount of human contact required for the welding process compared to a welding process not so configured.
  • a process solvent recovery zone 4 may be configured such that the process wetted substrate may be collected while reconstitution solvent is introduced to the process wetted substrate.
  • a winding mechanism can be placed at the end of the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • the winding mechanism can be enclosed such that as reconstitution solvent is introduced to the process wetted substrate (e.g., by spraying), the process wetted substrate may be washed continuously and converted into a reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • the reconstitution can happen more as a batch process, whereby a specific portion of substrate (e.g., cylinder or ball of yarn rolled into a continuous untangled entity) may be produced and reconstituted.
  • a specific portion of substrate e.g., cylinder or ball of yarn rolled into a continuous untangled entity
  • the reconstituted wetted package can be transferred into a secondary reconstitution process and/or sent to the drying zone to remove the reconstitution solvent.
  • a welding process configured as a continuous process wherein the substrate may move continuously from the process temperature/pressure zone 3 to the process solvent recovery zone 4 to the drying zone 5 .
  • the tension forces on the substrate may be additive, and can sometimes cause breakage, which may be highly problematic to the efficiency of the welding process.
  • a welding process may be configured with rollers, pulleys, and/or other suitable methods and/or apparatuses to aid the movement of the substrate through the welding process to mitigate and/or eliminate breakage.
  • a welding process may be configured to reduce the amount of tension the substrate experiences during all or a portion of the welding process.
  • the substrate may move through a specified space in which reconstitution solvent may be applied to the process wetted substrate (e.g., via an applicator as described in further detail below) instead of moving the substrate through individual tubes (which also may be expensive and make rethreading more difficult).
  • Such a configuration may be used with any substrate format, and it is contemplated that such a configuration may be especially useful for 1D substrates (e.g., yarns and/or threads) either alone or in a sheet-like configuration comprised of multiple individual substrates positioned adjacent one another and/or 2D substrates (e.g., fabrics and/or textiles).
  • a process solvent recovery zone 4 so configured may mitigate and/or eliminate friction on the substrate and/or buildup of unnecessary tension, which may increase the throughput of substrate through the welding process.
  • FIG. 6A provides a cutaway view of an apparatus that may be used in a process solvent application zone 2 .
  • natural fiber substrates may have variance in the density of fiber per unit cross-section and/or area. It is possible to modulate process solvent application to the substrate such that the ratio of mass of process solvent applied per unit mass of substrate is well controlled. This can be accomplished by actively monitoring the variance of the substrate with appropriate sensors and using this data to control the speed of process solvent pumps and/or the speed of the substrate through the process solvent application zone and/or the process solvent composition.
  • viscous drag can include small volumes that allow process solvent to appropriately pool.
  • the process solvent can be applied such that the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate maybe either held at a stable value or modulated within a desired tolerance.
  • the welding process may be configured to apply a process solvent via an injector.
  • the injector may be comprised of a narrow tube with two inlets and one outlet.
  • Substrate comprised of yarn (or other 1D substrate) may enter one inlet and process solvent may flow into the other inlet.
  • the process wetted substrate (yarn with process solvent applied thereto) may exit the outlet.
  • An injector may be comprised of additional inlets for adding functional materials, additional process solvent, and/or other components.
  • the process wetted substrate e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile with process solvent applied
  • an injector 60 may be configured for use with either a 1D or 2D substrate (e.g., yarn or fabric, respectively).
  • An injector may include a substrate input 61 opposite a substrate outlet 64 .
  • An injector 60 may be configured to deliver controlled quantities of process solvent to one or more substrates (which substrates may be comprised of fabric, textiles, yarn, thread, etc.) and generally may be further configured to appropriately distribute that process solvent around and within the substrate. For example, in a non-modulated welding process it may be desirable to evenly distribute the process solvent throughout a given substrate, whereas in a modulated welding process it may be desirable to vary the distribution of process solvent in a given substrate.
  • an injector 60 so configured may be comprised of a shell having T-shaped cross section, wherein a 1D or 2D substrate may enter and exit the injector through a relatively straight path.
  • a process solvent may be pumped through a secondary input, which may be in a path generally perpendicular to that of the substrate.
  • FIG. 6A Such a configuration of an injector 60 is shown in FIG. 6A .
  • the injector 60 may include a substrate input 61 into which raw substrate (yarn, thread, fabric, textile, etc.) may be fed.
  • the injector 60 may also include a process solvent input 62 that is in fluid communication with a portion of the substrate input 61 . Accordingly, process solvent may flow into the injector 60 through the process solvent input 62 and engage the substrate adjacent an application interface 63 . This portion of the injector 60 may constitute the process solvent application zone 2 as previously described above.
  • the portion of the injector 60 from the substrate input 61 to the substrate outlet 64 may be configured like a tube.
  • that portion of the injector 60 may be configured as two plates spaced from one another (similar to the apparatus shown in FIG. 6C , which is described in further detail below).
  • the substrate and/or process wetted substrate may be positioned in the space between the two plates 82 , 84 , and at least one plate 82 , 84 may be formed with at least one process solvent inputs 63 .
  • a substrate outlet 64 may be engaged with a portion of the injector 60 generally opposite the substrate input 61 .
  • a substrate outlet 64 may be non-linear, as shown in FIG. 6A .
  • the non-linear substrate outlet 64 may be configured to physically contact the exterior of a process wetted substrate to direct the process solvent to a desired portion of the substrate, which physical contact may be accomplished at least at one or more inflection points, which may provide a shearing force and/or compression force to the substrate.
  • a non-linear substrate outlet 64 may be configured to physically contact the exterior of a process wetted substrate. This physical contact may be an aspect of achieving the desired viscous drag of a given welding process.
  • Physical contact may be configured to add additional smoothness to the exterior of the process wetted substrate to eliminate and/or reduce the amount of short hair/fibers on the resulting welded substrate.
  • Physical contact with a process wetted substrate may also improve heat transfer from a process solvent to a substrate and/or process wetted substrate, which heat transfer may shorten the required processing time (e.g., welding time), thereby shortening the length of the welding chamber and reducing the space required for the equipment associated with a given welding process.
  • Physical contact with the substrate and/or process wetted substrate may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying the dimensions (e.g., diameter, width, etc.) and/or curvature of the substrate input 61 , application interface 63 , and/or substrate outlet 64 , and/or combinations thereof, positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • design considerations to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions
  • varying the dimensions e.g., diameter, width, etc.
  • curvature of the substrate input 61 , application interface 63 , and/or substrate outlet 64 and/or combinations thereof
  • positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.
  • an injector may be configured such that it is Y-shaped, and/or one or more injectors may be configured with multiple stages to add process solvents, functional materials, and/or other components at specific locations and under specific conditions at one or more points during a welding process.
  • an injector may be utilized in conjunction with a yarn receiver, wherein both the injector and the yarn receiver may be configured to slide on a rail system and/or other suitable method and/or apparatus allowing selective placement of the injector and yarn receiver along one dimension.
  • a welding process configured to allow selective manipulation of one or more injectors and/or yarn receivers in at least one dimension may reduce the time and/or resources required to re-thread yarn and/or thread at any point in the welding process (and in particular, through the process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) compared to welding processes without such selective manipulation, and may simultaneously enable a high(er) density of welding processes to be multiplexed within a relatively small space.
  • the injector can be designed in a ‘clam-shell’ configuration wherein at least two pieces of material enclose a yarn or group of yarns. This allows yarn to be initially loaded into the welding process machinery more easily and also is amenable to designing systems that provide appropriate viscous drag for multiple ends of yarn simultaneously.As any particular injector is removed, the other injectors may slide down one position to close the existing gap and create a new gap that is positioned at one edge of the apparatus(es) for the welding process. Working in concert, a series of receiving units positioned at or near the end of any given process zone may also move accordingly, such that individual yarns move into each of their new positions, respectively.
  • the optimal configuration of a receiving unit may vary from one aspect of a welding process to the next, and may depend on at least the size of the substrate, process solvent used, and/or type of substrate used.
  • a receiving unit may be comprised of a simple pulley or yarn guide that directs yarn into the process solvent recovery zone 4 and/or drying zone 5 .
  • receiving units can be significantly more complex (i.e., winding mechanisms) depending on how the welding process is configured, such as the configuration of the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , and/or drying zone 5 .
  • FIG. 6B Another apparatus illustrating the concept of viscous drag as it pertains to process solvent application is shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the apparatus which may be configured as a tray 70 , as shown in FIG. 6B may be configured for use with both 1D and 2D substrates.
  • the tray 70 may be configured with one or more substrate grooves 72 formed in a surface of the tray 70 .
  • the tray 70 may have a plurality of grooves 72 such that process solvent may be applied to multiple substrates (1D substrates shown in FIG. 6B ) simultaneously.
  • the grooves 72 shown in FIG. 6B may be linear, in other aspects of a tray 70 the grooves may be non-linear in a manner correlative to the injector 60 shown in FIG. 6A and the plates shown in FIG. 6C . That is, the tray 70 and grooves 72 thereof may be configured such that a portion of the tray 70 and/or grooves physically contact a portion of the substrate (which physical contact may constitute a consideration for optimizing viscous drag). Physical contact may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points, shear forces, compression, etc.
  • a groove 72 in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying the depth of a groove 72 , cross-sectional shape of a groove 72 , width of a groove 72 , curvature of a groove 72 , and/or combinations thereof, and/or positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the spacing of the 1D substrates can be reduced to the point where many substrates essentially move together in a two-dimensional plan or a ‘sheet’ as further illustrated in FIG. 6C .
  • the width of a groove 72 may be selected to allow a generally two-dimensional sheet of fabric and/or textile to move with respect to the tray 70 through the groove 72 .
  • the process solvent may be continuously supplied to each groove 72 and/or a portion thereof such that as the substrate moves along the groove 72 , process solvent is applied thereto so as to create a process wetted substrate.
  • a groove 72 may be flooded with process solvent (in which configuration the groove 72 may function similar to a process solvent bath), and/or process solvent may be applied to a substrate adjacent a leading edge of the groove 72 and then properly wiped along an exterior portion of the substrate as the substrate moves toward a trailing edge of the groove.
  • a tray 70 may be angled with respect to the horizontal to utilize gravitational force on the process solvent, and the optimal angle may depend at least on the speed and direction of substrate movement with respect to the tray 70 .
  • each groove 72 will vary from one application of a welding process to the next, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the width of a groove 72 may be approximately equal to the depth there, and each dimension may be approximately 10% greater than the average diameter of the substrate.
  • each groove 72 may also vary from one welding process to the next. For example, in some applications it may be optimal for the cross-sectional shape of a groove 72 (or at least the bottom portion thereof) to approximate and/or match the cross-sectional shape of the substrate (or at least a portion thereof). For example, when configured for use with a substrate comprised of a 1D yarn or thread, a groove 72 may be configured with a U-shaped cross-section. When configured for use with a substrate comprised of a 2D fabric or textile, a groove 72 may be configured with a width much greater (e.g., 10 times, 20 times, etc.) than its depth. However, the specific cross-sectional shape, depth, width, configuration, etc. of a groove 72 is in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a configuration of a process solvent application zone 2 configured for use with a plurality of 1D substrates (which may be comprised of threads and/or yarns) approximating a 2D sheet is shown in FIG. 6C .
  • the process solvent application zone 2 may employ a first plate 82 and a second plate 84 with corresponding curvature to create at least three points of physical contact (i.e., inflection points) in at least one dimension.
  • the plates 82 , 84 may be differently configured to create greater or fewer inflection points in one or more dimensions, wherein the inflection points are configured to applying more resistance to the substrate and/or process wetted substrate or less resistance thereto.
  • Physical contact may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying distance between the plates 82 , 84 , curvature of either plate 82 , 84 , whether the concavity of a curve in one plate 82 , 84 corresponds to the convexity of a curve in the other plate 82 , 84 , and/or combinations thereof, and/or positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • design considerations to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions
  • the viscous drag may be variable based at least on the relative positions of one or more structural components.
  • plates may be configured such that inner edges thereof overlap with one another by an adjustable amount. When the inner edges overlap by a greater amount, such as shown in FIG. 6E , a substrate positioned between the corresponding plates may experience greater physical resistance to movement relative to the plates. When the inner edges overlap by a lesser amount, such as shown in FIG. 6E , a substrate positioned between the corresponding plates may experience less physical resistance to movement relative to the plates. Adjustable overlap of as applied to a welding process configured for use with multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another is shown in FIG. Adjustability of the relative positions of the plates may allow for multiple process solvents to be used with a given apparatus and/or for a given apparatus to be employed in welding processes configured to produce welded substrates having differing attributes.
  • the plates 82 , 84 in FIGS. 6C, 6D, and 6E may be configured to control process solvent application.
  • the designs shown in FIGS. 6A-6E are not meant to be limiting in any way unless so indicated in the following claims, and any suitable structure and/or method may be used to properly apply process solvent to a substrate and/or to properly interact with the substrate and/or process wetted substrate to achieve the desired attribute for the welded substrate.
  • the appropriate amount of viscous drag can be achieved by any number of structures (which structures can be moveable to preset tolerances to achieve the desired process solvent application effect) or methods, including and not limited to rollers, shaped edges, smooth surfaces, number and/or orientation of inflection points, resistance to relative movement, varying temperatures, etc. and unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured to apply a process solvent via an applicator.
  • the application may be correlative to those used in inkjet printers, screen printing techniques, spray guns, nozzles, dip tanks, or inclined trays, and/or combinations thereof (some of which are shown at least in FIGS. 6A-6F and described in detail above) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured such that when a substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile) is properly positioned with respect to an applicator, the applicator directs process solvent to the substrate, thereby creating process wetted substrate.
  • a substrate e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile
  • process solvent and/or functional materials may be applied in a multidimensional pattern, which may be useful for embossing a pattern into a textile and/or fabric using the welding process.
  • Such a pattern may constitute a modulated welding process (as described in further detail below), wherein the modulation is a result of at least the application of process solvent to a substrate.
  • the process wetted substrate e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile with process solvent applied
  • the modulated welding process may allow for variation of the composition of the process solvent in real-time at least by controlling at least pump flow rate(s) of individual process solvent constituents.
  • a modulated welding process may be configured to allow variation of the ratio of process solvent to substrate (either on a volume or mass basis) at least by controlling either the pump flow rate(s) of process solvent constituents and/or by variable rate of substrate movement through at least the process solvent application zone 2 .
  • FIG. 11B A schematic overview for such a modulated welding process configured for use with a 2D substrate is shown in FIG. 11B and for use with a 1D substrate is shown in FIG. 11D , all of which are described in further detail below.
  • a modulated welding process may be configured to allow the temperature to be modulated by any suitable method and/or apparatus, including but not limited to microwave heating, convection, conduction, radiation, and/or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a modulated welding process may be configured to allow modulation of the pressure, tension, viscous drag, etc. experienced by the substrate and/or process wetted substrate.
  • the combined effects of modulation of various parameters of a modulated welding process can produce unique welded substrates comprised of welded yarns that exhibit unique dye and/or coloration patterns as well as unique feel and/or finish.
  • a welding process may be configured to yield welded substrates with consistent characteristics (e.g., coloration, size, shape, feel, finish, etc.) throughout by configuring the welding process to run very consistently without modulation of various process parameters (e.g., process solvent composition, process solvent to substrate mass ratio, temperature, pressure, tension, etc.).
  • process parameters e.g., process solvent composition, process solvent to substrate mass ratio, temperature, pressure, tension, etc.
  • a welding process configured for scaled production of welded substrates from multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another (e.g., a sheet-like structure comprised of multiple yarns positioned adjacent on another), multiple ends of yarn can be moved as a sheet, which may provide improved economies of scale for some welding processes.
  • the same concepts and principles regarding welding processes configured for 2D substrates e.g., fabrics, paper substrates, textiles, and/or composite mat substrates as disclosed herein may be applicable to multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another.
  • a welding process configured to weld multiple 1D substrates in a sheet-like configuration may be similar as to a welding process configured to weld a 2D substrate (e.g., a fabric and/or textile), but it is contemplated that the welding process for 1D substrates may have some important differences. Such differences may include, but are not limited to, accommodations (e.g., yarn guides) to mitigate and/or eliminate the likelihood of one substrate becoming entangled with itself and/or another substrate (e.g., individual yarns), and process solvent application may utilize either injectors for individual yarns or groups of yarns.
  • a welding process may be configured such that no injector is required if process solvent is applied directly to the 1D substrates in a sheet-like configuration by spraying, dropping, wicking, dunking, and/or otherwise introducing process solvent in a controlled rate onto the sheet-like configuration. Accordingly, in accordance with the present disclosure various apparatuses and/or methods may be configured to yield a highly multiplexed welding process that scales to mass production.
  • Cellulosic i.e., cotton, linen, regenerated cellulose, etc.
  • lignocellulosic i.e., industrial hemp, agave, etc.
  • Moisture levels in, for example, cotton can vary from roughly 6 to 9% depending on the environmental temperature and relative humidity.
  • IL-based solvents such as 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolum chloride (“BMIm Cl”), and 1,5-diaza-bicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-enium acetate (“DBNH OAc”) are often contaminated with water either during syntheses and/or by absorption from the environment.
  • molecular component additives to the process solvent such as acetonitrile (ACN) are also hydroscopic.
  • ACN acetonitrile
  • a welding process may be configured to utilize low-moisture substrates to increase the performance of welded substrates as well as improve the overall economy of such a welding processes.
  • low-moisture substrate materials can also aid fiber welding processes that utilize N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMMO) as a process solvent as well.
  • NMMO solutions that are 4% to 17% by mass water are capable of cellulose dissolution and may be utilized in Lyocell-type processes. Utilizing sufficiently dry biopolymer-containing substrate materials means that welding processes may be configured with process solvents having a water content at the upper end ( ⁇ 17% by mass) and still efficiently and economically produce the desired welded substrate.
  • a process solvent comprised of ionic liquids that are moisture sensitive (e.g., 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolium chloride (“BMIm”) Cl, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1,5-diaza-bicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-enium acetate (“DBNH OAc”), etc.), the amount of moisture in the substrate may affect the rate at which welding occurs, and therefore associated process parameters and apparatus design.
  • process solvents that are less moisture sensitive e.g., NMMO, LiOH-urea, etc.
  • the advantages of a relatively dry substrate are reduced and/or eliminated.
  • Low-moisture substrates may speed up the welding processes while simultaneously improving the quality (i.e., strength, lack of stray fiber, etc.) of welded substrates.
  • water is removed from ionic liquids and IL-based process solvents by the strong desiccating nature of low-moisture biopolymer substrates.
  • water may be removed from ionic liquids and IL-based process solvents that are reconstituted by non-aqueous media, for example, ACN.
  • low-moisture substrates purify both process solvents and reconstitution solvents of water as they are continuously recycled through the fiber welding process.
  • Low-moisture substrate materials may be obtained by preconditioning materials in sufficiently dry (and sometimes warm, for example ⁇ 40 to 80° C.) atmospheres for controlled time prior to being introduced into a welding process that utilizes a process solvent comprised of, for example, moisture-sensitive ionic liquid. It may be important that biopolymer-containing substrates be held in controlled climates prior to and during a welding process. Furthermore, intentionally introducing water to specific regions of space within a biopolymer substrate may serve to retards welding in that location and may allow for another method to modulate a welding process, several methods for which are described herein below.
  • a welding process configured to utilize an artificially dry substrate (e.g., a substrate that has been dried prior to introduction into the substrate feed zone 1 and/or a substrate that is dried in all or a portion of the substrate feed zone 1 ) yields surprising new synergies that improve the economics of the welding process and/or the welded substrates produced thereby.
  • drying cotton substrates to less than 5% moisture by mass can dramatically improve the consistency and/or control of welding when utilizing BMIm Cl+ACN solutions (or other moisture-sensitive process solvent systems).
  • the foregoing description discloses attributes of various new materials (which materials generally are referred to as 1D welded substrates and 2D welded substrates) that may be produced using a welding process according to the present disclosure.
  • the following attributes are novel and non-obvious in light of the prior art because these attributes are only present in the following materials when those materials are manufactured in large quantities (e.g., on a commercial scale).
  • the material attributes may allow for manufacturing cost reductions in textiles as well as enabling new uses for natural substrate (e.g., cotton) containing textiles.
  • staple fiber yarns denotes yarns that are spun from fibers having relatively short, discrete lengths (staple fiber).
  • staple fiber prior to the processes and apparatuses disclosed herein, there was no filament-type yarn derived from natural staple fibers wherein the natural staple fibers (and, consequently, a filament-type yarn derived therefrom) retain a measure of their original attributes, structure, etc. of the staple fiber.
  • the processes and apparatuses disclosed herein may be differentiated from all prior teaching regarding Rayon, Modal, Tencel®, etc.
  • manmade staple fiber is produced via full dissolution and/or derivatization of cellulose and then extruded (which full dissolution may be accomplished using NMMO, ionic-liquid based systems, etc.).
  • cellulosic precursors are fully dissolved and denatured in such a way that it is virtually impossible to determine the cellulosic source (e.g., beechwood tree pulp, bamboo pulp, cotton fiber, etc.) from which the staple fiber was derived.
  • the cellulosic source e.g., beechwood tree pulp, bamboo pulp, cotton fiber, etc.
  • welded substrates produced according to the present disclosure retain certain attributes, characteristics, etc. of the staple fiber in the substrate as described in further detail below.
  • the present methods and apparatuses use a relatively small amount of process solvent per unit of welded substrate relative to the prior art, and even while enabling new functionalities (e.g., decreased water retention, increased strength, etc.) traditionally associated with synthetic and/or petroleum-based filament-type yarns.
  • new functionalities e.g., decreased water retention, increased strength, etc.
  • These new welded substrates and functionalities thereof enable entire new fabric applications not possible with the prior art.
  • the degree to which welded substrates express and/or exhibit these functionalities may depend at least on the configuration of the welding process used to manufacture the welded substrate.
  • 1D welded substrates that may be manufactured using a welding process according to the present disclosure are non-plied ‘singles’ and plied yarns and threads as well as “welded yarn substrates.” Although the foregoing attributes and examples may be attributable to welded yarn substrates, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited and the term “1D welded substrate” is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims.
  • welded yarn substrates are differentiated from conventional raw yarn substrates counterparts at least by: (1) the amount of empty space between the individual fibers that make up yarns, as welded yarn substrates are significantly more dense than conventional raw substrate counterparts having a mean diameter that is roughly 20% to 200% smaller than conventional yarns that have an equivalent weight of biopolymer substrate per unit length; and (2) welded yarn substrates do not generally have much if any loose fiber at their surface and thus do not shed (and the amount and characteristics of any loose fiber at their surface may be manipulated during the welding process). Specific empirical data for welded substrates and the corresponding natural fiber substrate are explained in detail below.
  • the welding process may be configured to limit or promote welding within either the core or at the outside portion of a yarn substrate by varying at least the composition of process solvent and/or to adding multiple process solvent compositions at different times.
  • a cotton yarn that does not shed can be knit with Spandex (also known as Lycra or elastane) or other synthetic fibers more efficiently because the amount of loose fiber (lint) is reduced and/or eliminated so that it does not cause problems with knitting machines.
  • Spandex also known as Lycra or elastane
  • Lint and shedding is a known problem in the textile industry in that it causes imperfections in textiles and down time for equipment that must be cleaned and/or fixed because of lint build up. Static cling causes loose fiber to naturally adhere to synthetic fibers and is problematic. Welded yarn substrates significantly reduce these issues because shedding is eliminated and/or mitigated.
  • Fabrics and/or textiles produced from a welded yarn substrate and Spandex may be useful as active wear (e.g., shirts, pants, shorts, etc.) and/or undergarments (e.g., underwear, bras, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Welded yarn substrates may be manufactured such that they are stronger than their conventional raw substrate counterparts (of similar weight per unit length as well as per unit diameter). Welded yarn substrates can eliminate the need for “slashing” (or “sizing”) during the production of woven materials (e.g., denim). Yarn slashing is the process by which sizing (e.g., starch) is applied to a yarn (most often prior to weaving) in order to make it strong enough to undergo the weaving process. Upon a woven textile being produced, the sizing must be washed away. Yarn slashing not only adds expense, but is also resource (e.g., water) intensive.
  • sizing e.g., starch
  • Slashing is also not permanent in that upon removal of sizing, yarns return to their original (lessor) strength.
  • the welding process may be configured to strengthen the resulting welded yarn substrate compared to conventional yarn such that slashing is not required, thus saving expense and resources while adding a more permanent improvement of strength.
  • Skew is a fabric condition in which the warp and weft yarns, although straight, are not at right angles to each other. This originates from the fact that conventional yarns are twisted during manufacture and therefore biased to untwist (unravel). Fabrics manufactured from welded yarn substrates may have the attribute that they skew much less aggressively than fabrics manufactured from conventional raw substrate counterparts because welded yarn substrates may have the attribute that they cannot untwist (unravel) after the welding process because individual fibers may be fused/welded.
  • Welded yarn substrates may convert low-twist yarns, yarns with shorter fiber length, and/or yarns produced from lower-quality fiber (e.g., fiber of different denier) into higher-value, stronger welded yarn substrates.
  • the twist factor is strongly correlated with strength. More twists per unit length costs more money.
  • Low-twist yarn used as a substrate for a welding process according to the present disclosure may result in a welded yarn substrate that is much stronger than the conventional yarn substrate because of how the welding process may be configured to fuse individual fibers.
  • Welded yarn substrates can convert uncombed yarns into higher value, stronger welded yarn substrates.
  • the combing process removes short fiber from sliver to yield higher strength yarn further down the manufacturing chain. Combing is machine and energy intensive and adds cost to the manufacture of yarn.
  • Welded yarn substrates produced from a substrate comprised of sliver that was not combed may result in a welded yarn substrate that is much stronger than the conventional yarn substrate because the welding process may be configured to fuse short and long fibers to enhance strength. The welding process may be configured to produce stronger yarn at significant cost savings.
  • Textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may have that attribute that they hold their shape and do not have the tendency and/or propensity to shrink as much as fabrics manufactured from conventional yarns. Because a welding process may be configured to result in welded yarn substrates having significantly less (little to no) loose fiber at their surfaces compared to conventional yarn, textiles can be produced from the welded yarn substrates with a much lower fill factor than those produced from conventional yarn, and in ways that are akin to what is done with single filament synthetic yarns (e.g., polyester).
  • single filament synthetic yarns e.g., polyester
  • FIGS. 12A & 12B which provide SEM images of a raw denim 2D substrate, and the resulting welded 2D substrate (using the raw substrate from FIG. 12A as a starting material), respectively, increased engagement between adjacent fibers may be readily visually observed for the welded substrate compared to the raw substrate.
  • the increased engagement between adjacent fibers may provide various attributes to the welded substrate not present in the raw substrate, including but not limited to increased stiffness, lower moisture absorption, and/or increased rate of drying.
  • FIGS. 12C & 12D which provide SEM images of a raw knit 2D substrate, and the resulting welded 2D substrate (using the raw substrate from FIG. 12C as a starting material), respectively, increased engagement between adjacent fibers may be readily visually observed for the welded substrate compared to the raw substrate.
  • the increased engagement between adjacent fibers may provide various attributes to the welded substrate not present in the raw substrate, including but not limited to increased stiffness, lower moisture absorption, and/or increased rate of drying.
  • a welding process configured to act on a 2D substrate
  • adding solubilized polymer (to the substrate and/or process solvent) and/or increasing the pressure on the process wetted substrate during the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may promote increased interlayer adhesion when making multiple layered and/or laminate composites.
  • the degree to which the substrate is welded e.g., high, moderate, low
  • fabric such as that shown in FIGS. 12B and 12D may exhibit an enormous increase in the score of the fabric when tested using the Martindale Pill Test.
  • a fabric comprised of raw yarn substrate that would score 1.5 or 2 on this test increases to 5 if that fabric is subjected to a welding process that performed even a moderate amount of the appropriate welding on the substrate.
  • Welded yarn substrates may have superior moisture wicking and absorption properties compared to conventional yarns, specifically conventional cotton yarn. As such, welded yarn substrates may dry more quickly than conventional yarns and thereby provide associated cost and resource reduction. Coupled with less tendency and/or propensity to shrink, fabrics constructed of welded yarn substrates may have much greater utility in activewear (e.g., sportswear), intimate apparel (e.g., lingerie), etc. where the combination of water management and lack of shrinkage are important attributes.
  • activewear e.g., sportswear
  • intimate apparel e.g., lingerie
  • Textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may be configured to be much stronger for their weight compared with textiles produced from conventional yarns. Because the mean diameters of welded yarn substrates may be less than the mean diameters of conventional yarns for a given weight yarn, the burst strength of textiles manufactured using welded yarn substrates is observed to increase significantly.
  • textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may be configured to allow wide variations and controllable results in the “hand” of the textile (e.g., feel, texture, etc.) and finish because a welding process may be configured to add a coating to the substrate and/or adjust the depth of process solvent penetration in the substrate.
  • the welding process may be configured to coat a yarn substrate with solubilized cellulose as a film, which may greatly change the smoothness of the outside of the resulting welded yarn substrate as compared to the conventional raw substrate counterpart.
  • 2D welded substrates that may be manufactured using a welding process according to the present disclosure are welded substrate cardboard, welded substrate paper-type, and/or welded substrate paper-substitute materials.
  • welded substrate cardboard welded substrate paper-type
  • welded substrate paper-substitute materials include welded substrate paper-substitute materials.
  • the materials and/or attributes thereof for 2D welded substrates may allow for manufacturing cost reductions of paper-type and construction materials as well as enabling new uses for these materials compared to conventional materials.
  • welded substrate paper-substitute materials may be differentiated from conventional raw substrate counterparts at least by the fact that welded substrate paper-substitute materials may contain significant amounts (e.g., greater than 10% by mass or volume) of lignocellulosic materials.
  • conventional cardboard and other paper material contain refined cellulose pulp with little or no lignocellulosic materials.
  • a welding process according to the present disclosure may be configured to produce a welded substrate paper-substitute material containing significant amounts of lignocellulosic materials.
  • Lignocellulosic materials may serve as both low cost filler and/or strengthening (reinforcement) agents. These welded substrate paper-substitute materials may allow for differentiation within the paper and cardboard industry that is not presently observed.
  • welded substrate paper-substitute materials may be transformative in that the cost of pulping (e.g., Kraft pulping) is eliminated.
  • Two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional welded substrates may be useful in applications utilizing paper and/or cardboard by providing stronger, and/or lighter materials such as diapers, cardboard substitute, paper substitute, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of such a substrate is shown in FIG. 7B
  • an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 7C .
  • Table 1.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 7C .
  • process solvent application was accomplished via pulling the substrate through a 33-inch long tube, wherein the tube was filled with process solvent. Accordingly, such a configuration does not result in discrete process solvent application zone 2 .
  • a flexible orifice e.g., squeegee
  • squeegee was designed to physically contact the process wetted substrate to remove a portion of the process solvent from the exterior surface of the process wetted substrate and to distribute the process solvent properly with respect to the substrate.
  • FIG. 7A A schematic representation of a welding process is shown in FIG. 7A , and that welding process may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C .
  • the welding process shown in FIG. 7A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2 , & 6 A- 6 E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc.
  • process solvent recovery zone 4 solvent collection zone 7
  • solvent recycling 8 mixed gas collection 9
  • mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • volume controlled consolidation of the welded substrates was limited to yarn diameter reduction only by controlling the linear tension on the process welded substrate and/or reconstituted wetted substrate during drying thereof in the drying zone and by the collection method of winding the welded substrate under controlled tension conditions.
  • volume controlled consolidation of the welded substrate may limit the tension on a process wetted substrate, reconstituted wetted substrate, etc. in other dimensions, which may require controlling at least a first linear tension, a second linear tension, and/or a third linear tension.
  • Table 1.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 7C utilizing the welding process shown in FIG. 7A .
  • welding zone time refers to the duration in which the substrate was positioned in the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 . This time represents roughly an order of magnitude reduction of welding time compared with the prior art. There are, of course, many processes that have been divulged for which samples are treated for minutes to hours. However, the prior art does not disclose partial solubilization-type processes that are able to achieve desired effects in such short durations. This significant reduction in welding time was only possible by co-optimizing process solvent chemistry with hardware and control systems engineered to achieve the desired effects.
  • FIG. 7D A plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 7D , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • pulse rate refers to the linear rate at which the substrate moves through the welding process (which affects viscous drag)
  • solvent ratio refers to the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate.
  • Table 1.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C (as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate), which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256.
  • breaking strength denotes the average absolute force in grams at which the welded substrates.
  • the normalized breaking strength is grams converted to centi-Newtons normalized by the weight of the raw yarn substrate (which for this sample was 19.69 tex).
  • Percent elongation denotes displacement divided by gauge length times 100 at which breakage occurred.
  • FIG. 8A A schematic of such a welding process is shown in FIG. 8A .
  • the welding process shown in FIG. 8A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2 , & 6 A- 6 E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc.
  • process solvent recovery zone 4 solvent collection zone 7
  • solvent recycling 8 mixed gas collection 9
  • mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • aspects of the apparatus for use with the welding process were specifically configured to increase the rate at which substrate comprised of yarn could be moved through the process.
  • Table 2.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 8C using the welding process depicted in FIG. 8A .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 2.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • the temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 were held at different values to co-optimize both the desired amount of viscous drag and promote increased process solvent efficacy.
  • the overall design enabled faster total throughput than the previous example and is evident by comparing Table 1.1 with Table 2.1.
  • FIG. 8B A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn that may be used with welding process of FIG. 8A is shown in FIG. 8B .
  • An SEM image of the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 8C .
  • Table 2.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 8C .
  • Table 2.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 8C produced using the parameters described in Table 2.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrates, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 2.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • a plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample is shown in FIG. 8D , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • Another process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn or 10/1 open end spun cotton yarn.
  • a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn or 10/1 open end spun cotton yarn.
  • Table 3.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture a welded substrate from a substrate comprised of 10/1 open end spun cotton yarn.
  • Table 3.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate and the raw substrate using a welding process with the parameters shown in Table. 3.1.
  • these data are illustrative for attributes of a welded substrate that may be accomplished via a welding process and are not meant to limit the type of yarn substrates that can be welded and/or attributes of welded substrates unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • FIG. 9A A perspective view of various apparatuses that may be configured to perform such a welding process is shown in FIG. 9A .
  • the welding process and apparatuses therefor shown in FIG. 9A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2 , & 6 A- 6 E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc.
  • the aspects of this welding process related to process solvent recovery zone 4 , solvent collection zone 7 , solvent recycling 8 , mixed gas collection 9 , and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • FIG. 9B A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate that may be used with the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 9A is shown in FIG. 9B , and an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 9C .
  • Table 3.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9K (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9C in that it is lightly welded).
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 3.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • this welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • a selected number of welded yarn substrates are shown in FIGS. 9C-9E and 9I-9M .
  • Table 3.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9K produced using the parameters described in Table 3.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 3.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • a plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample (such as the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 9C and 9 K that has been lightly welded) is shown in FIG. 9G , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • Table 4.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9L (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D in that it is moderately welded).
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 4.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • this welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • Table 4.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9L produced using the parameters described in Table 4.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 4.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • Table 5.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9M (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9E in that it is highly welded).
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 5.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • this welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • Table 5.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9M produced using the parameters described in Table 5.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 5.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • FIGS. 9C-9E A progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 9C-9E , all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A by varying the process parameters.
  • the SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 9C , moderately welded substrate in FIG. 9D , and highly welded substrate in FIG. 9E . All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn.
  • the terms “lightly,” “moderately,” and “highly” are not meant to be limiting in any sense, but rather meant to convey a relative, qualitative aspect unless otherwise indicated herein or in the following claims.
  • FIG. 9F A test fabric produced from a lightly welded substrate (which welded substrate may be analogous to those shown in FIGS. 9C or 9K ) is shown in FIG. 9F .
  • the absolute attributes of fabrics knitted or woven from welded substrates may vary, and may be manipulated at least via the process parameters and degree of welding performed on the welded substrates comprising the fabric.
  • Table 6.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate used for the fabric shown in FIG. 9F .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 6.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Table 6.2 provides various attributes of the fabric comprised of three distinct samples of lightly welded substrates such as those from FIGS. 9C and 9K (using raw 30/1 ring spun yarn substrate) and for a corresponding fabric made using raw yarn substrate.
  • the burst strengths were determined using ASTM D3786.
  • the column heading “Burst Strength” refers to the absolute burst strength in pounds per square inch, and the column heading “Burst Strength Improve.” refers to the percent improvement of the fabric comprised of welded yarn substrates compared to that comprised of raw yarn substrates, which is the control.
  • fabric such as that shown in FIG. 9F may exhibit an enormous increase in the score of the fabric when tested using the Martindale Pill Test (ASTM D4970).
  • ASTM D4970 Martindale Pill Test
  • a fabric comprised of raw yarn substrate that would score 1.5 or 2 on this test would increase to 5 if that same raw yarn substrate was subjected to a welding process such that it was even moderately welded.
  • FIGS. 9K-9M Another progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 9K-9M , all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A by varying the process parameters as described above related to the Tables associated with the welding process for producing each welded substrate.
  • the SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 9K , moderately welded substrate in FIG. 9L , and highly welded substrate in FIG. 9M . All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn.
  • Table 7.1 Some mechanical properties of the yarns shown in FIGS. 9K-9M and that shown in FIGS. 9I & 9J are shown in Table 7.1, which provides a comparison of the same mechanical properties for the raw yarn substrate.
  • “tenacity” refers to a weight normalized measure of strength, which is commonly used in the yarn and fiber industry.
  • the fabric shown in FIG. 9F has a burst strength that is approximately 30% greater than that of a similar knitted control fabric produced from raw yarn substrate.
  • Other improvements such as decreased time of drying (after laundering), increased abrasion resistance, and greater vibrancy of dyeing compared to raw substrate counterparts are also observed and will be discussed in further detail below.
  • the absolute degree to which these attributes are observed may be controlled at least via the process parameters (e.g., the degree and quality of the welding process).
  • the degree and quality of the welding process in turn, may be a function of at least the co-optimization of process solvent application and viscous drag as well as controlled volume consolidation that occurs during various steps of a welding process.
  • welded substrates exhibit superior mechanical properties.
  • the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9C may be considered a “core welded” substrate, wherein the term “core welded” refers to welded substrates in which process solvent application and welding action have permeated the substrate relatively evenly throughout the substrate diameter.
  • the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 91 and 9J may be considered a “shell welded” substrate, wherein the term “shell welded” refers to a welded substrate that has been preferentially welded on the outer exterior surface of the substrate (i.e., so as to create a welded shell). As clearly shown in the center portion of the centrally positioned welded substrate shown in FIG. 9J , the welded shell is distinct from a minimally/non-welded core.
  • This shell welded substrate may be manufactured from a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn utilizing the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A .
  • Table 8.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the shell welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIGS. 9I & 9J .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 8.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • this welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • Table 8.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 91 & 9J produced using the parameters described in Table 8.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 8.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • a welding process may be configured to preferentially weld the outer regions of the substrate such that the substrate core is not welded to the same degree as the exterior thereof. This has the effect of increasing strength compared to the raw substrate while also often retaining elongation properties of the raw substrate, and thus results in increased toughness (increased energy to break).
  • both core welded and shell welded substrates can display positive attributes such as faster drying, greater abrasion resistance, greater pilling resistance, more vibrant color, etc. when compared to their raw substrate counterparts.
  • FIG. 9H A picture of a piece of fabric constructed from approximately 50% raw (not processed) cotton yarn substrate and 50% moderately welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 9H , wherein the left portion of the figure shows the raw cotton yarn and the right portion of the figure shows welded cotton substrate.
  • the split fabric underwent a pot dye process and reveals the enhanced, rich, and deeper, more vibrant color for the side of the fabric knitted from welded yarn substrate.
  • the welded yarn substrate and resulting fabric has less hair at least because of the co-optimized process solvent application methods, viscous drag, and solvent efficacy.
  • controlled volume reduction associated with the welding, reconstitution, and drying steps of a welding process may be configured to reduce the surface area and empty space within the welded yarn substrate. This reduces the number of interfaces for which light can scatter. The net result of these combined effects is that the dye colorant(s) are more able to be seen through the welded substrate, which is more transparent than the raw substrate.
  • the relative lack of hair and reduction of empty space within fiber welded substrates is also responsible for the surprising and dramatic reduction of time required to dry fiber welded substrates.
  • the lack of hair at the substrate surface and reduction of empty space within the welded substrate by controlled volume consolidation may be configured to limit the extent to which bulk water can be integrated within the welded substrate. This is the reason why welded substrates often dry greater than twice as fast (half as much energy required) as raw substrates.
  • welded substrates often dry greater than twice as fast (half as much energy required) as raw substrates.
  • the same coatings and surface modification chemistries that help reduce water retention in raw cotton are even more effective with fiber welded cotton substrates. Similar results are also observed for silk, linen, and other natural substrates.
  • FIG. 10A A perspective view of various apparatuses that may be configured to perform such a welding process is shown in FIG. 10A .
  • the welding process and apparatuses therefor shown in FIG. 10A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2 , & 6 A- 6 F regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc.
  • the substrate e.g., yarn in the specific configuration shown in FIG. 10A
  • a grooved tray such as that shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the entire welding path for the substrate may be contained within a temperature controlled environment (in one configuration operating between ⁇ 17° C. and ⁇ 12° C.).
  • the welded yarn substrate generally may reach an optimized strength after 14 minutes of low temperature welding time. After this duration, the process wetted substrate may travel to a reconstitution zone.
  • process solvent recovery zone 4 solvent collection zone 7 , solvent recycling 8 , mixed gas collection 9 , and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • FIG. 10B A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate that may be used with the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 10A is shown in FIG. 10B , and an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 10E .
  • Table 9.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate shown in FIG. 10E using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 8.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • This welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • FIGS. 10B-10F A selected number of welded yarn substrates are shown in FIGS. 10B-10F .
  • the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate may be less than the value shown in Table 9.1.
  • the ratio may be 0.5:1, and in another welding process it may be 1:1, in another welding process it may be 2:1, in still another welding process it may be 3:1 (which welding process and welded substrates produced thereby are discussed in detail belwo regarding at least Table 10.1), in another welding process it may be 4:1, and in yet another welding process it may be 5:1.
  • the ratio may be values other than integers, such as 4.5:1. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by the specific value of this ratio unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Table 9.2 provides various attributes of a welded substrate produced using the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 10A using and the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B using the parameters described in Table 9.1.
  • the attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256.
  • the mechanical property for each column heading in Table 9.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • the stress (in grams) versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 10G , wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIGS. 10C-10E A progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 10C-10E , all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A by varying the process parameters.
  • the chemistry of the process solvent used for the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A may be fundamentally different and implicate various engineering consideration compared to the process and apparatus shown in FIG. 9A . That said, the overall welding process may be operated according to similar principles and design concepts as previously described for the welding processes and associated apparatuses shown FIGS. 7A, 8A, and 9A .
  • FIGS. 1 & 2 are relevant to understand the overarching process design.
  • the welding process and associated apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A may be configured such that the degree of welding is controllable.
  • a progression of increased hair reduction and controlled volume consolidation of the cotton yarn substrate with various welding parameters is shown from 10 C to 10 E. All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn.
  • the SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 10C , moderately welded substrate in FIG. 10D , and highly welded substrate in FIG. 10E .
  • the absolute attributes of welded fabrics knitted or woven from welded substrates may vary, and may be manipulated at least via the process parameters.
  • FIG. 12E An SEM image of a raw 2D substrate comprised of jersey knit cotton is shown in FIG. 12E , and a magnified image thereof is shown in FIG. 12G .
  • FIG. 12F An SEM image of the same fabric after it has been lightly welded is shown in FIG. 12F , and a magnified image thereof is shown in FIG. 12H .
  • Table 10.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded 2D substrate shown in FIGS. 12F & 12H .
  • This welding process may be configured such that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted.
  • the welding process was performed as a batch process, wherein process solvent was evenly applied to the raw substrate and allowed to act upon the substrate for seven minutes.
  • Ionic liquid-based solvents e.g., a welding process and apparatus as shown in FIG. 9A
  • the alkali metal urea-type process solvents e.g., a welding process and apparatus as shown in FIG. 10A
  • Choice of process solvent is often dictated based on the suitability of the process solvent with a specific additive, and is an important new teaching to keep in mind as functional materials are entrapped by fiber welding processes as described in further detail below.
  • a substrate may be exposed to a process solvent for the purpose of subsequent physical or chemical manipulation of the substrate and/or properties thereof.
  • the process solvent may at least partially interrupt intermolecular bonding of the substrate to open and mobilize (solvate) the substrate for modification.
  • one or more functional materials, chemicals, and/or components may be integrated within a welded substrate for 1D, 2D, and 3D substrates and/or welded substrates.
  • functional material may impart new functionalities (e.g., magnetism, conductivity) without full denaturation of biopolymers that would otherwise be deleterious to the performance characteristics (physical and chemical properties) of the substrate.
  • the optimal integration of a functional material(s) within a welded substrate may require optimizing the viscous drag (which may be primarily associated with the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) and/or adjusting volume controlled consolidation, both of which concepts are described in detail above.
  • the viscous drag may be configured to facilitate even distribution of a process solvent having a functional material disposed therein across the substrate.
  • the viscous drag may be configured to facilitate uneven distribution of such a process solvent.
  • a welding process configured to integrate functional materials into a welded substrate may be optimized according to the concepts, examples, methods, and/or apparatuses as previously described above, and/or those described in further detail below.
  • a substrate (which may be comprised of but is not limited to cellulose, chitin, chitosan, collagen, hemicellulose, lignin, silk, other biopolymer component that is held together by hydrogen bonding and/or combinations thereof) may be swollen by an appropriate process solvent capable of disrupting intermolecular forces of the substrate, and in addition, functional materials including but not limited to, carbon powder, magnetic microparticles, and chemicals including dyes or combinations thereof may be introduced either before, in conjunction with, or after the application of the process solvent(s).
  • fibrous biopolymer substrates, functional materials, and the process solvent may be allowed to interact under controlled temperature—which may include laser-based or other directed energy heating, as well as specific atmosphere and pressure conditions.
  • controlled temperature which may include laser-based or other directed energy heating, as well as specific atmosphere and pressure conditions.
  • the process solvent may be removed.
  • the resulting functional material may be bonded to the substrate and may provide additional functional properties to the welded substrate compared to the properties of the original substrate material.
  • Functional materials may be introduced with a process solvent and/or engaged with a substrate prior to the welding.
  • natural fibers may be likened to an envelope into which functional materials may be placed, and once all or a portion of the empty space is removed during the welding process, the functional material may trapped.
  • the welding process may be configured to embed a devices into the middle of a yarn, such as a micro RFID chip.
  • the functional material is disposed in a material that acts as a substrate binder.
  • a welding process may be configured such that fibers of the substrate may be coated with a dissolved substrate binder during the welding process.
  • a process solvent may be both active towards the biopolymers in the natural substrate and also compatible with the functional material.
  • functional materials may include another biomaterial integrated with the substrate material—one example of such a configuration is using dissolved chitin as an antibacterial material in cellulose, or as a blood coagulant in a wound dressing.
  • the depth of solvent and/or functionals material penetration of the substrate and the degree to which substrate fibers may be welded together may be controlled at least by the amount of solvent, temperature, pressure, spacing of the fibers, form and/or partical size of functional material (e.g., molecules, polymers, RFID chip, etc.), residence time, other welding process steps, properties of substrate (e.g., moisture content and/or gradient) reconstitution method, and/or combinations thereof
  • the process solvent may be removed as previously discussed (e.g., with water, reconstitution solvent, etc.) to yield a welded substrate with incorporated (entrapped) functional materials, which may be retained via covalent bonding.
  • chemical derivatization may also be undertaken during this process.
  • the welding process may be configured to increase the material density (e.g., all or some of the open spaces between fibers may be removed) and decreases the surface area of a finished welded substrate comprised of a bundle of fibers compared to the material density and surface area of the substrate while simultaneously entrapping functional materials within the welded substrate.
  • material density e.g., all or some of the open spaces between fibers may be removed
  • the degree to which the welding process affects the amount of empty space within a given substrate may be manipulated using at least the same variables as listed abovce regarding the depth of solvent and/or functional material penetration, which include but are not limtied to the amount of solvent, temperature, pressure, spacing of the fibers, form and/or partical size of functional material (e.g., molecules, polymers, RFID chip, etc.), residence time, other welding process steps, properties of substrate (e.g., moisture content and/or gradient) reconstitution method, and/or combinations thereof
  • the welding process may be configured to control the specific region of a given substrate at which the empty space is being removed, which is described in further detail below.
  • functional materials may be added directly to the substrate (before welding), with the process solvent, and/or at any point in time before the process solvent is removed.
  • the welding process may be configured to allow for spatial control of the alteration of the physical and chemical properties of the substrate using concepts similar to those of multidimensional printing techniques. For example, by adding process solution to substrates with a device similar to an inkjet printer or by heating selected portions of the substrate with directed energy beams (e.g., from an infrared laser or any other means known in the art) to activate welding in that selected portion.
  • directed energy beams e.g., from an infrared laser or any other means known in the art
  • the amount of process solvent with respect to the amount of substrate may be kept relatively low to limit the degree to which the substrate is modified during the welding process.
  • the process solvent may be removed either by a second solvent system (e.g., a reconstitution solvent), by evaporation if the process solvent is sufficiently volatile, or by any other suitable method and/or apparatus without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a welding process may be configured to increase the evaporation rate of the process solvent by placing the process wetted substrate under vacuum and/or subjecting it to heat.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce welded substrates that may constitute “natural fiber functional composites” or “fiber-matrix composites” that exhibit functionalities (e.g., physical and/or chemical characteristics) not observed for the individual substrates and/or components that make up the welded substrate if observed separately prior to the welding process.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce welded substrates comprised of fiber-matrix composites that contain functional materials by utilizing a process solvent that is comprised of an ionic liquid-based solvent (“IL-based solvent”) as discussed in further detail below.
  • IL-based solvent ionic liquid-based solvent
  • One or more molecular additives in the process solvent may either increase the efficacy of the process solvent as a swelling and mobilizing agent, and/or enhance the interaction of process solvent with one or more of the functional materials, and/or enhance the uptake of the process solvent and/or functional materials into natural fiber substrates.
  • IL-based process solvents are generally removed from welded substrate (which may constitute a fiber-matrix composite) by a reconstitution solvent, which generally involves rinsing/washing the process wetted substrate with a reconstitution solvent, which reconstitution solvent may be comprised of excess molecular solvent(s).
  • a reconstitution solvent which generally involves rinsing/washing the process wetted substrate with a reconstitution solvent, which reconstitution solvent may be comprised of excess molecular solvent(s).
  • the welded substrate may constitute a fiber-matrix composite that is finished and includes functional materials with the associated novel physical and chemical characteristics.
  • the substrate may be comprised of natural fibers, which natural fibers may be comprised of cellulose, lignocellulose, proteins and/or combinations thereof.
  • the cellulose may be comprised of cotton, refined cellulose (such as kraft pulp), microcrystalline cellulose, and the like.
  • the welding process and apparatuses associated therewith may be configured for use with a substrate comprised of cellulose in the form of cotton or combinations thereof.
  • Substrates comprised of lignocellulose may include bast fiber from flax, industrial hemp, and combinations thereof.
  • Substrates comprises of proteins may include silk, keratin, and the like.
  • natural fibers as it relates to substrates herein is meant to include any high aspect ratio, fiber-containing natural materials produced by living organisms and/or enzymes.
  • use of the term “fibers” indicates attention to the macroscopic (large scale) viewpoint of a material.
  • Other examples of natural fibers include but are not limited to flax, silk, wool, and the like.
  • natural fibers In one aspect of a welded substrate that may be produced according to the present disclosure, natural fibers generally may be the reinforcing fiber component of fiber-matrix composites. Additionally, natural fibers may be utilized in formats such as non-woven mats, yarns, and/or textiles.
  • biopolymer-containing materials that are not generally regarded as natural fibers.
  • crab shells are mainly chitin, which is a biopolymer composed of N-acetylglucosamine monomers (a derivative of glucose) but is not generally referred to as fibrous.
  • collagen and elastin are examples of protein biopolymers that provide structural support in many tissues that are not generally considered as fibrous.
  • the natural fibers that are produced by plants are generally mixtures of different biopolymers: cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin.
  • Cellulose and hemicellulose have monomer units that are sugars.
  • Lignin has phenol-based monomers that are cross-linked. Because of cross-linking, lignin is generally not able to be solubilized (e.g., swelled or mobilized) by IL-based solvents.
  • Natural fibers that contain significant amounts of lignin can, however, serve as structural support fibers in composites. Additionally, natural fiber substrates that contain significant amounts of lignin may be swelled or mobilized using a process solvent that is not IL-based.
  • the natural fibers that animals produce are often composed of protein(s) biopolymers.
  • the monomer units in proteins are amino acids.
  • the natural fibers may include cellulose, lignocellulose, proteins and/or combinations thereof.
  • “natural fibers” may include but is not limited to unless so indicated in the following claims cellulose, chitin, chitosan, collagen, hemicellulose, lignin, silk, and/or combinations thereof.
  • the welding process may be configured to combine and convert a substrate comprised of natural fibers and functional materials into a welded substrate that is a contiguous fiber-matrix composite.
  • One purpose of the welding process may be to combine and convert a substrate comprised of natural fibers and functional materials into a welded substrate that constitutes a natural fiber functional composite, herein also referred to as a “contiguous fiber-matrix composite” or simply “fiber-matrix composite.”
  • functional materials are entrapped within the matrix portion of the fiber-matrix composite.
  • a welding process may be configured such that natural fibers constitute the bulk of the fiber portion of welded substrate fiber-matrix composite and typically serve as the principle strengthening agent.
  • a welding process may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid.
  • ionic liquid may be used to refer to a relatively pure ionic liquid (e.g., “pure process solvent” as defined herein above) and the term “ionic liquid-based solvent” (“IL-based solvent”) generally may refer to a liquid that is comprised both of anions and cations and may include a molecular (e.g., water, alcohols, acetonitrile, etc.) species and (the solvent mixture) may be able to solubilize, mobilize, swell, and/or stabilize polymeric substrates.
  • Ionic liquids are attractive solvents as they are non-volatile, non-flammable, have a high thermal stability, are relatively inexpensive to manufacture, are environmentally friendly, and can be used to provide greater control and flexibility in the overall processing methodology.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 7,671,178 contains numerous examples of suitable ionic liquid solvents that may be used with various welding processes according to the present disclosure.
  • the welding process may be configured to use an ionic liquid solvent having a melting point less than about 200° C., 150° C. or 100° C.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with an ionic liquid solvent comprised of imidazolium-based cations with acetate and/or chloride anions.
  • the anions may include chaotropic anions including acetate, formate, chloride, bromide and the like alone, or in combinations thereof
  • the welding process may be configured for use with an IL-based solvent that may include polar aprotic solvents as a molecular additive, such as acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), ethyl acetate (“EtOAc”), acetone, dimethylformamide (“DMF”), dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), and the like.
  • polar aprotic solvents such as acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), ethyl acetate (“EtOAc”), acetone, dimethylformamide (“DMF”), dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), and the like.
  • the molecular additive for an IL-based process solvent system may be a polar aprotic solvent with a relatively low boiling point (e.g., less than 80° C. at ambient pressure) and relatively high vapor pressure.
  • IL-based solvent may be about 0.25 mole to about four mol polar aprotic solvents per one mole of ionic liquid.
  • a polar aprotic solvent may be added to the IL-based solvent in ranges from about 0.25 mole to about two moles of total polar aprotic solvents per 1 mole of ionic liquid.
  • Polar protic solvents e.g., water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol
  • an IL-based solvent may include about 0.25 to about two moles of a polar aprotic solvent for each mole of ionic liquid.
  • the amount of IL-based process solvent added may be about 0.25 parts to about four parts by mass of the process solvent with one part by mass of the substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to use an IL-based solvent comprised of one or more polar protic solvents, which polar protic solvents include but are not limited to, water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and/or combinations thereof. In one aspect less than about one mole polar protic solvent may combined with up to about one mole of ionic liquid.
  • a welding process may be configured to use an IL-based solvent comprised of one or more polar aprotic solvents (which may constitute a molecular additive to the process solvent system), which polar aprotic solvents include but are not limited to, acetonitrile, acetone, and ethyl acetate.
  • Reasons for adding molecular additives to an IL-based process solvent include adjusting the efficacy of the process solvent as a swelling and mobilizing agent, and/or enhancing the interaction of the process solvent with functional materials, and/or enhancing the introduction of the process solvent and functional materials into the substrate(s).
  • Such molecular additives may include, but are not limited to, low boiling point solvents that can both adjust efficacy of the IL as well as the rheology characteristics of the process solvent. That is, the molecular additive and relative amount thereof may be selected so as to result in at least the desired viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation.
  • the partial dissolution of biopolymers or synthetic polymer materials may be limited to instances in which there is an appropriate concentration of about one mole of ionic liquid (ions) present for up to about four moles maximum of molecular components.
  • the molecular component may either reduce the overall ability for ionic liquid ions to solubilize, mobilize, and/or swell polymers in the substrate, or they may increase the overall efficacy of the IL-based process solvent, which may depend at least upon the hydrogen bond donating and accepting abilities of the molecular component(s).
  • Polymers present in biopolymer substrates as well as polymers in many synthetic polymer substrates are generally held together and organized at the molecular level by intermolecular and intramolecular hydrogen bonding. If molecular components decrease IL-based process solvent efficacy, these molecular components can be useful to slow welding processes and/or allow special spatial and temporal control not otherwise possible using pure ionic liquids. In one aspect of a welding process, if the molecular component increases IL-based process solvent efficacy, these molecular components can be useful to speed the welding process and/or allow special spatial and temporal control not possible using pure ionic liquids. Additionally, in another aspect, molecular components can significantly lower the overall cost of a welding process, particularly the cost associated with the process solvent.
  • Acetonitrile costs less than 3-ethyl-1-methylimidazolium acetate. Thus, in addition to allowing manipulation of the welding process for a given substrate, acetonitrile also may reduce the cost of the process solvent per unit volume (or mass) utilized.
  • IL-based process solvents When relatively large amounts of IL-based process solvents are introduced to substrates comprised primarily of natural fibers (for reference “large” as used herein denotes roughly greater than 10 parts by mass process solvent to every 1 part by mass substrate) and with sufficient time and suitable temperature, the biopolymers within the substrate can be fully dissolved.
  • full dissolution indicates disruption of the intermolecular forces (e.g., disruption of hydrogen bonding due to the action of the solvent) and/or intramolecular forces that may be necessary to preserve natural structures, features, and/or characteristics within the substrate.
  • full dissolution often degrades natural fiber reinforcements by irreversibly denaturing embodied natural biopolymer structure.
  • the amount of fully dissolved polymer (functional material) utilized may be typically less than 1% by mass relative to mass of IL-based process solvent utilized. Given the relatively small amount of IL-based process solvent that is added to natural fibers, any fully dissolved biopolymer materials may be minor components of the resulting welded substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to limit the amount of IL-based process solvent added relative to a substrate comprising natural fiber. Limiting the amount of process solvent introduced into the substrate may in turn limit the extent to which biopolymers are denatured from their natural structures, and thus may preserve the natural functionalities and/or characteristics of the substrate, such as strength.
  • a welding process may facilitate the creation of welded substrates comprised of functional structures, which may be produced via the controlled fusion/welding of fibrous threads, woven materials, fibrous mats, and/or combinations thereof with the addition of functional materials.
  • the physical and chemical properties of the welded substrates may be reproducibly manipulated by rigorous control of at least the amount of IL-based process solvent applied, the duration of exposure to IL-based process solvent, temperature, the temperature and pressure applied during the treatment, and/or combinations thereof.
  • One or more substrates and/or functional materials may be welded to create laminate structures with proper control of process variables. The surface of these substrates and/or functional materials may be preferentially modified while leaving some of the substrate and/or functional material in the native state.
  • the functional materials may include but are not limited to drug and dye molecules, nanomaterials, magnetic microparticles, and the like that may be compatible with one or more substrates.
  • the functional material may be in suspension, dissolved or a combination thereof in an IL-based solvent.
  • the functional material may include but is not limited to conductive carbons, activated carbons, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Activated carbons may include but are not limited to chars, graphene, nanotubes, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material that may include magnetic materials such as, NdFeB, SmCo, iron oxide, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material may comprised of quantum dots and/or other nanomaterials.
  • the functional material may be comprised of mineral precipitates, such as but not limited to clay.
  • the functional material may include dyes, which dyes include but are not limited to UV-vis absorbing dyes, fluorescent dyes, phosphorescent dyes, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material comprised of pharmaceuticals, selected synthetic polymers (e.g., meta-aramid, which is also known as Nomex®), quantum dots, various allotropes of carbon (e.g., nanotubes, activated carbon, graphene and graphene-like materials), and may also include natural materials (e.g., crab shells, horns, etc.) and derivatives of natural materials (e.g., chitosan, microcrystalline cellulose, rubber), and/or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • selected synthetic polymers e.g., meta-aramid, which is also known as Nomex®
  • quantum dots e.g., various allotropes of carbon (e.g., nanotubes, activated carbon, graphene and graphene-like materials)
  • natural materials e.g., crab shells, horns, etc.
  • derivatives of natural materials e.g., chitosan, microcrystalline cellulose
  • a welding process may be configured for use with a functional material comprised of a polymer.
  • a functional material comprised of a polymer.
  • the polymer may be comprised of a natural polymer or protein such as cellulose starch, silk, keratin, and the like.
  • polymer(s) constituting the functional material may be less than about 1% by mass of the IL-based process solvent. Additionally, various natural materials may be utilized as functional materials.
  • a welding process may be configured such that one or more functional materials are predispersed with the natural fibers of a substrate, which substrates may be in the form of non-woven mats and papers, yarns, woven textiles, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • functional materials may be dissolved and/or suspended within IL-based process solvents prior to application of the IL-based process solvent on the natural fiber substrate.
  • IL-based process solvents Upon swelling and mobilizing biopolymers in the natural fiber substrate(s), functional materials may be entrapped within the matrix of the resulting welded substrate, which may constitute a fiber-matrix composite.
  • an optimal temperature for the process solvent (and consequently, a temperature for the process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) may be from about 0° C. to about 100° C.
  • a welding process may be configured so that the welding process comprises combining IL-based process solvent with the substrate for about one second to about one hour, or until the substrate is at least 1.5% saturated, between 2% and 5% saturated, and at least 10% saturated with the IL-based process solvent.
  • Such a welding process may be configured so that the functional material may be mixed with the substrate at the same time as the IL-based process solvent and the substrate or subsequent thereto.
  • the welding process may be configured such that the portion of IL-based process solvent is removed by rinsing with water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (THF), ethyl acetate (EtOAc), acetone, dimethylformamide (DMF), or any other method and/or apparatus suitable for the particular welding process without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a welding process may be configured such that it entraps the functional materials within a natural fibrous substrate by partially dissolving either biopolymers or synthetic polymers with an IL-based process solvent.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with an IL-based process solvent that contains cations and anions and has a melting point below 150° C., and the IL-based process solvent may include a molecular component as previously discussed.
  • the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured to form ionic bonds between the natural fibers of a substrate and the functional material.
  • one or more functional materials may be incorporated into fibrous substrate prior to introduction of IL-based process solvent for partial dissolution of the fibrous substrate.
  • the functional materials may be dispersed within the IL-based solvent for partial dissolution of fibrous substrate(s).
  • one or more functional materials may be dispersed within IL-based solvents.
  • the welding process may be configured to use heat to activate the partial dissolution of the natural fiber substrate and/or the functional material(s).
  • the functional material(s) partially dissolved may be biopolymers and/or synthetic polymers.
  • the welding process may be configured to produce a natural fiber functional composite by using a natural fiber substrate, an IL-based solvent, and a functional material.
  • the natural fiber substrate may be mixed with the IL-based process solvent, and this mixing may continue until the natural fiber is appropriately swollen.
  • functional material may be added to the swollen natural fiber substrate and IL-based process solvent mixture.
  • the welding process may be configured to apply a pressure and a temperature to the mixture for a period of time. Next, at least the pressure and removing at least a portion of the IL-based process solvent may result in a finished welded substrate configured as a natural fiber functional composite in one, two, or three dimensions.
  • the welding process may be configured to use less than four parts by mass process solvent to every one part by mass substrate, which mass ratio may be sufficient to interrupt hydrogen bonding in only the outer sheath of natural fibers of the substrate.
  • the degree to which hydrogen bonding is disrupted and natural structures are denatured may be dependent at least upon process solvent composition, as well as the time, temperature, and pressure conditions during which natural fiber substrates are exposed to IL-based process solvents.
  • the welding process may be configured to control certain variables to limit the amount of cellulose I to II conversion that occurs as described in further detail below at least as related to FIGS. 15A & 15B .
  • This conversion may be important in so far as it demonstrates the creation of fiber-matrix composites in welded substrates, wherein natural fibers may retain some of their native structure and thus corresponding native chemical and physical properties. Swelling of substrate fibers is typically observed along a width rather than a length, and in one aspect of a welding process the welding process may be configured to increase the natural fiber diameter more than about 5%, 10%, or even 25%.
  • the mobilization of the outermost biopolymers in substrates comprised of natural fibers generally may be considered a characteristic of a welding process according to the present disclosure.
  • Mobilized polymer may be swollen such that functional materials can be inserted and entrapped within the resulting matrix of fiber-matrix composites in the welded substrate.
  • an IL-based process solvent may be to swell and mobilize biopolymers by disruption of hydrogen bonding, natural fiber substrates that contain relatively high amounts of lignin (roughly greater than 10% lignin) are not generally suitable to swell and mobilize with IL-based process solvents.
  • lignocellulosic natural fibers e.g., wood fibers
  • lignocellulosic fibers containing roughly greater than 10% lignin do not provide much in the way of cellulose or hemicellulose matrix. This is at least in part because the cellulose and hemicellulose biopolymers that would otherwise be swelled and mobilized by the IL-based process solvent are essentially locked within the cross-linked lignin biopolymer.
  • the term “mobilized” includes an action wherein the functional material moves from the outer surface of substrate fibers to merge with that from neighboring substrate fibers while material in the substrate fiber core is left in the native state. Upon swelling and mobilizing biopolymers and entrapping functional materials, IL-based process solvents are generally removed from the fledgling fiber-matrix composite welded substrate to be recycled.
  • reconstitution is used to refer to the process by which process solvent(s) are rinsed/washed out of the process wetted substrate. This is typically accomplished by either flowing excess molecular solvent (e.g., water, acetonitrile, methanol) around and through the process wetted substrate or by soaking the process wetted substrate in a bath(s) of molecular solvent.
  • molecular solvent e.g., water, acetonitrile, methanol
  • the choice of reconstitution solvent depends on factors such as the type of biopolymers that compose the substrate as well as the composition for the process solvent and ease by which the process solvent can be recovered and purified for reuse.
  • the reconstitution solvent is typically removed. This may be typically accomplished by any combination of sublimation, evaporation, or boiling.
  • the substrate may undergo significant dimensional changes. For example, the diameter of yarns may be reduced by up to a factor of two as the empty space between individual natural fibers is consolidated to a continuous fiber-matrix composite in the welded substrate.
  • the welding process may be configured such that a portion of natural fibers in a substrate comprised of natural fibers is swollen about 2% to about 6% in diameter. More specifically, in an aspect of a welding process a portion of such natural fibers may be swollen more than about 3% in diameter.
  • the mixture may be about 90% natural fiber substrate and functional material and about 10% IL-based process solvent by mas.
  • the amount of IL-based process solvent added to the substrate and/or mixture of substrate and functional material may be about 0.25 parts to about four parts by mass of the process solvent with one part by mass of the natural fiber.
  • the welding process may be configured such that the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be about a vacuum. Alternatively, the welding process may be configured such that the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 is about 1 atmosphere. In still another configuration, the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be between about one atmospheres to about ten atmospheres. As previously noted, the temperature and/or time that the substrate is exposed to the process solvent may also be controlled.
  • the welding process may include providing a substrate comprised of a plurality of natural fibers, providing an IL-based process solvent, and providing at least one functional material.
  • a welding process so configured may include mixing the substrate IL-based process solvent and functional material in a prescribed sequence creating a chemical reaction that produces a welded substrate constituting a natural fiber functional composite with the functional material penetrating the natural fibers and a plurality of the natural fibers and the functional material both may be covalently bonded together.
  • at least the temperature, pressure and time of the chemical reaction may be controlled.
  • a welding process may be configured to remove a portion of the process solvent, and it is contemplated that in certain applications it may be advantageous to remove a large portion of the process solvent, or substantially all of the process solvent.
  • the welding process may be configured such that the prescribed process sequence introduces the functional material after the natural fiber substrate is mixed with the process solvent and the natural fiber substrate has achieved a swollen state.
  • the IL-based process solvent may be diluted by a molecular solvent component, and wherein the partial dissolution process of the biopolymers or synthetic polymer materials commences after removal of the molecular solvent component (which removal may be accomplished by any suitable method and/or apparatus without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims, including but not limited to either evaporation or distillation).
  • a carbon-cotton-process solvent mixture may be used to create a welded substrate having a thin-coat carbon/cotton bond that, when exposed to cotton fabric in solution with the process solvent, binds the carbon to the cotton fabric.
  • the process solvent and natural fiber substrate may be blended to create surface tension characteristics that allow the functional material (such as conductive carbon) to move into the natural fiber substrate and/or form a thin coat of carbon functional material on the natural fiber substrate such as cotton.
  • the functional material such as conductive carbon
  • the examples that follow are illustrative of welded substrates and/or welding processes for which functionalization is accomplished. The following examples are not meant to be read in a limiting sense, but rather as illustrative of the broader concepts and welding processes disclosed herein.
  • entrapment involves the incorporation of functional materials into fibrous substrates prior to introducing ionic liquid based solvents.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 3 called-out as FIGS. 3A-3E .
  • a natural fiber substrate 10 may include an amount of empty space.
  • a disbursed functional material 20 may be incorporated into the natural fiber substrate 10 .
  • a point in time after which an IL-based process solvent 30 has been introduced to the natural fiber substrate 10 and functional material 20 (to create a process wetted substrate) is depicted in FIG. 3C .
  • Controlled pressure, temperature, and time then may be used to create a swollen natural fiber substrate 11 (as depicted in FIG. 3D ) with the dispersed & bonded functional material 21 .
  • all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 then may be removed from the bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11 to yield welded fibers 40 with entrapped functional material 22 while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics.
  • any attribute, features, and/or characteristic described herein for a welded fiber 40 , 42 may extend to a fabric, textile, and/or other article comprised of the welded fiber 40 , 42 .
  • the welded fibers 40 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11 .
  • the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate is comprised of cotton cloth functionalized with entrapped magnetic (NdFeB) microparticles as observed via scanning electron microscopy data.
  • the welding process may be configured for functional material 20 comprised of demagnetized microparticles that may be incorporated as a dry powder into a natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cloth matrices.
  • the welding process may entrap magnetic particles within the biopolymers of the natural fiber substrate 10 such that the magnetic particles are observed to be strongly held within the welded fibers 40 and cannot be removed even by aggressive laundering.
  • the welding process may be configured such that similar procedures to those described above have yielded similar advantages and/or results in yarns and non-woven, fibrous mat natural fiber substrates 10 , including cotton and silk yarn matrices.
  • the welding process described in the immediately preceding examples may be configured such that suspensions of the nanomaterial functional materials 20 were added to biopolymer natural fiber substrates 10 prior to exposure of either the functional material or natural fiber substrate 10 to the IL-based process solvent.
  • Different molecular solutions such as aqueous or organic (e.g., toluene) may be utilized alone or in conjunction with an IL-based process solvent 30 depending at least on the surface chemistry of the functional material 20 , which may be comprised of quantum dots.
  • the surface chemistry of the nanomaterial functional material 20 i.e., hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity
  • the natural fiber substrate 10 may strongly impact the final location and dispersion of nanomaterial functional material 20 within the resulting welded fibers 40 .
  • Quantum dots may be comprised of semiconducting materials that have size-dependent properties. Their surfaces can be functionalized to be compatible with different chemical environments for use in medicine, sensing, and information storage applications without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 4 called-out as FIGS. 4A-4D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent.
  • a beginning natural fiber substrate 10 with an IL-based process solvent 30 that has functional material 20 dispersed therein to make a process solvent/functional material mixture 32 is depicted in FIG. 4A .
  • the functional material 20 may be predisposed in the IL-based process solvent 30 to create the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 before the introduction of the natural fiber 12 as illustrated in FIG. 4A .
  • the natural fiber substrate 10 and process solvent/functional material mixture 32 then may be combined as depicted in FIG. 4B (to create a process wetted substrate). At least controlled pressure, temperature, and/or time may be used to create a swollen natural fiber substrate 112 within the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 as depicted in FIG. 4C .
  • the welding process may be configured such that all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 is then removed from swollen natural fiber substrate 112 to yield welded fibers 42 with entrapped functional material 22 while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics as depicted in FIG. 4D .
  • the welded fibers 42 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 20 and swollen natural fiber substrate 112 .
  • the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate is comprised of a functional material 20 comprised of a molecular dye entrapped within a natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cotton paper (fibrous mat), wherein the functional material 20 may be dispersed in an IL-based process solvent 30 (to create a process solvent/functional material mixture 32 ) prior to application to the natural fiber substrate 10 .
  • biopolymers including, for example, cellulose in natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cotton paper
  • the functional material 20 comprised of dye may physically diffuse into and become entrapped within the polymer matrix by covalent bonding.
  • the dye may remain visibly entrapped within the polymer matrix.
  • the welding process may be configured such that certain information and/or chemical functionality may be controllably fused into natural fiber substrates 10 in the resulting welded fibers 40 , 42 .
  • Such welded fibers 40 , 42 may have application at least to anti-counterfeiting features for paper-based currency, dyeing (colorfast) of clothing, drug delivery devices, and other related technologies.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material 20 that may include molecular or ionic species able to be dispersed into IL-based process solvents 30 for incorporation into the natural fiber substrate 10 .
  • the purpose of adding functional materials 20 may be application specific.
  • dyes with linkage chemistries that covalently bind with cellulose can be relatively expensive.
  • the welding process may be configured to entrap lower-cost alternative dyes that do not have special linkage chemistry within the welded fibers 40 , 42 .
  • Functional material 20 comprised of one or more dyes that are entrapped within what was once swollen and mobilized biopolymers (e.g., swollen natural fiber substrate 11 , 112 ) are not washed out as easily and may be applicable at least to textile and/or bar coding/information storage applications.
  • conductive functional materials 20 can be entrapped within welded fibers 40 , 42 for energy storage applications.
  • Entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of magnetic materials may be pertinent to textile-based actuators.
  • the entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of pharmaceuticals and/or quantum dots may be relevant to medical applications.
  • the entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of clays is germane to enhanced fire retardancy.
  • the addition of the biopolymer chitin as a functional material 20 may find application due to its known antibacterial properties. In short, the number of possible applications is extremely large.
  • Functional materials 20 include but are not limited to clays, all carbon allotropes, NdFeB, titanium dioxide, combinations thereof and the like as appropriate to affect electronic, spectroscopic, thermal conductivity, magnetism, organic and/or inorganic materials having antibacterial and/or antimicrobial properties (e.g., chitin, chitosan, silver nanoparticles, etc.), and/or combinations thereof. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited to a specific functional material 20 and/or the specific application of the resulting welded substrate and/or welded fibers 40 , 42 unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding process may be configured such that no special covalent linkage chemistry is necessary to securely entrap the functional material 20 of interest but rather the functional material 20 may be physically entrapped within the welded fiber 40 , 42 .
  • functional material 20 may be incorporated with high spatial control for encoding information or creating color fast dyes, more generally, for integrating device functionality.
  • Multidimensional printing and fabrication techniques enable the layering of many types of functionality within a single material or object.
  • a welding process may be configured to incorporate functional materials 20 into a natural fiber substrate 10 by introduction of the functional material 20 in a mixture of IL-based process solvent and that also contains additional solubilized polymer.
  • such a process may begin with a natural fiber substrate 10 and an IL-based process solvent 30 mixed with a functional material 20 , such that the functional material 20 is dispersed in the IL-based process solvent 30 to constitute a process solvent/functional material mixture 32 .
  • a polymer 53 may be included in the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 such that the polymer 53 is dissolved and/or suspended in the process solvent functional material mixture 32 . See also FIG. 5 illustrating a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 5 called-out as FIGS. 5A-5D .
  • the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 mixed with the polymer 53 prior to application to the natural fiber substrate 10 is depicted in FIG. 5A .
  • the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 having polymer 53 therein may then be introduced to the natural fiber substrate 10 to create a process wetted substrate as depicted in FIG. 5B .
  • the welding process may be configured such that controlled pressure, temperature, and time are create a swollen natural fiber substrate 11 , 112 within the combined process solvent/functional material mixture 32 , polymer 53 , and natural fiber substrate 10 as depicted in FIG. 5C .
  • all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 then may be removed from the process wetted substrate (which may be comprised of bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11 , 112 ) to yield welded fibers 40 with entrapped functional material 22 and polymer 53 as shown in FIG. 5D while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics.
  • the welded fibers 40 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 21 , polymer 53 , and swollen natural fiber substrate 11 .
  • the polymer(s) may be comprised of biopolymers and/or synthetic polymers.
  • additional polymers may act as both a binder (e.g., glue) as well as a rheological modifier to change solution viscosity. Additionally, such a welding process may allow additional spatial control over the final location of functional materials 20 within welded substrate.
  • the welding process may be configured for functional material 20 comprised of carbon materials and the natural fiber substrate 10 may be comprised of cotton yarn to yield a welded fiber 40 , 42 that has been tested and verified as suitable for use as electrodes for high energy density supercapacitors in woven fabrics. These may be adapted to provide flexible, wearable energy storage devices.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40 , 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of one or more conductive additives such as organic materials (e.g., carbon nanotubes, graphene, etc.) or inorganic materials (silver nanoparticles, stainless steel, nickel, including fibers coated with metals and metal oxides, etc.).
  • a welded fiber 40 , 42 may exhibit enhanced conductivity characteristics, and when combined with an appropriate electrolyte (e.g., either gel, polymer electrolytes, etc.), these welded fibers 40 , 42 (and/or fabrics and/or textiles produced therefrom) may be capable of performing electrochemical reactions and/or capacitive energy storage.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40 , 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of capacitive additives (e.g., MnO2, etc.).
  • a functional material 20 comprised of capacitive additives (e.g., MnO2, etc.).
  • Such welded fibers 40 , 42 may exhibit enhanced energy storage characteristics when combined with an appropriate electrolyte including either gel or polymer 20 electrolytes.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40 , 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of photoactive additives (e.g., TiO2, etc.).
  • a functional material 20 comprised of photoactive additives (e.g., TiO2, etc.).
  • Such welded fibers 40 , 42 may exhibit enhanced self-cleaning (e.g., in the case of a wide bandgap semiconductor such as Ti02) and/or ultra violet light resistance characteristics.
  • welded fibers 40 , 42 produced according to a welding process according to the present disclosure may include but are not limited to technologies ranging from anti-counterfeiting to drug delivery applications.
  • the preceding list of functional materials is not meant to be exhaustive and/or limiting, and other functional materials may be used without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a welding process may be configured to allow for a wide variety of welded substrate finishes (e.g., yarn finishes) to be produced from conventional substrates (non-fiber welded), which substrates may be comprised of yarn and/or textile substrates in certain configurations of a welding process.
  • welded substrate finishes e.g., yarn finishes
  • a welding process may be configured as a modulated welding process via the use of a process solvent that is pumped with a controlled, variable and/or modulated rate and/or by moving the substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile) through the welding process at a variable rate and/or by varying the process solvent composition, and/or by varying the temperature and/or pressure in the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , by varying tension (e.g., of the substrate, process wetted substrate, etc.), and/or combinations thereof.
  • a process solvent that is pumped with a controlled, variable and/or modulated rate and/or by moving the substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile) through the welding process at a variable rate and/or by varying the process solvent composition, and/or by varying the temperature and/or pressure in the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , by varying tension (
  • a welding process may be configured to allow for specific and precise control of the ratio of process solvent relative to a substrate comprised of fibers such that the welding process may convert a controllable amount of the fiber within the substrate to a welded state.
  • the ratio of process solvent relative to substrate may be optimized at least depending on the particular process solvent and characteristics of the substrate.
  • a welding process configured to use process solvent mixtures such as an ionic liquids (e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate, 3-butyl-1-methylimidizolium chloride, etc.) mixed with a polar aprotic additive (e.g., acetonitrile) might utilize a process solvent ratio ranging from one part by mass process solvent added to one part by mass substrate to four parts by mass process solvent added to one part by mass substrate.
  • process solvent mixtures such as an ionic liquids (e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate, 3-butyl-1-methylimidizolium chloride, etc.) mixed with a polar aprotic additive (e.g., acetonitrile)
  • a polar aprotic additive e.g., acetonitrile
  • Another aspect of a welding process may employ a process solvent that is comprised of a cold alkaline (sodium hydroxide and/or lithium hydroxide) with urea solution having process solvent ratios ranging from two parts by mass process solvent to one part by mass substrate to more than ten parts by mass process solvent to one part by mass substrate.
  • Table 11.1 gives process parameter examples that have been used successfully for fabricating welded yarn utilizing welding systems with a process solvent comprised of both an ionic liquid and with a process solvent comprised of an aqueous hydroxide solution. The parameters shown in Table 11., but which parameters are not limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the hydroxide may be comprised of NaOH and/or LiOH.
  • the hydroxide may be comprised of LiOH at between 4 and 15 weight percent and urea at between 8 and 30 percent.
  • temperature may be optimized for the specific composition of the process solvent system.
  • the temperature and composition of the process solvent system may be co-optimized together at least with the solvent application zone 2 hardware and/or process control software and/or apparatuses in order to achieve the desired amount and location of welding on the substrate. That is, fiber welding that either provides consistent welded substrate attributes or modulated substrate attributes. This may also be achieved by applying viscous drag were appropriate during solvent application as well as the process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • a process solvent system may be configured as a mixture of an IL liquid and a molecular additive.
  • the mole ratio of IL liquid to molecular additive may vary from one welding process to the next, and may affect the optimal temperature of the process solvent system during application thereof to the substrate.
  • the vapor pressure of ACN may result in difficult processing conditions to control (related to health and safety) if the temperature is raised above 120° C. (which is where the rate of welding may be optimal).
  • the welding temperature is set to a lower temperature (e.g., 105° C.) but then requires a longer duration (>30 seconds) at such temperature.
  • the optimal temperature may be between 80° C. and 100° C. because the effectivity of the process solvent is higher than BMIm Cl and thus the welding time with EMIm OAc in this temperature range can be 5-15 seconds. Accordingly, the optimal temperature for at least the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , and other steps of a welding process may vary from one application thereof to the next, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the optimal ratio of process solvent to substrate may vary at least based on the substrate format type.
  • a welding process configured for use with a 2D substrate may have a ratio of 0.5 to 7, and some welding processes may be optimally configured at a ratio of approximately 3.7.
  • a welding process configured for use with a 1D substrate may have a ratio of 4 to 17, and some welding processes may be optimally configured at a ratio of approximately 10.
  • the addition functional material additives allows for spatial modulation of welding and unique controlled volume consolidation.
  • the addition of functional materials such as dissolved cellulose with the appropriate hardware and controls in the welding process may allows for the surprising effect of a shell welded yarn as previously described in detail above at least related to FIGS. 91 & 9J . That is, the amount of welding may be controlled through the substrate cross section (i.e., the yarn diameter in the specific examples of FIGS. 9I & 9J ) and may create a welded substrate (i.e., welded yarn substrates in the specific example) that exhibit both improved toughness and elongation as compared to raw substrate control samples.
  • FIG. 13 An SEM image of a raw 1D substrate comprised of 18/1 ring spun cotton yarn is shown in FIG. 13 .
  • One welded substrate is shown in FIG. 14A and another is shown in FIG. 14B , both of which were produced from the raw substrate shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the welded substrates shown in both FIGS. 14A & 14B were produced using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A .
  • Table 12.1 provides various attributes of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256.
  • the mechanical property for each column heading in Table 12.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • Table 13.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture both the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14A and that shown in FIG. 14B .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 13.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Table 13.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 14A produced using the parameters described in Table 13.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 13.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • Table 13.3 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 14B produced using the parameters described in Table 13.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 13.3 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • FIG. 14A shows how volume controlled consolidation may be manipulated to yield certain attributes of the welded yarn substrate.
  • FIGS. 14A & 14B shows how the method, composition of reconstitution solvent, and/or configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 (and/or there step of a welding process) may impact the controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate, and, consequently, the mechanical properties and/or other important attributes of the welded substrate.
  • One such attribute is the “hand” of the yarn (i.e., the way it feels to a person's touch) and resulting fabrics made therefrom.
  • both the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 14A and that shown in FIG. 14B were produced using a welding process wherein the reconstitution solvent was comprised of water.
  • the temperature of the water was 22° C. and for that in FIG. 14B it was 40° C.
  • the welding process used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14A results in a welded substrate with significantly softer hand compared to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14B (warmer reconstitution solvent).
  • Fabrics made from welded yarn substrates that have been produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent above 40° C. can have significantly different hand characteristics than fabrics made from similar welded yarn substrates produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at room temperature.
  • the configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 e.g., reconstitution method
  • conditions thereof is thus an important new parameter.
  • FIGS. 14A & 14B which were produced from identical welding processes but for the temperature of the reconstitution solvent, it is apparent that the temperature of the reconstitution plays an important role in the controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate.
  • some mechanical properties of the welded yarn substrate of FIGS. 14A & 14B are shown in Table 13.2 and 13.3, respectively. Whereas both welded yarn substrates show significant improvement in the mechanical properties over the raw yarn substrate (e.g., a 15-23% improvement over the raw yarn substrate), the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 14B (see also Table 13.3) that was subjected to a reconstitution solvent at elevated temperature has a slightly larger diameter and more loose fiber/hair at its surface.
  • FIG. 14B are slightly more fibrous than those shown in FIG. 14A , the amount of fiber in FIG. 14B is found to be less than that amount for a corresponding raw yarn substrate shown in FIG. 13 . Moreover, the fiber on the welded yarn substrate in FIG. 14B is anchored to the welded yarn substrate in such a way as to resist separating from the welded yarn substrate away as lint. Modified fiber/hair structure at or near the surface of a welded yarn substrate through a welding process may be an important attribute that effects the hand of fabrics knitted or woven from welded yarn substrates.
  • the solvent ratios within the ranges mentioned in the immediately above can be utilized produce very consistent welded yarn for substrates comprised of yarn when the ratios are not varied, but rather held constant and so long as other critical variables such as temperature are also held constant during the welding process.
  • the welding process may be configured to yield a welded substrate that exhibits a consistent amount of welding such that welded yarns may have a consistent amount of welded fiber along the length of the welded yarn.
  • Appropriate control of the dynamic process solvent ratio (herein defined as the ratio of the mass of process solvent relative to the mass of the substrate), the composition of the process solvent, the pressure and method by which the process solvent is applied yields novel effects.
  • proper dynamic control may be used in a welding process to yield a welded substrate with heather and/or space dye (multi-colored effect) appearance in which a welded substrate comprised of a yarn or textile may have a variable degree of coloration that may be due to the dynamic control of the welding process.
  • Creating a heather and/or space dye effect may only be revealed upon dyeing and finishing if these textile manufacturing steps are accomplished after the welding process.
  • a modulated welding process is not limited to producing heather or space dye effects but also may be configured to produce “embossed” yarns having a variable diameter (with changing yarn weight, which is to say without needing a substrate of variable length and/or diameter) and any number of other unique effects that for which there do not yet exist textile industry terminologies to describe.
  • the degree to which the effect is observed may also be a function of the yarn or textile substrate that is acted upon.
  • the type of spinning process e.g., ring spinning, open end spinning, vortex spinning, etc.
  • different welding conditions e.g., different process solvent ratios and/or application methods
  • the welding process may be configured for a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun yarn, which substrate may be converted into an extremely consistent welded substrate with consistent coloration, consistent fell and finish, and consistent amount of visible exterior fiber ‘hair’ by operating the welding process consistently.
  • a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun yarn
  • This welded substrate may also exhibit all of some of the welded substrate attributes previously described herein above.
  • a modulated welding process may be configured for a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun yarn to convert the substrate into a welded substrate comprised of a yarn that has a multi-colored heather or space dye appearance by dynamically varying certain parameters of the modulated welding process.
  • This is a surprising and very useful result because the welding process can be automated to convert a substrate comprised of commodity ring spun 30/1 yarn (which is a generally uniform product produced at large scale) into a welded substrate comprised of welded yarn having a unique look, feel, and/or finish for a multitude of end uses and applications.
  • the welding process may be configured for use with substrates comprised of heavier (including but not limited to Ne 18 yarn) and lighter (including but not limited to Ne 40 yarn) commodity and specialized yarns without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a modulated welding process is not limited to configurations thereof for creating specialized effects and finishes just with substrates comprised of yarns.
  • process solvents including but not limited to mixed inorganic solvents such as aqueous solutions of lithium and/or sodium hydroxide with urea can be applied to both substrates comprised of yarns and even to substrates comprised of an entire textile that has itself been produced from either conventional material (e.g., yarn that has not been through a welding processes) or welded substrates (e.g., welded yarn).
  • Treatment of fabrics using a welding process can be accomplished over a localized region or regions of a fabric or garment.
  • processes such as those used in inkjet and/or screen printing of process solvent can be a very useful method by which to accomplish area-specific welding processes for 2D and/or 3D substrates.
  • a welding process may be configured to yield a 2D and/or 3D welded substrate of relative uniform characteristics over an entire piece of material or garment.
  • the welding process may yield welded substrates with improved strength and pilling characteristics of woven and knitted textiles compared to their conventional raw substrate counterparts without excessive welding of yarn junctions within textiles.
  • a welding process differently configured e.g., longer welding time, higher process solvent ratios, etc.
  • An advantage of employing a welding process on a 2D and/or 3D substrate (e.g., fabric, textiles) compared to 1D substrates (e.g., yarn, thread) is that large amounts of materials be treated simultaneously.
  • welding substrates comprised of yarn and/or thread prior to weaving and/or knitting may yield a number of manufacturing and performance synergies.
  • the choice of when and how to apply a given welding process to a particular substrate is largely dependent on the type of intended outcome/end use application for the welded substrate, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • a welding process to form the cross section of 1D (e.g., yarn and/or thread), 2D, and/or 3D substrates (e.g., fabric and/or textiles as applicable to either 2D and/or 3D substrates) and/or the components of the substrates (e.g., an individual yarn or thread of a 2D and/or 3D substrate) into shapes other than circular shapes or welded substrates having circular cross-sectional shapes.
  • Possible shapes include but are not limited to flattened oval or ribbon-like shapes. This may be accomplished by configuring a welding process to utilize appropriately shaped dies and/or rollers positioned within the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , process solvent recovery zone 4 , drying zone 5 , and/or combinations thereof.
  • a welding process may be configured to yield welded yarn substrates that have non-circular cross-sectional shapes by employing at least specific forming methods and/or apparatuses to manipulate the process wetted substrate and/or forming the reconstituted wetted substrate as it dries.
  • Spatial control of adding chemicals to substrates has been previously disclosed, such as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,388.
  • the spatial control of a welding process may also be directly controlled at least by heat activation in selected regions within the substrate (to manipulate any characteristic and/or attribute of the resulting welded substrate as described in detail above), wherein a welding process may be configured as a modulated welding process using spatially controlled heating.
  • IL-based solvents typically do not appreciably weld (modify) natural fiber substrates 10 at room temperature (about 20° C.) for time frames on the order of minutes.
  • it may be advantageous to apply heat to activate and/or speed the welding process This may involve heating the entire substrate to temperatures greater than about 40° C. for at least several seconds.
  • FIG. 11A A schematic representation of a welding process that may be configured as a modulated welding process is shown in FIG. 11A , which may utilize 2D substrates.
  • the modulated welding process shown in FIG. 11A may be configured to use a beam of infrared (laser) light to heat specific locations of a substrate to which process solvent has been previously applied. Heat from the directed energy beam may activate the welding process in specific locations of the substrate and is evident in one configuration of a welding process by the conversion of cellulose I (for natural cotton substrate) to cellulose II (cotton substrate after welding) and controlled volume consolidation (i.e., the thickness of the substrate may be reduced while the area is unaffected).
  • laser infrared
  • a welding process may be configured to utilize any suitable wavelength of electromagnetic energy without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims including but not limited to visible light, microwaves, ultra violet light, and/or combinations thereof to achieve spatially controlled heating.
  • FIG. 11A depicts spatially controlled heating
  • FIG. 11B depicts spatially controlled process solvent application.
  • FIG. 11A depicts the addition of heat to a substrate, process wetted substrate, and/or process solvent by a directed energy beam.
  • the process solvent amount and/or composition may be modulated at specific locations or broadcast over the entire substrate.
  • the amount of process solvent and/or composition thereof may be modulated at specific locations, and then large areas of the process wetted substrate may be heated by a broadcast energy source.
  • Both modulated welding processes may result in volume controlled consolidation of the substrate after reconstitution and drying.
  • FIG. 11C depicts spatially controlled heating
  • FIG. 11D depicts spatially controlled process solvent application.
  • heat may be added to a substrate, process wetted substrate, and/or process solvent via a pulsed energy source.
  • the process solvent amount and/or composition may be modulated at specific locations or broadcast over the entire substrate.
  • the amount of process solvent and/or composition thereof may be modulated at specific locations, and then large areas of the process wetted substrate may be heated by a broadcast energy source and/or by a pulsed energy source.
  • Both welding process may be configured to provide careful control over process solvent efficacy and rheology, and associated viscous drag in order to achieve the desired effect.
  • FIG. 11E An image of a modulated welded yarn substrate that was produced via a modulated welding process wherein the flow rate of the process solvent was modulated (e.g., pulsed in a manner similar to that depicted in FIG. 11D ) is shown in FIG. 11E .
  • Configuring the modulated welding process to achieve the desired viscous drag resulted in alternating portions along the length of the welded substrate that were lightly welded and highly welded.
  • the portion on the right side of the figure is lightly welded and the portion on the right side of the figure is highly welded.
  • FIG. 11F An image of a fabric made from a welded substrate that has be subjected to a modulated welding process is shown in FIG. 11F .
  • the welded substrate used to produce the fabric in FIG. 11F may be produced via the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A and previously described herein.
  • the modulated welding process was achieved via modulating process solvent pumping rate and viscous drag. By proper control of the welding process, a variable degree of controlled volume consolidation and specific degree of welding was achieved. The net effect was to modulate the amount of hair and empty space in the welded yarn substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to control the amount of cellulose I crystal that is converted to cellulose II crystal.
  • FIG. 15A a graphical representation of x-ray diffraction data (XRD) for a raw cotton yarn substrate (plot A) and a cotton yarn that was fully dissolved with excess ionic liquid process solvent and then reconstituted (plot B) is shown therein.
  • plot B does not represent a “welded substrate” or “welded yarn substrate” or any other substrate produced according to the present disclosure because the entire raw yarn substrate was denatured and the native biopolymer structure was completely changed unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • plot A native cotton cellulose polymer is clearly shown in the cellulose I state.
  • plot B there is clearly less crystalline character of cellulose II, which is present in cotton that has been fully dissolved and had its native structure wholly disrupted.
  • Table 14.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture three separate welded substrates, wherein the processing parameters for the first two rows may be employed with the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A , and wherein the processing parameters for the third row may be employed with the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A .
  • the process parameters for each column heading in Table 6.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • FIG. 15B which provides XRD data plots for the three welded yarn substrates produced using the process parameters shown in Table 14.1
  • plot A corresponds to the first row of Table 14.1
  • plot B corresponds to the second row thereof
  • plot C corresponds to the last row of Table 14.1.
  • FIGS. 15A & 15B it is apparent that the welded yarn substrates produced via the welding processes and apparatuses of FIGS. 9A and 10A utilizing the processing parameters from Table 14.1, respectively, retain native cellulose I structure of cotton while the welded yarn substrates are controllably modified to exhibit enhanced properties and/or attributes.
  • the preservation of native cellulose I structure may be achieved utilizing various process solvent systems and various apparatuses as previously discussed in detail above.
  • Indigo dye is widely used in the treatment of cotton textiles.
  • the indigo molecule 2,2′-Bis(2,3-dihydro-3-oxoindolyliden), is generally water insoluble and thus not used for directly dyeing textiles. Instead, the reduced form, called leuco-indigo (or white indigo), which is water soluble, is used for dyeing textiles in the prior art and upon subsequent exposure to oxygen it reverts to the oxidized state that has the characteristic blue color.
  • the prior art process for indigo dying is very water intensive and relies on large volumes of ancillary process chemicals such as sodium dithionite (sodium hydrosulfite), sodium hydroxide, and detergents (wetting and washing agents).
  • the dye can only penetrate a short distance into the yarn and thus multiple passes (dips) through dyeing vats are required to build-up the desired color intensity.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 7,731,762 discloses the use of ionic liquids as carriers for dyes.
  • the ionic liquids disclosed in that patent are not known to interact strongly with cellulosic materials and are not considered chaotropic. Furthermore, the patent does not disclose any ionic liquids selected specifically for use with indigo dye in dyeing a cellulosic product.
  • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 20060090271 discloses the use of ionic liquids to partially dissolve the exterior of cellulosic fibers and applying, either simultaneously or sequentially, a benefit agent that may comprise a dye or dye fixative agent. Nowhere in the disclosure are specific embodiments of an ionic liquid and dye combination that is particularly suited for the process of indigo dyeing.
  • colorants such as molecular dyes are dissolved/dispersed at the molecular level within a solution.
  • substrate e.g., yarns, fabrics, etc.
  • dyes can be reactive with special linking chemistry that creates covalent linkages between the dye and the substrate.
  • dyes can be non-reactive and simply absorb and associate with the substrate through intermolecular associations (e.g., any combination of dispersion, dipole-dipole, hydrogen bonding, ion-dipole, ion-ion, and/or other attractions).
  • FIG. 16A A cross-sectional depiction of a typical ring spun undyed yarn substrate 90 shown in FIG. 16A wherein individual undyed fiber substrates 92 are shown, wherein the undyed yarn substrate 90 is depicted as uncolored (such that it would appear white under ambient conditions).
  • FIG. 16B A cross-sectional depiction of that same undyed yarn substrate 90 after it has been treated via a prior art indigo dyeing process is shown in FIG. 16B , such that is a dyed yarn substrate 90 ′ wherein individual dyed fiber substrates 92 ′ are shown.
  • FIG. 16B A cross-sectional depiction of that same undyed yarn substrate 90 after it has been treated via a prior art indigo dyeing process is shown in FIG. 16B , such that is a dyed yarn substrate 90 ′ wherein individual dyed fiber substrates 92 ′ are shown.
  • colorants including but not limited to micro to nanometer-sized pigment particles of the colorant (e.g., indigo) are dispersed in a solution that also contains a binder which is often a polymeric binder material. Upon exposure to such solutions, binder and pigment particles are deposited on the substrate fibers and the binder holds pigment particles to and within the substrate. Binders can be either reactive (create new chemical bonding) or non-reactive (associate through intermolecular interactions, included but not limited to those listed above) with the substrate.
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured as a type of pigment padding process that adds indigo pigment particles to cellulosic substrates (e.g., cotton substrates).
  • the process may be configured with an aqueous process solvent that may utilize alkali metal hydroxide with urea with dissolved cellulose and indigo pigment particles that may be utilized to add indigo to cotton yarns.
  • the dyeing and welding process can be implemented to execute key aspects of the pigment padding technique.
  • process solvents that are solvents for biopolymer materials (i.e., cellulose, silk, etc.), and which are also able to dissolve some amount of the pigment (molecules and/or ions) may allow for a new ‘hybrid’ dyeing techniques that not only adds pigment particles with binder, but also is able to introduce molecular and/or ionic dye species to and within the fiber substrate.
  • hybrid techniques may incorporate elements of both traditional dyeing and pigment padding techniques.
  • indigo dye particles can be dispersed in process solvents that both contain solubilized polymer (e.g., cellulosic binder) and that also have additional efficacy to dissolving indigo dye molecules.
  • ionic liquid-based solvents with certain molecular co-solvent additives are tunable for this hybrid methodology.
  • process solvent is applied to yarns with appropriate viscous drag and materials either dissolved in or suspended in the process solvent, for example, cellulosic binders with indigo dye (both pigment particles and molecular indigo species), in new and unique ways.
  • molecular co-solvents such as acetonitrile (“CAN”), dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), etc. can be utilized as appropriate to tune the efficacy of the solvent towards, for example, cellulosic binder and molecular indigo dye/indigo pigment particles.
  • CAN acetonitrile
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • the overall dyeing and welding process may be configured to yield a welded substrate with the desired color—either consistent, controllable shade of color and/or modulated color as appropriate.
  • additional process solvent that contains additional binder e.g., dissolved cellulose in an ionic liquid-based process solvent
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured to simultaneously deliver and tune the color of the resulting welded substrate (e.g., welded yarn substrate) while also simultaneously tuning the physical characteristics thereof.
  • the following description relates generally to a method for producing welded substrates in which the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate may also be colored and/or dyed concurrently with welding (generally referred to herein as a “dyeing and welding process”).
  • welding and welding process generally referred to herein as a “dyeing and welding process”.
  • a process solvent system comprised of a chaotropic ionic liquid (i.e., an ionic liquid capable of at least partially dissolving cellulose) in solution with an aprotic solvent may carry indigo dye into a cellulosic substrate for effective dyeing.
  • a chaotropic ionic liquid i.e., an ionic liquid capable of at least partially dissolving cellulose
  • an aprotic solvent may carry indigo dye into a cellulosic substrate for effective dyeing.
  • fiber “cellulosic fiber,” “cellulose,” “yarn,” and “thread” may all be used interchangeably, and the scope of the present disclosure extends to all such forms of cellulose-based material unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the substrate may be configured as a 2D substrate or 3D substrate without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • removal of the process solvent or a portion of the process solvent may be accomplished such that none or a negligible amount of the indigo dye molecule is removed. That is, the indigo dye molecule, once carried into the cellulose fiber, may be thereby strongly bound to the cellulose fiber such that the removal forces required to remove (wash out) the process solvent (in this case, ionic liquid and an aprotic solvent) are insufficient to dislodge the bound indigo dye.
  • a dyeing and welding process may also add the benefit of fiber modification that may occur concurrently with the dyeing step.
  • This fiber modification may be configured to smoothen and/or strengthen the yarn through a welding process such as that disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,202,379, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, or any of the co-pending applications listed above.
  • the ionic liquid may be both able to carry the indigo dye into the yarn and partially dissolve the exterior layer of the fibers to improve their strength and/or smoothness, and/or to add other functional materials to the fibers through the welding process.
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured to entrap a coloring agent (e.g., indigo dye) with a biopolymer matrix.
  • a coloring agent e.g., indigo dye
  • Such a dyeing and welding process may yield a welded substrate that is colored in a manner akin to pigment padding, wherein the biopolymer may act as a binder.
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured to impart any of the attributes for welded substrates previously described herein above to the welded substrate produced via the dyeing and welding process subject to various compatibility constraints (e.g., chemical compatibility, attribute compatibility, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • various compatibility constraints e.g., chemical compatibility, attribute compatibility, etc.
  • indigo dye powder may be suspended and partially solubilized in a process solvent comprised of a chaotropic ionic liquid solvent.
  • solvents include but are not limited to 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride (“BMIm Cl”), 1-propyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“PMIm OAc”), and others that are known chaotropic ionic liquid solvents (those capable of dissolving natural fibers) as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,671,178 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • EMIm OAc 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate
  • BMIm Cl 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride
  • PMIm OAc 1-propyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate
  • process solvents utilized for delivery of indigo dye and/or other materials are rarely pure.
  • process solvent are often mixtures of ionic species with molecular species (e.g., EMIm Ac+DMSO+ACN or LiOH+urea+water) or even process solvents composed entirely of molecular species.
  • EMIm Ac+DMSO+ACN or LiOH+urea+water ionic species with molecular species
  • process solvent are often mixtures of ionic species with molecular species (e.g., EMIm Ac+DMSO+ACN or LiOH+urea+water) or even process solvents composed entirely of molecular species.
  • the smaller the individual particle size of indigo when in powder form the greater the efficacy of the coloring using a dyeing and welding process.
  • indigo powder with particle sizes ranging from 0.1 to 1.0 microns. Accordingly, the specific particle size, physical characteristics, and/or other features of the indigo used in a dyeing and welding process in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • aprotic polar solvents e.g. DMSO, DMF, etc.
  • aprotic polar solvent e.g. DMSO, DMF, etc.
  • other additives may be used with the ionic liquid without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the ionic liquid and any additives thereto are referred to herein as the “process solvent” but may also be referred to as a “process solvent system.”
  • Indigo dye is only somewhat soluble in DMSO and DMF.
  • the benefits of direct dyeing using a mixture of ionic liquid and DMSO or DMF is not primarily due to improved solubility of the indigo dye in the process solvent.
  • a process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF may result in a relatively greater amount of pigmentation for the welded substrate due to dyeing (as opposed to pigment padding).
  • Indigo dye has been found to slowly be reduced in EMIm OAc over time, and thus turn from the characteristic blue color to a green hue. Accordingly, it is contemplated that in many applications it may be advantageous to use the suspension within forty-eight hours of initial preparation.
  • indigo dye has been successfully applied to yarn according to the following process steps.
  • Indigo dye powder (0.5-3% by weight) is suspended in a 50:50 weight ratio solution of EMIm OAc and DMSO. This mixture is stirred to generate a fine fluid suspension. Subsequently, this suspension is filtered through a >50 mesh screen to remove unsuspended particles of dye that could result in inconsistencies in application or clogging of the process equipment.
  • This process solvent is delivered to the injector for application to yarns.
  • EMIm OAc and DMSO blended process solvent a preferred process solvent-to-fiber ratio is approximately 1-6 times the mass of process solvent to the mass of yarn that is treated.
  • the welding and concurrent dyeing time is 5-15 seconds at a process temperature of 70° C-100° C.
  • the welded and dyed yarn then may be put through a rinsing and reconstitution step to halt the welding process. It has been found that removal of the process solvent from the yarn does not remove the indigo dye.
  • the welded and dyed yarn then may be dried and packaged in a similar way as currently done in the industry.
  • raw 1D substrate comprised of cotton yarn may be partially dissolved in a welding process as disclosed above, specifically a welding process configured similarly to that shown in FIG. 9A , wherein indigo dye was included as part of the process solvent.
  • the process solvent may comprise an ionic liquid (e.g., EMIm OAc), a co-solvent, indigo powder, and in some cases, dissolved cellulose.
  • EMIm OAc ionic liquid
  • co-solvents e.g., acetonitrile (ACN), DMSO, DMF, etc.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • the resistance of a dyed yarn to crocking is measured using a crockmeter according to AATCC 8.
  • yarn is wound on a rigid panel and mounted parallel to the travel of the arm of the machine.
  • a clean white test fabric patch is rubbed against the yarn for a total of 20 strokes (10 reciprocal cycles) and the color of this test fabric patch is compared to a grey-scale control.
  • a dyed sample that transfers no color is rated 5 (excellent) while a sample that stains the test fabric patch heavily is rated 1 (very poor).
  • Samples of yarn were made according to various process conditions as explained in the experimental descriptions below and subsequently tested according to AATCC 8.
  • a raw substrate comprised of 10/1 ring spun cotton yarn was welded using a process solvent comprised of EMimOAc:ACN 67:33 weight ratio (1M:2M) to which 3% by-weight indigo powder was added.
  • this mixture was subject to dual asymmetric centrifugal mixing in a FlackTek mixer.
  • This process solvent was applied to the yarn substrate in a welding process wherein the yarn was not completely dissolved but where the properties of the yarn are improved by partially dissolving the yarn and thus fusing the yarn fibers together.
  • the process solvent application zone 2 was configured with an injector 60 (where the process solvent is impinged onto the yarn) held at 75° C.
  • the process solvent was applied to the yarn at an application rate of three times the yarn weight (that is, for every 10 grams of yarn that ran through the injector 30 grams of process solvent were pumped into the injector 60 ).
  • the yarn was pulled through a welding column (i.e., the process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) at a rate that resulted in a total welding time of approximately 10 seconds.
  • the yarn was then reconstituted in a counter-flow column of 70° C. ACN.
  • the counter-flow rate was greater than 10 times the process solvent dosing rate.
  • the raw yarn substrate was prepared with a process solvent that included both dispersed indigo powder at 3% by-weight and dissolved cellulose at 0.3% by-weight.
  • This yarn substrate was similarly welded and reconstituted before being rinsed and dried as described above for the first illustrative dyeing and welding process.
  • the resulting welded yarn substrate was tested according to AATCC 8. Testing showed very poor crocking resistance with a numerical rating of 1.5.
  • the welded yarn substrate that was made via the first illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking.
  • the second welding process utilized a process solvent that did not include an indigo powder but did include 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose.
  • the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zones 3 for the second welding were configured as previously described for the first illustrative dyeing and welding processes.
  • the twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow ACN. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 2.5 but the test fabric patch was also a green hue instead of indigo-blue color.
  • the welded yarn substrate that was made via the second illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking.
  • the second welding process here utilized a process solvent that included 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose.
  • the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zones 3 for the second welding were configured as previously described for the first illustrative dyeing and welding processes.
  • the twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow ACN. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 2 but the test fabric patch had a green hue instead of being a true indigo-blue color.
  • This welded yarn substrate was processed in all ways identical to that previously described in the fourth illustrative dyeing and welding process except that instead of using hot ACN as the reconstitution solvent, 70° C. water was utilized instead.
  • This twice-welded yarn exhibited a modestly improved crocking resistance rating of 2.5; the test fabric patch was still not true indigo-blue but was less green than the test fabric patch used to test the twice-welded yarn substrate from the third illustrative dyeing and welding process.
  • the twice-welded yarn that was produced using the fourth illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a third welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking.
  • the third welding process utilized a process solvent that included 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose.
  • the thrice-welded yarn was reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow water. This thrice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing.
  • the crocking resistance of this thrice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 3.5; the test fabric patch was still not true indigo-blue but was less green than the test fabric patch used to test the twice-welded yarn substrate from the third illustrative dyeing and welding process.
  • a raw substrate comprised of 10/1 ring spun cotton yarn was welded using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc:DMSO 50:50 weight ratio to which 2.5% by-weight indigo powder and 0.25% by-weight cellulose was added.
  • this mixture was subject to dual asymmetric centrifugal mixing in a FlackTek mixer.
  • This process solvent was applied to the yarn in a natural fiber welding process wherein the yarn was not completely dissolved but where the properties of the yarn are improved by partially dissolving the yarn and thus fusing the yarn fibers together.
  • the process solvent application zone 2 was configured with an injector 60 (where the process solvent is impinged onto the yarn) held at 75° C.
  • the process solvent was applied to the yarn at an application rate of four times the yarn weight (that is, for every 10 grams of yarn that ran through the injector 40 grams of process solvent were pumped into the injector 60 ).
  • the yarn was pulled through a welding column (i.e., the process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) at a rate that resulted in a total welding time of approximately 10 seconds.
  • the yarn was then reconstituted in a counter-flow channel of 70° C. water.
  • the counter-flow rate was greater than 10 times the process solvent dosing rate.
  • the welded yarn substrate that was made via the seventh illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking.
  • the second welding process utilized a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc:DMSO 50:50 weight ratio without indigo powder, but which did include 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose.
  • the twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow water. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 3 with the test fabric exhibiting characteristic indigo-blue color.
  • Kelvar® yarn substrate was subjected to the second illustrative dyeing and welding process (i.e., a process solvent comprised of 3% by-weight dispersed indigo powder, 0.3% by-weight dissolved cotton, EMIm OAc:ACN 67:33 weight ratio) to see whether indigo-blue reconstituted cotton would adhere to the yellow Kevlar® yarn substrate.
  • the resulting welded yarn substrate did not turn blue and any blue tint was easily removed by rinsing.
  • the dyeing and welding process may be configured to have more than one process solvent application zones 2 , more than one process solvents, more than one process temperature/pressure zones 3 , and/or more than one process solvent recovery zones 4 (which also may be referred to as a reconstitution zone). Accordingly, such a dyeing and welding process may be configured to yield a welded yarn substrate similar to the twice- and/or thrice-welded yarn substrates previously described, but realizing efficiencies resulting from a single substrate feed zone 1 , a single process solvent recovery zone 4 , a single drying zone 5 , and/or a single welded substrate collection zone 7 .
  • the various zones of a dyeing and welding process may be discrete from one another, or one or more zones may be contiguous with one another such that the transition from one zone to the next is gradual, and such that a specific end point for one zone and the start of another zone is not determinable.
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured such that two distinct process solvents are applied in series to a substrate such that two process solvent application zones 2 and two process temperature/pressure zones 3 are utilized. However, that dyeing and welding process may be configured such that only one process solvent recovery zone 4 is required, which process solvent recovery zone 4 removes all or a portion of both process solvents. Alternatively, a dyeing and welding process may be configured with two distinct process solvents and a single process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 .
  • two distinct process solvents may be applied in series to a substrate such that two process solvent application zones 2 and two process temperature/pressure zones 3 are utilized, and wherein the dyeing and welding process utilizes two process solvent recovery zones 4 .
  • a first process solvent recovery zone 4 may be associated with the first process solvent (and, accordingly, the first process solvent application zone 2 and first process temperature/pressure zone 3 ) and a second process solvent recovery zone 4 may be associated with the second process solvent (and, accordingly, the second process solvent application zone 2 and second process temperature/pressure zone 3 ).
  • the composition, temperature, flow characteristics, etc. of the process solvent recovery zone(s) 4 may differ for each process solvent and/or dyeing and welding process based at least upon the desired attributes for the resulting welded substrate.
  • the process solvent may be comprised of an aqueous hydroxide salt.
  • a dyeing and welding process may be configured to use the machinery and/or apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A .
  • a process solvent comprised of 8 percent-by-weight lithium hydroxide, 15 percent-by-weight urea, and 2.5 percent-by-weight indigo powder may be applied to a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn in such a manner that the indigo powder was not reduced (i.e., the process solvent only suspended the indigo powder, it did not dissolve it nor chemically alter it).
  • the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be configured such that the ratio of mass of process solvent to substrate is 7:1.
  • the temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone may be held at ⁇ 12° C., and the process solvent may be allowed to interact with the substrate for between 3 and 4 minutes, after which water may be applied to the substrate to recover the process solvent to yield a welded substrate that is pigmented with indigo.
  • This welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing.
  • the crocking resistance of this welded yarn had a rating of 1 with the test fabric exhibiting characteristic indigo-blue color.
  • FIG. 17A A depiction of a welded yarn substrate 100 that may be produced using a single process solvent is shown in FIG. 17A , and an individual highly welded substrate fiber 105 from that welded yarn substrate 100 is shown in FIG. 17B .
  • the dyeing and welding process may be configured such that the degree of welding of the welded yarn substrate 100 will decrease in the radial dimension thereof in a direction from the exterior to the interior of the welded yarn substrate 100 . Accordingly, moving from the exterior to the interior thereof, there may be one or more layers of highly welded substrate fibers 105 , moderately welded substrate fibers 104 , lightly welded substrate fibers 103 , and substrate fibers 102 (generally near the center of the welded yarn substrate 100 ).
  • the degree of welding on the welded yarn substrate 100 may be manipulated via adjusting various process parameters are previously described above.
  • Dye and/or a coloring agent may be trapped within individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 and/or in an area between those welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 via a binder 106 .
  • the optimal chemical composition of the binder 106 may vary from one dyeing and welding process to the next, and may be dependent at least on the chemical composition of the substrate.
  • the substrate is comprised of a cotton yarn it has been found advantageous to configure the binder such that it comprises biopolymer, and specifically advantageous if the biopolymer comprises cellulose.
  • the binder 106 may be applied to the welded yarn substrate 100 via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate.
  • the solvent may be a process solvent having dissolved cellulose therein such that in the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., reconstitution zone) the binder 106 is deposited on and/or within the welded substrate.
  • individual pigment particles 109 are shown on the exterior of individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 as well as entrapped within a binder 106 .
  • a color gradient among individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the welded yarn substrate 100 to the interior thereof there may be a color gradient within the individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 to the interior thereof.
  • the concentration of pigment particles 109 engaged with an individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 may be greatest adjacent the exterior surface thereof, as depicted in FIG. 17B .
  • a portion of pigment particles 109 may be entrapped within a welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105
  • a second portion thereof may be entrapped between welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105
  • a third portion thereof may be entrapped within a binder 106 .
  • pigment particles 109 positioned in the most radially distal location on an individual substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 , which individual substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 is positioned at the most radial distal location of the welded yarn substrate 100 may exhibit relatively less colorfastness when compared to other pigment particles 109 .
  • FIG. 18A A depiction of a welded yarn substrate 100 that may be produced using multiple process solvents is shown in FIG. 18A , and an individual highly welded substrate fiber 105 from that welded yarn substrate 100 is shown in FIG. 18B .
  • the dyeing and welding process may be configured such that the degree of welding of the welded yarn substrate 100 will decrease in the radial dimension thereof in a direction from the exterior to the interior of the welded yarn substrate 100 . Accordingly, moving from the exterior to the interior thereof, there may be one or more layers of highly welded substrate fibers 105 , moderately welded substrate fibers 104 , lightly welded substrate fibers 103 , and substrate fibers 102 (generally near the center of the welded yarn substrate 100 ).
  • the degree of welding on the welded yarn substrate 100 may be manipulated via adjusting various process parameters are previously described above.
  • dye and/or a coloring agent may be trapped within individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 and/or in an area between those welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 via a binder 106 .
  • the optimal chemical composition of the binder 106 may vary from one dyeing and welding process to the next, and may be dependent at least on the chemical composition of the substrate.
  • the substrate is comprised of a cotton yarn it has been found advantageous to configure the binder such that it comprises biopolymer, and specifically advantageous if the biopolymer comprises cellulose.
  • the binder 106 may be applied to the substrate via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate.
  • the binder 106 may be applied to the substrate in the same step as the dye and/or coloring agent (e.g., via mixing indigo powder the process solvent).
  • the solvent may be a process solvent having dissolved cellulose therein such that in the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., reconstitution zone) the binder 106 is deposited on and/or within the welded substrate.
  • the welded yarn substrate 100 shown in FIG. 18A may also comprise a binder shell 108 positioned on the radially exterior portion thereof.
  • the binder shell 108 may be applied to a welded yarn substrate 100 that has already had the dye and/or coloring agent and/or binder 106 applied to it, which application of dye and/or coloring agent and/or binder 106 may be via application of one or more process solvents to the substrate.
  • the binder shell 108 may be applied via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate yarn substrate 100 .
  • individual pigment particles 109 are shown on the exterior of individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 as well as entrapped within a binder 106 .
  • a binder shell 108 without any pigment particles 109 entrapped therein may be positioned around the exterior of the welded yarn substrate 100 . It is contemplated that such a binder shell 108 may increase the colorfastness of such a welded yarn substrate 100 relative to the prior art.
  • a color gradient among individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the welded yarn substrate to the interior thereof there may be a color gradient within the individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 to the interior thereof.
  • the concentration of pigment particles 109 engaged with an individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 may be greatest adjacent the exterior surface thereof, as depicted in FIG. 18B .
  • the chemical composition of the binder 106 and binder shell 108 may be similar or identical (e.g., cellulose polymer). However, in other dyeing and welding processes the binder 106 and binder shell 108 may have different chemical compositions, which chemical compositions may depend at least upon the pigment particles, substrate, etc.
  • the injector 60 may be configured in a manner similar to that shown in FIG. 6A .
  • a welded yarn substrate 100 like that shown in FIG. 18A may be produced via a dyeing and welding process utilizing an injector 60 for process solvent application.
  • such an injector 60 may be configured with more than one process solvent inputs 62 and application interfaces 63 because the dyeing and welding process configured to produce the welded yarn substrate 100 shown in FIG.
  • 18A may use two separate process solvents (e.g., one with a dye and/or coloring agent for first application and a second without dye and/or a coloring agent for subsequent application to apply the binder shell 108 ).
  • two separate process solvents e.g., one with a dye and/or coloring agent for first application and a second without dye and/or a coloring agent for subsequent application to apply the binder shell 108 .
  • other structures and/or methods for applying one or more process solvents may be used without departing from the spirit or scope of the present application unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • FIGS. 19A-19C Depictions of cross sections of several possible welded yarn substrates that may be produced via a welding process or dyeing and welding process are depicted in FIGS. 19A-19C .
  • welding process as used when referring to FIGS. 19A-19C includes but is not limited to dyeing and welding processes as well as welding processes as previously disclosed herein above.
  • An evenly welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19A .
  • evenly welded is used to denote a spatially consistent controlled volume consolidation throughout the cross section of a welded yarn substrate.
  • a shell welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19B .
  • the shell welded yarn substrate may be a result of a welding process where polymers are swollen and mobilized such that the outermost fibers of a given substrate achieve intimate molecular-level welding interactions and effects.
  • there may be a ring-like gradient of fiber welded substrate that is distinct from core fibers in the substrate, which core fibers may be largely unperturbed by the welding process.
  • FIG. 19C A core welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19C .
  • a core welded substrate (which again may be produced according to a welding process as disclosed herein)
  • the biopolymers of the innermost fibers may be swollen and mobilized such that the core of the welded substrate exhibits a gradient of intimate molecular-level interactions but an outer ring of fibers are primarily left in their native states.
  • the darker shades of gray are intended to represent relatively greater molecular-level interactions between fibers.
  • a welded substrate is even, shell, or core welded has important influence and consequences on the physical attributes of the welded substrate.
  • evenly welded yarn substrates may exhibit significantly reduced hairiness while simultaneously having increased modulus (which may be calculated by dividing strength/tenacity by elongation as shown in at least Tables 2.2, 3.2, etc.).
  • modulus which may be calculated by dividing strength/tenacity by elongation as shown in at least Tables 2.2, 3.2, etc.
  • a welded substrate produced via a dyeing and welding process may have a modulus 100% greater than that of its raw yarn substrate counterpart while reducing the hairiness by approximately 30% to 99% compared to its raw yarn substrate counterpart (as measured by Uster Hairiness Index).
  • shell welded yarn substrates may exhibit significantly reduced hairiness but not have as large of a modulus increase as for evenly welded substrates since there is a core of fibers that are not welded and can slip with respect to other yarns and/or welded yarn substrates.
  • core welded yarn substrates may exhibit increased modulus but simultaneously retain a desired amount of hairiness.
  • the ability to select or even modulate between even, shell, or core welded substrate attributes is a critical aspect to producing welded substrate yarns with optimized properties for fabrics. Surprising new fabrics can be constructed from yarns containing natural fibers by using welded yarn substrates optimized with spatially controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce an evenly welded yarn substrate via appropriate control of the combination of process solvent efficacy and rheology with the application method including the amount of solvent with any viscous drag that may occur at various appropriate points during the substrate travel through the process solvent application zone 2 , process temperature/pressure zone 3 , and the process solvent recovery zone 4 .
  • the degree to which consistent welding results are obtained may also be a function of the process conditions including but not limited to the temperature as well as the method by which temperature is applied (i.e., radiative or non-radiative heat transfer or the combination thereof) as well as the atmospheric pressure, the atmospheric composition, the type and method of process solvent reclamation during the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., choice of reconstitution solvent type, temperature, flow characteristics, etc.) and also the type and method of drying process that is utilized to remove the reconstitution solvent from the substrate.
  • the process conditions including but not limited to the temperature as well as the method by which temperature is applied (i.e., radiative or non-radiative heat transfer or the combination thereof) as well as the atmospheric pressure, the atmospheric composition, the type and method of process solvent reclamation during the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., choice of reconstitution solvent type, temperature, flow characteristics, etc.) and also the type and method of drying process that is utilized to remove the reconstitution solvent from the substrate.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce these alternative welded substrates via careful manipulation and control of the welding process parameters.
  • modulated fiber welding processes allow a substrate to be modulated among at least even, shell, and/or core welding outcomes as key process variables are modulated in real time.
  • shell welding may be accomplished by spatially limiting welding conditions to the outside of the yarn substrate by any combination of (not limited to) process solvent composition (which effects either solvent efficacy, rheology, or both), process solvent application temperature and pressure, residence time in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 , method of temperature control including heat transfer methodology, configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 (including but not limited to reconstitution solvent composition, flow characteristics, temperature, etc.), and/or the methodologies employed to remove the reconstitution solvent, etc.
  • process solvent composition which effects either solvent efficacy, rheology, or both
  • process solvent application temperature and pressure residence time in the process temperature/pressure zone 3
  • method of temperature control including heat transfer methodology
  • configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 including but not limited to reconstitution solvent composition, flow characteristics, temperature, etc.
  • shell welding may be accomplished by increasing the solvent viscosity such that process solvent is deposited primarily on the exterior of a yarn substrate and the duration and temperature of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be tuned to limit the degree to which process solvent wicks into the substrate and is effective at swelling and mobilizing biopolymers in the fibrous substrate.
  • a relatively small (0.02% to 1% by mass) amount of solubilized biopolymer may be added to the process solvent to achieve various degrees and/or thicknesses of the shell-welded effect.
  • Core welding may be accomplished by alternative conditions of all of the aforementioned conditions and/or process parameters including but not limited to variation in viscous drag conditions.
  • the process solvent application may be tuned with an appropriate process solvent delivery system that limits the amount of process solvent applied and with conditions that allow, for example, an appropriate length of time for the process solvent to wick into the core of the substrate before welding occurs.
  • it may be beneficial to formulate the process solvent and separately control the temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3 such that welding conditions are not achieved until temperature is brought to an appropriate range.
  • a welding retardant e.g., water, water vapor, etc.
  • a process wetted substrate either at the end of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or in the process temperature/pressure zone 4 ) to alter the composition of the process solvent at the exterior of the process wetted substrate (via diffusion) so as to affect the degree of welding throughout the cross-section of the substrate. That is, the diffusion of the welding retardant into the process solvent adjacent the exterior of the process wetted substrate may retard and/or stop welding at that position while welding may still be occurring at a more interior location of the process wetted substrate.
  • a welding retardant e.g., water, water vapor, etc.
  • welded yarn substrates 100 depicted in FIGS. 17A-19C show discrete boundaries for each individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 therein, it is contemplated that a welding process or dyeing and welding process used to produce that welded yarn substrate 100 may actually cause the boundaries between adjacent welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 to blend together. That is, the biopolymers of individual welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 may be swollen and mobilized such that individual boundaries thereof no longer exist. Accordingly, in a welded yarn substrate 100 adjacent welded substrate fibers 103 , 104 , 105 may be fused together as previously discussed in detail above.
  • a dyeing and welding process configured to at least partially dye the substrate and to at least partially engage one or more pigment particles 109 to the substrate utilizing a binder 106 may be referred to as a hybrid dyeing and welding process as previously briefly described. It is contemplated that such a dyeing and welding process may be configured with a process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF, wherein the process solvent may simultaneously swell and mobilize biopolymers and dissolve a desired dye and/or coloring agent.
  • a process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF may provide the needed solubility of indigo dye within the process solvent such that some of the substrate is dyed in a traditional sense of the term.
  • the amount of dye and/or coloring agent within the process solvent may be such that the process solvent is beyond the saturation point for that particular dye and/or coloring agent. That is, the process solvent is fully saturated with the dye and/or coloring agent such that a portion of the dye and/or coloring agent may be suspended in the fully saturated process solvent.
  • the indigo dye may be entirely solubilized within the process solvent.
  • the resulting welded substrate may exhibit no discernible pigment particles 109 entrapped within the binder 106 . That is, the welded substrate may exclusively attributes of a dyeing, such that there is homogeneous color on the exterior of each individual welded substrate fiber 103 , 104 , 105 and each welded yarn substrate 100 .
  • the reconstitution solvent used in the process solvent recovery zone 4 may retain less than 10% of the amount of indigo dye solubilized in the process solvent. More specifically, the reconstitution solvent may retain less than 5% of the amount of indigo dye solubilized in the process solvent.
  • the dyeing and welding process may be configured to impart any of the previously disclosed attributes to the welded substrate 100 . It is contemplated that a welded substrate 100 produced via such a process may exhibit relatively high resistance to crocking.
  • Indigo powder may be affixed to cotton yarn substrates using a dyeing and welding process.
  • This indigo powder may be bound onto the cotton yarn substrate through a dyeing and welding process, and the solubility of the substrate with respect to the process solvent may be key to the retention of the pigment in the resulting welded substrate.
  • the fact that Kevlar® yarn was not appreciably dyed using the dyeing and welding process shows that the pigment is not simply adhered to only the surface of the yarn substrate.
  • Indigo powder can be worn away (mechanically) from the surface of the welded yarn substrate through rubbing regardless of whether dissolved cellulose was in the process solvent utilized for the dyeing and welding process.
  • DMSO may be a preferred co-solvent for welding as it does not chemically reduce indigo and cause green-hues in the yarn even with prolonged exposure of the indigo to the co-solvent.
  • the optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a given process solvent for use with a dyeing and welding process may vary from one application to the next, as may the percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose therein (or other binding agent without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims).
  • an optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent may be between 0.25 and 8.5 and an optimal percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose may be between 0.01 and 1.5.
  • an optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent may be between 1.0 and 4.0 and an optimal percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose may be between 0.1 and 1.0. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited by the percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent or the percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose therein unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • ACN may not be an ideal reconstitution solvent as it may result in chemical changes to the indigo that create green hues in the welded yarn substrate in instances of prolonged exposure.
  • utilizing water as a reconstitution solvent does not result in similar color shifts, but water may exhibit other undesirable effects, such as high drag forces.
  • Pulling yarn through the process solvent recovery zone 4 may create a high drag force on the yarn that may exceed the breaking strength thereof.
  • a seven-foot-long reconstitution zone resulted in up to 80 gram-force (gf) of drag experienced by the yarn when using water as a reconstitution solvent (dragging through 1 ⁇ 4 inch PFA tubing).
  • gf gram-force
  • the addition of soap (0.5% by-weight Murphy Oil Soap) to the water reduced drag force to approximately 55 gf.
  • pure ACN as a reconstitution solvent reduced drag to approximately 45 gf
  • pure ethyl acetate as a reconstitution solvent reduced drag force to approximately 35 gf.
  • a reconstitution solvent comprised of roughly 5% by-weight ethyl acetate in water may be ideal for certain dyeing and welding processes, as such a reconstitution solvent is nearly equally effective at reducing drag as pure ethyl acetate while retaining the reconstitution properties of water.
  • Yarn dyed utilizing a method configured according to the present disclosure may exhibit various benefits over yarn produced by traditional means.
  • the indigo dye that is welded into the yarn in a method configured according to the present disclosure has less tendency to “crock” (i.e., be removed by subsequent washings and/or be removed due to rubbing or other physical contact).
  • Yarn produced according to the present disclosure may be configured to exhibit beneficial physical attributes associated with the welded exterior; including but not limited to: improved strength, improved smoothness (less hair), reduced drying times, and better knitting properties.
  • a manufacturing process configured according to the present disclosure may greatly reduce the water demand for the dyeing process.
  • the rinsing and reconstitution steps of such a manufacturing process may be designed to recover greater than 98% of the ionic liquid, which may reduce the cost and environmental impact of the concurrent welding and dyeing process.
  • An additional benefit of concurrently welding and dyeing yarn is that the presence of dye verifies consistent welding of the yarn. Whereas welding without dye is known and has mechanical benefits, the welding process may be inconsistent without an easy means of detection. Including dye within the process solvent creates a yarn where any inconsistencies in the welding process are easily detectable by variations in color.
  • a raw yarn or thread substrate may be approximated as being circular in cross sectional shape (assuming the raw yarn substrate is single end, non-plied raw yarn substrate), as depicted in FIG. 20 .
  • Such a yarn may be approximated into two discrete portions.
  • the “yarn core” may be defined as the circular area having a radius equal to approximately one-half the radius of the entire yarn, wherein the yarn core and entire yarn may be concentric.
  • the “yarn shell” may be defined as the remaining portion (which generally may be shaped as an annulus) of the entire yarn surrounding and approximately concentric with the yarn core.
  • the radial dimension of the yarn shell may be approximately equal to that of the yarn core, but the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless so indicated in the following claims. Additionally, the boundary between the yarn core and yarn shell may be nebulous and/or difficult to pinpoint in certain applications.
  • the radius of the yarn core may be differently defined in different applications and may be somewhat arbitrary. For example, in one application the “yarn core” may be defined as having a radius equal to approximately one-third the radius of the entire yarn.
  • the degree of welding i.e., the degree to which individual fibers are modified from their native state and/or the degree of fusing between adjacent fibers
  • the region of interest for each case is shown in a boxed area defined by a dotted line, which depicts a cross-sectional area of such regions of interest.
  • the degree of welding is shown in shading, wherein a darker shade represents a relatively higher degree of welding among fibers within the region of interest.
  • Case 0 at the far left of FIG. 21 represents no welding, wherein the native fibers are not modified or fused in any way.
  • Case 1 (to the immediate right of Case 0 ) represents a soft weld, wherein individual fibers may be lightly fused with adjacent fibers to cause some volume consolidation, but the fibers are not fused in a permanent way.
  • mechanical abrasion or other mechanical forces e.g., agitation, shearing, etc.
  • Case 2 (to the immediate right of Case 1 ) represents a medium weld in the region of interest, wherein individual fibers are fused to one another in a more permanent manner that is generally difficult to reverse. Additionally, Case 2 exhibits greater volume consolidation than does Case 1 .
  • Case 3 (to the immediate right of Case 2 ) represents a hard weld in the region of interest, wherein individual fibers are fused with maximum volume consolidation, but not completely dissolved.
  • a hard weld as depicted in Case 3 may be extremely difficult to reverse, even with severe mechanical forces (e.g., abrasion, agitation, shearing, etc.).
  • Case 4 (to the immediate right of Case 3 and at the far right of FIG. 21 ) represents a candy coat weld.
  • solubilized polymer may be dissolved in the process solvent used in the welding process.
  • the solubilized polymer may be primarily deposited on the outer portion of the substrate due to the viscosity of such a process solvent. Accordingly, for raw yarn substrates the majority of the solubilized polymer may be deposited on the yarn shell.
  • a welding method may be configured to incorporate solubilized polymer into a relatively more interior portion of the substrate.
  • FIGS. 22A-22E provide depictions of cross sections of various welded yarn substrates having specific degrees of welding within those regions of interest.
  • a depiction of an evenly welded yarn shows the degree of welding at the yarn core is the same as the degree of welding at the yarn shell.
  • an evenly welded yarn that is soft welded may be referred to as a 1,1-welded yarn, wherein the first number denotes the degree of welding of the yarn core and the second number denotes the degree of welding of the yarn shell.
  • an evenly welded yarn that is a medium weld may be referred to as a 2,2-welded yarn
  • an evenly welded yarn that is a hard weld may be referred to as a 3,3-welded yarn.
  • a depiction of a shell welded yarn shows that the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that of the yarn core.
  • a 0,2-welded yarn may be considered a shell welded yarn, as may be a 1,3-welded yarn; a 2,3-welded yarn; a 0,3-welded yarn, a 1,2-welded yarn and so on.
  • any welded yarn wherein the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that at the yarn core may be considered a shell welded yarn.
  • a depiction of a core welded yarn shows that the degree of welding at the yarn core is greater than that of the yarn shell.
  • a 2,0-welded yarn may be considered a core welded yarn, as may be a 3,1-welded yarn; a 2,1-welded yarn; a 1,0-welded yarn, a 3,2-welded yarn and so on.
  • any welded yarn wherein the degree of welding at the yarn core is greater than that at the yarn shell may be considered a core welded yarn.
  • FIG. 22D shows an evenly welded yarn with a candy coat.
  • a candy coat may be positioned around all or a portion of the exterior of the yarn shell.
  • a welded yarn with a candy coat may be designated with the numeral “4” after the number denoting the degree of welding of the yarn shell (i.e., the second number in the naming convention).
  • an evenly welded yarn that is a soft weld and that has a candy coat may be referred to as a 1,1,4-welded yarn.
  • An evenly welded yarn that is a hard welded and that has a candy coat may be referred to as a 3,3,4-welded yarn and so on.
  • a depiction of a shell welded yarn with a candy coat shows the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that at the yarn core, and that a candy coat may be positioned around the exterior of the yarn shell. Accordingly, a 0,2,4-welded yarn may be considered a shell welded yarn having a candy coat. Similarly, a 1,3,4-welded yarn; a 0,1,4-welded yarn, a 2,3,4-welded yarn and so on may be considered shell welded yarns having a candy coat.
  • a welding process may be configured to be a modulated welding process.
  • the type of modulation may vary from one welding process to the next.
  • FIG. 23 provides a depiction of a welded yarn substrate produced from one modulated welding process.
  • the welded yarn substrate is comprised of first portion that is 2,1-welded (i.e., core welded) and a second portion that is 1,3-welded (i.e., shell welded), with a generally gradual transition between the first and second portions. In other configurations the transition between the portions may be more abrupt and/or distinct that that shown in FIG. 23 .
  • more than two portions of a welded yarn substrate may exist along the length of a welded yarn substrate, and the pattern/order among the portions may vary without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. That is, the modulation need not be a simple, binary repeating pattern, but may be more complex with various portions having lengths that may be greater or less than other portions without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the modulation may be accomplished via application and/or amount of process solvent, viscous drag, temperature, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welded substrate attributes that may be modulated may be any attribute disclosed herein including but not limited to diameter, hairiness, abrasion resistance, color, flexural modulus, degree of welding, presence of a candy coat, presence of a functional material, shape, or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • FIG. 24 provides a depiction of a welded yarn substrate produced from another modulated welding process.
  • the cross-sectional shape and/or texture and the type of weld of the welded yarn substrate may be modulated along the length thereof.
  • modulating the cross-sectional shape of the welded yarn substrate along the length thereof may inherently result in a modulation of its texture.
  • other attributes of the welded yarn substrate may be modulated in conjunction with cross-sectional shape (e.g., hairiness) in a manner that modulates the texture of the welded yarn substrate.
  • the welded yarn substrate may be comprised of a first portion that is 2,0-welded (core welded) and which has a generally circular cross-sectional shape and a second portion that is 3,3-welded (evenly welded) and which has a generally ovular cross-sectional shape with a generally gradual transition between the two portions.
  • the amount and/or type of variation from one portion of a welded yarn substrate to another portion thereof is not limited to that shown in FIG. 24 unless so indicated in the following claims. Indeed, given the number of variables listed herein, a nearly infinite number of permutations of a welded yarn substrate may exist for a given length thereof.
  • the graph shown in FIG. 25 shows three axes of variables that may be manipulated for a given welding process to yield a welded yarn substrate having certain attributes. Each of these variables is independent from one another such that a welding process may be configured to yield a welded yarn substrate having any combination of the three variables in either a modulated or non-modulated way along the length of the welded yarn substrate.
  • the graph shown in FIG. 26 adds yet another axis for an additional independent variable, functional material, to those previously discussed regarding FIG. 25 .
  • these various welded substrate attributes may be implemented via a modulated or non-modulated welding process without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • welded substrates having one or more of these attributes may be produced using the apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A or those shown in FIG. 10A .
  • other apparatuses may be used to produce welded yarn substrates consistent with the present disclosure without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • FIGS. 27A-27D Scanning electron microscope images of various welded yarn substrates that have been cut with scissors are shown in FIGS. 27A-27D .
  • these welded yarn substrates may be produced using the apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A or those shown in FIG. 10A .
  • other apparatuses may be used to produce welded yarn substrates consistent with the present disclosure without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the welded yarn substrates shown in FIGS. 27A-27D may be produced using apparatuses similar to those shown in FIG.
  • the substrate may be pulled through a welding column configured as a relatively small-diameter tube, such that the outer surface of the substrate experiences a specific amount of physical contact with the interior of the welding column (e.g., rubbing, which may be a component of viscous drag as previously defined herein) to yield a welded yarn substrate with the desired attribute (e.g., a relatively low amount of hair, a relatively smooth surface, etc.).
  • a welding column configured as a relatively small-diameter tube
  • rubbing which may be a component of viscous drag as previously defined herein
  • a 2,3-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn).
  • This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc and DMSO in a weight ratio of 70:30 starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn.
  • the process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 90 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 11 seconds (e.g., 13 m/min pull rate through an approximately 2.4 m welding column).
  • the mass flow rate of process solvent in the welding column may be approximately 3.5 times the yarn substrate mass flow rate of the substrate.
  • a 2,3-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn).
  • This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc and ACN in a weight ratio of 64:36 starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn.
  • the process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 90 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 11 seconds (e.g., 13 m/min pull rate through an approximately 2.4 m welding column).
  • the mass flow rate of process solvent in the welding column may be approximately 6.0 times the yarn substrate mass flow rate of the substrate.
  • a 0,1-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn).
  • This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of an aqueous solution of tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH) at a weight percentage of 55% starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn.
  • TBAH tetrabutylammonium hydroxide
  • the process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 65 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 10 seconds.
  • a 1,2-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn).
  • This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of an aqueous solution of tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH) at a weight percentage of 55% starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn.
  • TBAH tetrabutylammonium hydroxide
  • the process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 70 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 14 seconds.
  • a relatively higher degree of welding is denoted by a relatively darker color
  • evenly welded, shell welded, and core welded yarns may have various portions in a cross-sectional area thereof that are differently welded (as previously described above).
  • the degree of welding increases toward the center of the depiction show in FIG. 28 , wherein the vertical circles represent an even welded morphology wherein the degree of welding is generally consistent or even throughout an entire portion of the cross-sectional area.
  • the circles on the lower right represent a core welded morphology wherein the degree of welding on a peripheral portion of the yarn is lower than the degree of welding on a portion of the yarn not at the periphery.
  • the circles on the lower left represent a shell welded morphology wherein the degree of welding on a peripheral portion of the yarn is higher than the degree of welding on a portion of the yarn not at the periphery.
  • increasing darkness represents increasing degree of welding as shown by the arrows in FIG. 28 .
  • FIGS. 29A & 29B an untreated, raw yarn is shown from the side in FIG. 29A and from the end in FIG. 29B after the raw yarn has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn.
  • FIGS. 29A and 29B as shown to scale, wherein the diameter of the raw yarn prior to cutting is approximately 240 micrometers and after cutting approximately 515 micrometers. Accordingly, it has been observed that the diameter increase for raw yarns upon cutting the raw yarn along a plane perpendicular to its longitudinal axis is greater than 100%.
  • the diameter increase in the raw yarn shown in FIGS. 29A and 29B is approximately 115%.
  • FIGS. 29C & 29D which provide a side view of the welded yarn and an end view thereof after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to its longitudinal axis (i.e., views of a welded yarn analogous to the views of the raw yarn shown in FIGS. 29A & 29B ), the observed diameter increase for the welded yarn is much lower than that for that of the raw yarn.
  • the welded yarn shown in FIGS. 29C & 29D is shell welded with a relatively low degree of welding. Both FIGS.
  • 29C & 29 D are shown to scale, wherein the diameter of the welded yarn prior to cutting is approximately 192 micrometers and after cutting approximately 363 micrometers, which equate to a diameter increase of approximately 89%.
  • the degree of welding on the welded yarn shown in FIGS. 29C & 29D was relatively low, and is meant to represent a scenario that is at or near the upper threshold of the diameter increase that would be observed in a welded yarn.
  • FIG. 30B provides end views of three welded yarns that are shell welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein.
  • An analogous view of a raw yarn is shown in FIG. 30A for direct comparison.
  • FIG. 30A with FIG. 30B
  • FIG. 30B and the individual yarns in FIG. 30B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases, the observed diameter increase upon cutting of the yarn along a plane that is perpendicular to its longitudinal axis decreases.
  • FIG. 30A with FIG. 30B and the individual yarns in FIG. 30B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases the amount of open space in the cross-sectional area of the yarn decreases, which results in an increase in the fiber volume ratio as described in detail below.
  • fiber volume ratio means the percentage of space occupied by fiber in the entire space of interest (wherein typically the space of interest for the examples herein is a cross-sectional are of a yarn without limitation unless indicated in the following claims), which may be synonymous with “yarn packing density” as used in other references without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. It is contemplated that a cross-sectional view of a raw yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of that raw yarn along its length, and that a cross-sectional view of an unmodulated welded yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of that welded yarn along its length. Further, it is contemplated that a cross-sectional view of a modulated welded yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of corresponding portions along the length of that modulated welded yarn.
  • FIG. 31A provides an end (cross-sectional) view of a welded yarn after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the yarn and FIG. 31B provides a more detailed view thereof with two concentric circles superimposed thereon.
  • the cross-section of the welded yarn may be divided into at least two portions, wherein FIG. 31B shows an outer portion around the periphery of the welded yarn (which may be considered the shell) and an inner portion (which may be considered the core).
  • FIG. 32 which provides a series of images of the cross-sectional view of the welded yarn shown in FIGS. 31A & 31B , one may calculate the fiber volume ratio of a given portion of the cross-sectional area.
  • the top left image represents the cross-sectional view of the welded yarn converted to grayscale.
  • the top right image represents that same view after an outer contour of the yarn (i.e., periphery) has been established. The contrast was adjusted and concentric rings (based on the outer periphery of the cross-section) were added to result in the bottom right image.
  • the shape and/or configuration of the concentric rings may vary depending on the cross-sectional shape of the yarn at a given location along its length, and are therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • circular concentric rings were used for illustrative purposes only and for clarity of presentation.
  • each ring may be calculated and a binary threshold may be applied to each ring such that a pixel may be labeled as either empty space or as fiber, wherein darker pixels may be labeled as empty space and lighter pixels may be labeled as fiber.
  • the threshold for darkness as to whether a pixel constitutes empty space or fiber may vary depending on the specific application and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the number of fiber pixels in a given ring may be divided by the total number of pixels within that ring to calculate the fiber volume ratio for that ring.
  • the results of these calculations for the sample are shown in the bottom left image of FIG. 32 .
  • the fiber volume ratio at the center of the yarn was calculated to be 79% and that at the outermost ring was calculated to be 95%. That is, the fiber volume ratio in the outer portion was calculated to be approximately 20% greater than that in the inner portion.
  • other welded yarns shell or core welded morphologies
  • the fiber volume ratio difference may be up to 5%, in another application up to 10%, in another application up to 15%, in another application up to 25%, in another application up to 30%, in another application up to 35%, in another application up to 40%, in another application up to 45%, in another application up to 50%, in another application up to 55%, in another application up to 60%, in another application up to 65%, in another application up to 70%, in another application up to 75%, in another application up to 80%, in another application up to 85%, in another application up to 90%, in another application up to 95%, and in another application up to 100% and any points in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the fiber volume ratio is proportional to the degree of welding, wherein a relatively higher degree of welding corresponds to a relatively higher fiber volume ratio. Accordingly, configuring a welding process to result in a relatively higher degree of welding on an outer portion of the welded yarn (i.e., a shell weld) may result in a higher fiber volume ratio on that portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the claims. Similarly, configuring a welding process to result in a relatively higher degree of welding on an inner portion of the welded yarn (i.e., a core welded yarn) may result in a higher fiber volume ratio on that portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% (and in some applications at least 79% or greater) in a given portion of the cross-sectional area adjacent a geometric center of the cross-sectional area indicates that there is at least some degree of welding within that portion of the yarn (as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS. 36A & 36B regarding core welded morphologies), a fiber volume ratio of 85% or greater in a given portion indicates an increased degree of welding in that portion, a fiber volume ratio of 90% or greater in a given portion indicates an even further degree of welding, a fiber volume ratio of 95% or greater in a given portion indicates an even further degree of welding, and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 50% in a given exterior portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn indicates that there is at least some degree of welding within that portion of yarn (as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS.
  • a fiber volume ratio of 55% or greater in a given portion indicates an increased degree of welding in that portion, a fiber volume ratio of 60% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 65% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 70% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 75% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 80% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 85% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 90% or greater, or a fiber volume ratio of 95% or greater in that portion indicates an even further degree of welding, respectively, and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • fiber volume ratio for a given portion of a welded yarn between 30% and 100% (which would constitute full fiber consolidation with no empty space between individual fibers) in no way limits the scope of the present disclosure, and it is contemplated that a fiber volume ratio of greater than 30% in certain outer portions of the cross-sectional area of the yarn and greater than 75% adjacent certain portions of the cross-sectional area adjacent the geometric center of the yarn (and in some applications 79% or greater) is evidence of at least some degree of welding, wherein higher fiber volume ratios represent relatively higher degrees of welding.
  • FIG. 33 A graphical representation of the correlation between degree of welding and fiber volume ratio is shown in FIG. 33 , wherein the right portion of FIG. 33 represents the data points calculated for the cross-sectional area shown in FIG. 32 , and the left portion of FIG. 33 provides a scale for relative degree of welding.
  • “0” represents no welding (i.e., raw yarn) and “3” represents a relatively high degree of welding
  • “1” and “2” represent intermediate degrees of welding (which may be low or soft welding for “1” and medium or moderate welding for “2”).
  • this particular scale of “0” to “3” is in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. More gradations or fewer gradations may be used to communicate the relative degree of welding (e.g., a scale from “0” to “5”) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the dashed line represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn. From FIG. 33 one may determine a threshold between a portion of a yarn that may be considered to have some evidence of welding and a portion that may be considered raw (i.e., no evidence of welding) based on the highest fiber volume ratio that may be achieved with raw yarns. That is, the area below the that threshold may represent raw, untreated yarn and the area above the threshold may represent at least some degree of welding, with relatively higher degrees thereof being represented by an increased distance above the threshold. From the geometric center of a yarn outward, this threshold is lowered. The fiber volume ratio (represented as a fraction rather than a percentage in FIG.
  • the degree of welding increases from the center of the cross-sectional area outward toward the periphery thereof, which is the opposite of what is observed in raw yarn shown by the dashed line.
  • the cross-sectional area of the yarn was divided into five portions (five rings in this case with outer boundaries of 20%, 40%, 60%. 80%, and 100% the radius of the cross-sectional area), but fewer or greater granularity (e.g., fewer rings, more rings) may be used without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. Accordingly, the percentage of the cross-sectional area of a welded yarn that constitutes a first portion and a second portion (e.g., core and/or shell), or a first, second, and third portion (e.g., core, intermediate portion, and/or shell) may vary from one application of the welded yarn and is therefore in no way limiting to the present disclosure.
  • a first portion adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional area may constitute up to 0.2% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.4% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.6% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.8% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 1.0% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 1.5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 2.0% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 2.5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 10% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 15% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 20% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 25% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 30% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 35% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 40% of the cross-sectional area, in another
  • a first portion may be defined as extending inward from the outer periphery of the yarn by a certain amount (a shell), and a second portion may be defined as extending outward form a geometric center of the yarn that meets the first portion (a core), wherein the first portion constitutes a certain percentage of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn and the remainder constitutes the second portion.
  • a third portion may be positioned between the first and second portions and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the distance inward from the periphery of the yarn that constitutes the first portion may be uniform around that periphery, or it may be non-uniform such that the distance between boundaries of adjacent portions varies depending on a specific location within a portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • FIG. 34A shows a cross-section of the yarn from FIG. 32 with the previously described concentric rings superimposed thereon
  • FIG. 34B provides a graphical representation of the degree of welding (and consequently, the fiber volume ratio) standardized to a smooth function that corresponds to the empirical data discussed above and shown in FIGS. 32 & 33 .
  • the dashed line in FIG. 34B represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn.
  • the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) may increase as one moves radially outward along a cross-sectional area of the yarn.
  • the curve representing the degree of welding as a function of distance from the geometric center of the yarn may start at “0” on the degree of welding scale (as shown in FIGS. 38A & 38B , which are described in detail below). However, if there is at least some degree of welding at or adjacent to the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn, it is contemplated that the curve may start above “0” on the degree of welding scale.
  • the value of fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may vary depending on the distance from a geometric center of a cross-sectional area of a given yarn. Because raw yarns exhibit a fiber volume ratio gradient like that shown by the dashed line in FIG. 34B , welding is detectable in outer portions of the yarn (potions that may constitute a shell) at relatively lower fiber volume ratios. For example, a fiber volume ratio in the outermost ring of the cross-section shown in FIG. 34A (which constitutes an area between 0.8 and 1.0 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 30% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion (i.e., the shell). A fiber volume ratio at the next ring inward shown in FIG. 34A (which constitutes an area between 0.6 and 0.8 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 40% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • FIG. 35B which provides end views of two welded yarns that are core welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein, an analogous view of a raw yarn is shown in FIG. 35A for direct comparison.
  • FIG. 35A provides end views of two welded yarns that are core welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein
  • FIG. 35A provides end views of two welded yarns that are core welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein
  • an analogous view of a raw yarn is shown in FIG. 35A for direct comparison.
  • the degree of welding increases the amount of open space in the cross-sectional area of the yarn decreases, which results in an increase in the fiber volume ratio as previously described.
  • the degree of welding (and, hence, fiber volume ratio) adjacent the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the welded yarn is higher than the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) at a portion of the cross-sectional area adjacent the periphery of the welded yarn.
  • FIG. 36A shows a cross-section of the yarn from FIG. 35B with the previously described concentric rings superimposed thereon
  • FIG. 36B provides a graphical representation of the degree of welding (and consequently, the fiber volume ratio) standardized to a smooth function that corresponds to empirical data that may be gathered via the image analysis as previously discussed above with respect to FIGS. 32 & 33 .
  • the dashed line in FIG. 36B represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn.
  • the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) may decrease as one moves radially outward along a cross-sectional area of the yarn.
  • the curve representing the degree of welding as a function of distance from the geometric center of the yarn may end at “0” on the degree of welding scale as shown in FIG. 36B (and FIGS. 39A & 39B , which are described in detail below) and have a fiber volume ratio similar to raw yarn at the periphery of the cross-sectional area.
  • the curve may end above “0” on the degree of welding scale.
  • the value of fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may vary depending on the distance from a geometric center of a cross-sectional area of a given yarn. Because raw yarns exhibit a fiber volume ratio gradient like that shown by the dashed line in FIG. 36B , welding is detectable in portions of the yarn adjacent the geometric center thereof (potions that may constitute a core) at relatively higher fiber volume ratios than those previously discussed for fiber volume ratios adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional are. For example, a fiber volume ratio in the innermost ring of the cross-section shown in FIG.
  • a fiber volume ratio at the next ring outward shown in FIG. 36A (which constitutes an area between 0.2 and 0.4 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 70% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion.
  • a fiber volume ratio at the next ring outward shown in FIG. 36A (which constitutes an area between 0.4 and 0.6 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 55% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion. and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • FIGS. 37A-39B Curves depicting degree of welding/fiber volume ratio as a function of the distance from the geometric center of a yarn are shown in FIGS. 37A-39B for three different morphologies and two degrees of welding for each morphology of welded yarns. However, these curves are for illustrative purposes only and do not represent all possible instances, and are therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • FIGS. 37A & 37B Two curves representing two evenly welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 37A & 37B , wherein FIG. 37A represents an evenly welded yarn with a relatively higher degree of welding and FIG. 37B represents an evenly welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding.
  • the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may be substantially constant across the cross-sectional area of an evenly welded yarn, which is represented by a curve configured as a straight line.
  • the straight line representing the evenly welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and relatively higher degree of welding) is positioned further up on the y-axis compared to the evenly welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and relatively lower degree of welding). Again, this indicates both a relatively higher degree of a welding and a relatively higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 37A compared to the welded yarn of FIG. 37B .
  • FIGS. 38A & 38B Three curves representing three shell welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 38A & 38B , wherein FIG. 38A represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to more interior portions of the cross-section of the yarn.
  • the curve labeled as “B 2 ” in FIG. 38B represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the shell) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the shell) of the cross-section of the shell welded yarn shown in FIG.
  • the shell portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 38A is more highly welded compared to the shell portion of the yarn represented by the curve B 2 in FIG. 38B , and therefore the shell portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 38A exhibits a higher fiber volume ratio than that of the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B 2 in FIG. 38B .
  • the relative area that constitutes the shell of the yarn in FIG. 38A is approximately equal to the area that constitutes the shell of the yarn depicted by curve B 2 in FIG. 38B .
  • the curve labled as “B 1 ” in FIG. 38B represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the shell) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the shell) of the cross-section of the shell welded yarn represented by curve B 2 of FIG. 38B . That is, the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B 1 of FIG. 38B is more highly welded compared to the shell portion of the yarn represented by the curve B 2 in FIG. 38B , and therefore the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B 1 of FIG.
  • the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) is higher at a portion of each yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of that yarn as compared to more interior portions of the cross-section of that specific yarn.
  • the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may increase as one moves from the geometric center of the cross-section of the yarn to a periphery thereof in a shell welded morphology.
  • the right end of the curve representing the shell welded yarn i.e., at the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn
  • the curve representing the shell welded yarn with a relatively higher degree of welding is positioned further up on the y-axis than that of the curve representing the shell welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding, indicating both a higher degree of welding and higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 38A compared to the welded yarn in curve B 2 of FIG. 38B .
  • both the shell welded yarn depicted by the curve in FIG. 38A and those depicted by the curves in FIG. 38B may have interior portions that are raw, such that there is no evidence of welding at the geometric center of the cross-sectional area, or any of the shell welded yarns may have a certain degree of welding at the geometric center of the cross-sectional area thereof (albeit less than a degree of welding at a portion adjacent the periphery) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • yarns having a shell welded morphology may be of special interest because those morphologies may allow for a fiber volume ratio that is higher adjacent the periphery of a cross-sectional area of the yarn than the fiber volume ratio at relatively more interior portions of the cross-sectional area, which is opposite the fiber volume ratio gradient found in the prior art.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce a yarn with shell welded morphology having a fiber volume ratio of 40 percent or greater in a first portion of a cross-sectional area of the yarn (i.e., a shell), wherein the first portion is defined as extending inward from the periphery of a cross-sectional area of the yarn such that the first portion constitutes up to 2.5% of the entirety of the cross-sectional area, or in another application up to 5.0%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40%, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 80%, or 85%, or any values in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the degree of welding in this first portion may be adjusted such that the fiber volume ratio may be 55% or greater, 60% or greater, 65% or greater, 70% or greater, 75% or greater, 80% or greater, 85% or greater, 90% or greater, and 95% or greater for any of the percentages of cross-sectional area without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may generally increase.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 30% may indicate at least some welding.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 40% may indicate at least some welding.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 55% may indicate at least some welding.
  • FIGS. 39A & 39B Three curves representing three core welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 39A & 39B , wherein FIG. 39A represents a core welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to more peripheral portions of the cross-section of the yarn.
  • the curve labeled as “B 2 ” in FIG. 39B represents a core welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to the corresponding portion of the cross-section of the core welded yarn shown in FIG. 39A . That is, the core portion of the yarn represented by FIG.
  • the curve labeled as “B 1 ” in FIG. 39B represents a core welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the core) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the core) of the cross-section of the core welded yarn represented by curve B 2 of FIG. 39B . That is, the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B 1 of FIG. 39B is more highly welded compared to the core portion of the yarn represented by the curve B 2 in FIG. 38B , and therefore the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B 1 of FIG.
  • the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) is higher at a portion of each yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of that yarn as compared to more peripheral portions of the cross-section of that specific yarn.
  • the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may decrease as one moves from the geometric center of the cross-section of the yarn to a periphery thereof in a core welded morphology.
  • the left end of the curve representing the core welded yarn i.e., at the geometric center of a cross section of the yarn
  • the left end of the curve representing the core welded yarn with a relatively higher degree of welding is positioned further up on the y-axis than that of the curve representing the core welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding at the geometric center of the yarn, indicating both a higher degree of welding and higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 39A compared to the welded yarn in curve B 2 of FIG. 39B .
  • both the core welded yarn depicted by the curve in FIG. 39A and those depicted by the curves in FIG. 39B may have peripheral portions that are raw, such that there is no evidence of welding at a portion adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional area, or any of the core welded yarns may have a certain degree of welding at a portion adjacent the peripheral of the cross-sectional area thereof (albeit less than a degree of welding at a portion adjacent the geometric center thereof) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • raw yarns have a fiber volume ratio that decreases outward from a geometric center of the yarn.
  • the fiber volume ratio for a raw yarn typically drops off precipitously at approximately 0.5 of the radius of a cross-sectional area of the yarn from the geometric center thereof outward (simple geometric relations for circles show that 0.5 of the radius accounts for about 25% of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn).
  • yarns having a core welded morphology may be of special interest because those morphologies may allow for a fiber volume ratio that is relatively high over a larger portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn.
  • a welding process may be configured to produce a yarn with core welded morphology having a fiber volume ratio of at least 75% in a second portion of a cross-sectional area of the yarn (i.e., a core), wherein the second portion is defined as extending outward from the geometric center of the yarn such that the first portion constitutes up to 2.5% of the entirety of the cross-sectional area, or in another application up to 5.0%, or up to 10%, or up to 15%, or up to 20%, or up to 25%, or up to 30%, or up to 35%, or up to 40%, or up to 45%, or up to 50%, or up to 55%, or up to 60%, or up to 65%, or up to 70%, or up to 75%, or up to 80%, or up to 85%, or up to 90%, or up to 95%, or up to 97.5%, or up to 99%, or any values in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the degree of welding in this second portion may be adjusted such that the fiber volume ratio may be 55% or greater, 60% or greater, 65% or greater, 70% or greater, 75% or greater, 80% or greater, 85% or greater, 90% or greater, and 95% or greater for any of the percentages of cross-sectional area without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may generally decrease.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% may indicate at least some welding.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% may indicate at least some welding.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 55% may indicate at least some welding.
  • a fiber volume ratio of greater than 40% may indicate at least some welding.
  • these values are for illustrative purposes only and are in no way limiting unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the yarns produced via a welding process as disclosed herein may be configured such that the chemical composition of a welded yarn is substantially the same as that of the corresponding raw substrate.
  • the chemical composition may be a biopolymer, and specifically may be cellulose.
  • Such consistency in chemical composition in conjunction with relatively high fiber volume ratios may be possible since in a welded yarn the network of intermolecular associations in a given biopolymer (e.g., cellulose, silk, other biopolymers as disclosure herein above) may be reorganized and extend to exist between individual fibers (effectively removing space and increasing the density of fibers per unit area) such that native materials function as a bonding material.
  • the cellulosic fibers may be substantially adhered to one another via intermolecular forces as previously described in detail above regarding welding processes without the need for external binding material, glue, etc.
  • the specific shape, slope, tangents, inflection points, relative extreme values, configuration, etc. of the curve representing degree of welding/fiber volume ratio as a function of distance from a geometric center of a cross-section of a yarn (or any portion and/point along that curve) may vary from one welded yarn to the next and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the curve for a core welded yarn may be entirely different from that for a shell welded yarn.
  • a welding method may be configured to produce a yarn in which one or more characteristics of the yarn vary along the length thereof.
  • a contiguous welded yarn may have a first length thereof that is core welded, a second length thereof that is shell welded, and a third length thereof that is raw.
  • the degree of welding along the length of various morphologies may be varied. Accordingly, the modulation of the welding morphology, pattern of welding, degree of welding within a specific morphology, length of yarns exhibiting a specific morphology or degree of welding, and/or combinations thereof, etc. are in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • the welding processes and apparatuses for same previously described in detail above may be used to produce a either a shell welded or core welded yarn substrate by manipulating certain process parameters of the welding process.
  • the process control parameters may be selected to limit the degree of process solvent penetration to the perimeter areas of the yarn only. This is possible by limiting the time the yarn is in the solvent application zone and by limiting any yarn movement that may drive the solvent into the center of the yarn.
  • it is possible to achieve a core welded morphology by allowing adequate time for full penetration of solvent into the core of the yarn and selectively blowing off solvent that may be present around the periphery of the yarn.
  • welding processes and welding and dyeing processes without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims
  • any discrete process step and/or parameters therefor, and/or any apparatus for use therewith is not so limited so and extends to any beneficial and/or advantageous use thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • the materials used to construct the apparatuses and/or components thereof for a specific process will vary depending on the specific application thereof, but it is contemplated that polymers, synthetic materials, metals, metal alloys, natural materials, and/or combinations thereof may be especially useful in some applications. Accordingly, the above-referenced elements may be constructed of any material known to those skilled in the art or later developed, which material is appropriate for the specific application of the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • any of the various features, components, functionalities, advantages, aspects, configurations, process steps, process parameters, etc. of a welding process, a dyeing and welding process, a process step, a substrate, and/or a welded substrate may be used alone or in combination with one another depending on the compatibility of the features, components, functionalities, advantages, aspects, configurations, process steps, process parameters, etc. Accordingly, a nearly infinite number of variations of the present disclosure exist. Modifications and/or substitutions of one feature, component, functionality, aspect, configuration, process step, process parameter, etc. for another in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.

Abstract

A welded yarn may have a cross section about a plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn wherein the cross-sectional area is comprised of two or more distinct portions, wherein the degree of welding in each portion is different, which may also result in different fiber volume ratios compared to raw yarn substrates.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application is a continuation-in-part of and claims priority from U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/086,273 filed on Sep. 18, 2018, which application is an entry into the National Phase in the United States of America, and which application is based on PCT Patent International App. No. PCT/US17/24351 filed on Mar. 27, 2017, which claimed priority from U.S. provisional Pat. App. Nos. 62/313,291 filed on Mar. 25, 2016, 62/365,752 filed on Jul. 22, 2016 and 62/446,646 filed on Jan. 16, 2017, all of which applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. The present application also claims priority from U.S. provisional Pat. App. No. 62/584,795 filed on Nov. 11, 2017, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present disclosure related to methods for producing fiber composites and products that may be made from those fiber composites as well as methods for producing colored welded substrates.
  • STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
  • No federal funds were used to develop or create the invention disclosed and described in the patent application.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Synthetic polymers such as polystyrene are routinely welded using solvents such as dichloromethane. Ionic liquids (e.g., 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate) can dissolve natural fiber biopolymers (e.g., cellulose and silk) without derivatization. Natural fiber welding is a process by which biopolymer fibers are fused in a manner roughly analogous to traditional plastic welding.
  • As disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,202,379, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, one type of process solvent that may be used for partially dissolving a natural fiber for structural and chemical modifications is ionic liquid-based solvents. This patent discloses basic principles developed using bench top equipment and materials. However, among various other things, this patent fails to disclose processes and apparatuses for making composite materials at a commercial scale.
  • There are examples of natural fibers biopolymer solutions that are cast into molds to create a desired generally two-dimensional shape. In these cases, the biopolymer is fully dissolved so that the original structure is disrupted and biopolymers are denatured. By contrast, with fiber welding, the fiber interior (the core of each individual fiber) is intentionally left in its native state. This is advantageous because the final structure composed of biopolymers retains some of the original material properties for creating robust materials from biopolymers such as silk, cellulose, chitin, chitosan, other polysaccharides and combinations thereof.
  • Traditional methods of using biopolymer solutions are also disadvantaged in that there is a physical limit to how much polymer can be dissolved in solution. For example, solutions that are 10% by mass cotton (cellulose) with 90% by mass ionic liquid solvent are viscous and difficult to handle, even at elevated temperatures. The fiber welding process allows fiber bundles to be manipulated into the desired shape before welding commences. The use and handling of natural fibers often grants control over the engineering of the final product that is not possible for solution-based technologies.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the methods and systems.
  • FIG. 1 provides a schematic view of various aspects of a process for producing welded substrates.
  • FIG. 2 provides a schematic view of various aspects of another process for producing welded substrates.
  • FIG. 2A provides a schematic view of one type of process solvent recovery zone that may be used with a welding process.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 3 called out as FIGS. 3A-3E. Functional materials are predispersed in the fiber matrix before welding.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 4 called out as FIGS. 4A-4D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 5 called out as FIGS. 5A-5D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent with additional solubilized polymer.
  • FIG. 6A provides a side, cutaway view of one configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6B provides a perspective view of another configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6C provides a perspective view of another configuration of a process solvent application zone.
  • FIG. 6D provides a side view of an apparatus that may be used with various welding processes.
  • FIG. 6E provides a side view of the apparatus from FIG. 6D, wherein the plates are differently positioned with respect to one another.
  • FIG. 6F provides a side view of an apparatus that may be used with various welding processes, wherein the apparatus may be configured for use with a plurality of 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic view of a welding process that may be used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C.
  • FIG. 7B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 7C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 7B after it has been processed in another welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid to produce a welded substrate.
  • FIG. 7D provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 7C, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic view of a welding process that may be used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 8C.
  • FIG. 8B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 8C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 8B after it has been processed in another welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid to produce a welded substrate.
  • FIG. 8D provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 8C, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 9A is a perspective view of a welding process that may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 9C-9E.
  • FIG. 9B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw, 1D substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 9C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 9D provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 9E provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 9F provides an image of a fabric made from the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D.
  • FIG. 9G provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIGS. 9C and 9K, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 9H provides an image of a fabric made from the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B on the left side of the picture and a fabric made from the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D on the right side of the picture.
  • FIGS. 9I & 9J provide images of a welded substrate that may be considered a shell welded substrate.
  • FIG. 9K provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 9L provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 9M provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 9B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view of a welding process that may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 10C-10F.
  • FIG. 10B provides a scanning electron microscope image of multiple raw, 1D substrates comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn.
  • FIG. 10C provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 10D provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 10E provides a scanning electron microscope image of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B after it has been processed in a welding process with a process solvent comprised of a hydroxide, wherein the welded substrate is highly welded.
  • FIG. 10F provides a magnified image of a portion of the center welded substrate from FIG. 10E.
  • FIG. 10G provides a graphical representation of the stress (in grams) versus percent elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample from FIG. 10C, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • FIG. 11A provides a schematic representation showing various aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11B provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11C provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11D provides a schematic representation showing other aspects of a modulated fiber welding process.
  • FIG. 11E provides an image of a welded substrate that has been produced via a modulated welding process, wherein the portion on the right side of the figure is lightly welded and the portion on the right side of the figure is highly welded.
  • FIG. 11F provides another image of a fabric made from a modulated welded substrate, wherein the fabric exhibits a heathering effect.
  • FIG. 12A provides scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of denim.
  • FIG. 12B provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12A after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is highly welded.
  • FIG. 12C provides scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a knitted fabric.
  • FIG. 12D provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12C after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is moderately welded.
  • FIG. 12E provides a scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a jersey knit cotton fabric.
  • FIG. 12F provides a scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12E after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 12G provides a magnified scanning electron microscope image of a raw, 2D substrate comprised of a jersey knit cotton fabric.
  • FIG. 12H provides a magnified scanning electron microscope image of raw substrate from FIG. 12E after it has been processed into a welded substrate that is lightly welded.
  • FIG. 13 provides a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 20° C.
  • FIG. 14A provides a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 22° C.
  • FIG. 14B provides a scanning electron microscope image of a different welded yarn substrate produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at approximately 40° C.
  • FIG. 15A provides x-ray diffraction data for a raw cotton yarn on plot A and a cotton yarn reconstituted from a raw cotton yarn substrate that was fully dissolved in ionic liquid.
  • FIG. 15B provides x-ray diffraction data for three different welded yarn substrates produced from the same raw cotton yarn substrate shown in plot A of FIG. 15A
  • FIG. 16A provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw cotton yarn substrate showing various individual cotton fibers.
  • FIG. 16B provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw cotton yarn substrate that has been ring dyed using prior art techniques.
  • FIG. 17A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via one dyeing and welding process.
  • FIG. 17B provides a depiction of a cross section of a single welded fiber from the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 17A.
  • FIG. 18A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another dyeing and welding process.
  • FIG. 18B provides a depiction of a cross section of a single welded fiber from the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 18A.
  • FIG. 19A provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via a welding process.
  • FIG. 19B provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another welding process.
  • FIG. 19C provides a depiction of a cross section of a welded yarn substrate that may be produced via another welding process.
  • FIG. 20 provides a depiction of a cross section of a raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 21 provides a depiction of cross sections of regions of interest for various raw substrates showing different degrees of welding in certain regions of interest.
  • FIG. 22A provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been evenly welded.
  • FIG. 22B provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been shell welded.
  • FIG. 22C provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been core welded.
  • FIG. 22D provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been evenly welded and had a candy coat weld applied thereto.
  • FIG. 22E provides a depiction of a cross section of a yarn that has been shell welded and had a candy coat weld applied thereto.
  • FIG. 23 provides a depiction of a welded yarn that may be produced via a modulated welding process and the cross-sectional characteristics at two different points along the length of the welded yarn.
  • FIG. 24 provides a depiction of another welded yarn that may be produced via a modulated welding process and the cross-sectional characteristics at two different points along the length of the welded yarn.
  • FIG. 25 is a graphical representation of how three different independent variables may be manipulated depending on the specific configuration of a welding process.
  • FIG. 26 is a graphical representation of how four different independent variables may be manipulated depending on the specific configuration of a welding process.
  • FIG. 27A is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a hard weld and the yarn core has a medium weld, and wherein the welded yarn substrate has been configured with a generally ovular cross-sectional shape.
  • FIG. 27B is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a hard weld and the yarn core has a medium weld, and wherein the welded yarn substrate has been configured with a generally circular cross-sectional shape.
  • FIG. 27C is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a soft weld and the yarn core has no welding.
  • FIG. 27D is a scanning electron microscope image of a welded yarn substrate that has a shell weld, wherein the yarn shell has a medium weld and the yarn core has a soft weld. FIG. here might be cut raw
  • FIG. 28 is a representation of different types of welded yarn morphologies, wherein darker regions generally denote relatively more welding among individual fibers within that region.
  • FIG. 29A is a side view of a raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 29B is an end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIG. 29A after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate with a circle approximating the cross-sectional area of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 29C is a side view of a shell welded yarn substrate with a relatively low degree of welding.
  • FIG. 29D is an end view of the welded yarn substrate from FIG. 29C after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate with a circle approximating the cross-sectional area of the welded yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 30A is an end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIGS. 29A & 29B after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 30B provides cross-sectional views of three shell welded yarn substrates after they have been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate, wherein the relative degree of welding increases from left to right.
  • FIG. 31A provides a cross-sectional view of a shell welded yarn substrate with a relatively moderate degree of welding.
  • FIG. 31B provides a detailed view of the cross-sectional view of FIG. 31A wherein concentric circles are super-imposed on the cross-sectional area to denote two different portions thereof.
  • FIG. 32 provides three additional detailed view of the cross-sectional view of FIGS. 31A & 31B after various image-analysis steps have been performed thereon and a resulting graph of fiber volume ratio of a particular portion of the cross-sectional area as a function of that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area.
  • FIG. 33 is a graphical correlation between the fiber volume ratio calculated in FIG. 32 and a degree of welding from zero (raw yarn substrate) to three (highly welded yarn substrate).
  • FIG. 34A provides a cross-sectional view of FIGS. 31A, 31B, & 32 having various concentric circles superimposed thereon.
  • FIG. 34B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in correlation to FIG. 34A.
  • FIG. 35A provides another end view of the raw yarn substrate from FIGS. 29A & 29B after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn substrate.
  • FIG. 35B provides cross-sectional views of two core welded yarn substrates after they have been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the welded yarn substrate, wherein the relative degree of welding increases from left to right.
  • FIG. 36A provides a cross-sectional view of the cross-sectional view of the left welded yarn substrate in FIG. 35B having various concentric circles superimposed thereon.
  • FIG. 36B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in correlation to FIG. 36A.
  • FIG. 37A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is evenly welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 37B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus on that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is evenly welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • FIG. 38A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area as dependent on that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is shell welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 38B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is shell welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • FIG. 39A provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is core welded to a relatively high degree (e.g., relatively hard weld).
  • FIG. 39B provides a smooth function for the degree of welding and fiber volume ratio of a portion of the cross-sectional area versus that portion's distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area in a welded yarn substrate that is core welded to a relatively low degree (e.g., relatively soft weld).
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
    Element Number
    Element Description (FIGS. 1 & 2)
    Substrate feed zone  1
    Process solvent application zone  2
    Process temperature/pressure zone  3
    Process solvent recovery zone  4
    Drying zone  5
    Welded substrate collection zone  6
    Solvent collection zone  7
    Solvent recycling  8
    Mixed gas collection  9
    Mixed gas recycling 10
    Element Description (FIGS. 3A-39B)
    Natural fiber substrate 10
    Swollen natural fiber substrate 11, 112
    Welded substrate 12
    Functional material 20
    Bonded functional material 21
    Entrapped functional material 22
    IL-based process solvent 30
    Process solvent/functional material mixture 32
    Welded fiber 40, 42
    Polymer 53
    Injector 60
    Substrate input 61
    Process solvent input 62
    Application interface 63
    Substrate outlet 64
    Tray 70
    Substrate groove 72
    First plate 82
    Second plate 84
    Undyed yarn substrate 90
    Undyed fiber substrate 92
    Dyed yarn substrate  90′
    Dyed fiber substrate  92′
    Welded yam substrate 100 
    Native substrate fiber 102 
    Lightly welded substrate fiber 103 
    Moderately welded substrate fiber 104 
    Highly welded substrate fiber 105 
    Binder 106 
    Binder shell 108 
    Pigment particle 109 
  • Before the present methods and apparatuses are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that the methods and apparatuses are not limited to specific methods, specific components, or to particular implementations. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments/aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • “Aspect” when referring to a method, apparatus, and/or component thereof does not mean that limitation, functionality, component etc. referred to as an aspect is required, but rather that it is one part of a particular illustrative disclosure and not limiting to the scope of the method, apparatus, and/or component thereof unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Throughout the description and claims of this specification, the word “comprise” and variations of the word, such as “comprising” and “comprises,” means “including but not limited to,” and is not intended to exclude, for example, other components, integers or steps. “Exemplary” means “an example of” and is not intended to convey an indication of a preferred or ideal embodiment. “Such as” is not used in a restrictive sense, but for explanatory purposes.
  • Disclosed are components that can be used to perform the disclosed methods and apparatuses. These and other components are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these components are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these may not be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein, for all methods and apparatuses. This applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in disclosed methods. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the disclosed methods.
  • The present methods and apparatuses may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of preferred aspects and the examples included therein and to the Figures and their previous and following description. Corresponding terms may be used interchangeably when referring to generalities of configuration and/or corresponding components, aspects, features, functionality, methods and/or materials of construction, etc. those terms.
  • It is to be understood that the disclosure is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangements of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The present disclosure is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. Also, it is to be understood that phraseology and terminology used herein with reference to device or element orientation (such as, for example, terms like “front”, “back”, “up”, “down”, “top”, “bottom”, and the like) are only used to simplify description, and do not alone indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a particular orientation. In addition, terms such as “first”, “second”, and “third” are used herein and in the appended claims for purposes of description and are not intended to indicate or imply relative importance or significance.
  • 1. Definitions
  • Throughout this disclosure, various terms may be used to describe certain components of process, apparatuses, and/or other components that may be used in conjunction with the present disclosure. For clarity, definitions of some of those terms are provided immediately below. However, when used to describe such components, these terms and the definitions thereof are not meant to be limiting in scope unless so indicated in the following claims, but instead are meant to be illustrative of one or more aspects of the present disclosure. Additionally, the inclusion of any term and/or definition thereof is not meant to require a manifestation of that component in any specific process or apparatus disclosed herein unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • A. Substrate Materials
  • “Substrate” as used herein may include either a pure biomaterial (e.g., cotton yarn, etc.), a plurality of biomaterials (e.g., lignocellulosic fibers mixed with silk fibers), or a material containing a known amount of a biomaterial. In one aspect, a substrate may contain natural materials that contain at least one biopolymer component that is held together by hydrogen bonding (e.g., cellulose). In certain aspects, the term “substrate” may refer to synthetic materials, such as polyester, nylon, etc.; however, instances in which the term “substrate” refers to synthetic materials typically will be specifically noted throughout. The fusion or welding process may be performed in a way that limits the denaturation of at least one component of the substrate. For example, a limited amount of a process solvent may be added at moderate temperatures and pressures and for a controlled time to limit the denaturation of lignocellulosic fibers.
  • “Cellulosic-based substrate” may include cotton, pulp, and/or other refined cellulosic fiber and/or particles, etc.
  • “Lignocellulosic-based substrate” may include wood, hemp, corn stover, bean straw, grass, etc.
  • “Other sugar-based biopolymer substrates” may include chitin, chitosan, etc.
  • “Protein-based substrates” may include keratin (e.g., wool, hooves, horns, nails), silk, collagen, elastin, tissues, etc.
  • “Raw substrate” as used herein may include any substrate that has a not been subjected to any welding process.
  • B. Substrate Format Types
  • Substrate formats can be a variety of commercially available or customized products. ‘Loose,’ one-dimensional (1D), two-dimensional (2D), and/or three-dimensional (3D) substrates are all possible for use in various processes according to the present disclosure. Finished welded substrates or composites may be shaped in 1D, 2D, and/or 3D, respectively. The following definitions are applicable to both substrates and welded substrates (as defined further below).
  • “Loose” may include any natural fiber and/or particles or mixture of natural fibers and/or particles that is fed into the welding process in a loose, and/or relatively untangled format (e.g., mixtures of loose cotton with wood fibers and/or particles). “1D” may include yarn and thread, both non-piled singled and piled yarns and threads. “2D” may include paper substitute (e.g., cardboard alternatives, packaging paper, etc.), board substitute (e.g., alternatives to hardboard, plywood, OSB, MDF, dimensional lumber, etc.). “3D” may include automotive parts, structural building components (e.g., extruded beams, joists, walls, etc.), furniture parts, toys, electronics cases and/or components, etc.
  • Generally, a resulting welded substrate or composite material may be composed of significant amounts of natural material (e.g., material produced by lifeforms and/or enzymes), wherein the natural material may be held together by the fusion or welding of the biopolymers of the natural materials rather than glues, resins, and/or other adhesives.
  • C. Process Solvent System
  • “Process solvent” may include a material capable of disrupting intermolecular forces of the substrate (e.g., hydrogen bonds), and includes materials that can swell, mobilize, and/or dissolve at least one biopolymer component within the substrate and/or otherwise disrupt the forces that may bind one biopolymer component to another.
  • “Pure process solvents” may include a process solvent without additional additives, and may include ionic liquids, 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate, 3-butyl-1-methylimidizolium chloride, and other similar salts currently known or later developed that serve to disrupt intermolecular forces of a substrate.
  • “Deep eutectic process solvents” may include ionic solvents that incorporate one or more compound in a mixture form to give a eutectic with a melting point lower than one or more of the components that make up the mixture, and may further include a pure ionic liquid process solvent mixed with other ionic liquids and/or molecular species.
  • “Mixed organic process solvents” may include ionic liquids (e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate) mixed with polar protic (e.g., methanol) and/or polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile) as well as solutions containing 4-methylmorpholine 4-oxide (also known as N-methylmorpholine N-oxide, NMMO).
  • “Mixed inorganic process solvents” may include aqueous salt solutions (e.g., aqueous solutions of LiOH and/or NAOH that may be mixed with urea or other molecular additives, aqueous guanidinium chloride, LiCl in N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), etc.).
  • In an aspect, process solvents may contain additional functional materials such as a relatively small amount (e.g., less than 10% by mass) fully solubilized natural polymer(s) (e.g., cellulose), but may also contain selected synthetic polymers (e.g. meta-aramid), as well as other functional materials.
  • D. Functional Material
  • “Functional material” may include natural or synthetic inorganic materials (e.g., magnetic or conductive materials, magnetic microparticles, catalysts, etc.), natural or synthetic organic materials (e.g., carbon, dyes (including but not limited to florescent and phosphorescent), enzymes, catalysts, polymer, etc.), and/or devices (e.g., RFID tags, MEMS devices, integrated circuits) that may add features, functionality, and/or benefits to a substrate. Additionally, functional materials may be placed in substrates and/or process solvents.
  • E. Process Wetted Substrate
  • “Process wetted substrate” may refer to a substrate of any combination of format and type that is wetted with a process solvent applied to all or a part of the substrate. Accordingly, a process wetted substrate may contain some partially dissolved, mobilized natural polymer.
  • F. Reconstitution Solvent System
  • “Reconstitution solvent” may include a liquid that has a non-zero vapor pressure and may be capable of forming mixtures with ions from the process solvent system. In an aspect, one characteristic of a reconstitution solvent system may be that it is not be capable of dissolving natural materials substrates on its own. Generally, the reconstitution solvent may be used to separate and remove process solvent ions from substrates. That is to say, in one aspect reconstitution solvent removes process solvent from a process wetted substrate. In so doing, the process wetted substrate may be transformed to a reconstituted wetted substrate as defined below.
  • Reconstitution solvents may include polar protic solvents (e.g., water, alcohols, etc.) and/or polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, etc.). Reconstitution solvents may be mixtures of molecular components and may include ionic components. In an aspect, a reconstitution solvent may be used to help control the distribution of functional materials within a substrate. A reconstitution solvent may be configured to be chemically similar to or substantially chemically identical to a molecular additive in a process solvent system.
  • In an aspect, a (pure) reconstitution solvent may be mixed with ionic components to form a process solvent. A reconstitution solvent may be configured to be chemically similar to or substantially chemically identical to a molecular additive in a process solvent system. For example, acetonitrile is a polar aprotic molecular liquid with a non-zero vapor pressure that is not capable of dissolving cellulose when pure. Acetonitrile may be mixed with a sufficient amount of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate to form a solution that is capable of disrupting hydrogen bonding, and acetonitrile may be used as the reconstitution solvent. Mixtures that contain the sufficient concentration (ionic strength) of the appropriate ions are thus able to serve as a process solvent. Within the present disclosure, any mixtures of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate in acetonitrile that do not contain sufficient ionic strength to dissolve or mobilize polymer of a natural substrate are considered to be a reconstitution solvent.
  • G. Reconstituted Wetted Substrate
  • “Reconstituted wetted substrate” may refer a process wetted substrate of any combination of format and type that is wetted with the reconstitution solvent applied to all or part of the process wetted substrate. Generally, a reconstitution wetted substrate does not contain partially dissolved, mobilized natural polymer, which may be due to the removal of the process solvent via the application of the reconstitution solvent.
  • H. Drying Gas Systems
  • “Drying gas” may include a material that is a gas at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, but may be a supercritical fluid. In an aspect, the drying gas may be capable of mixing with and carrying the non-zero vapor pressure components (e.g., all or a portion of the reconstitution solvent) from both a process wetted substrate and/or a reconstituted wetted substrate. Drying gas may be pure gases (e.g., nitrogen, argon, etc.) or mixtures of gases (e.g., air).
  • I. Welded Substrate
  • “Welded substrate” may be used to refer to a finished composite comprised of at least one natural substrate in which one or more individual fibers and/or particles have been fused or welded together via a process solvent acting upon biopolymers from either those fibers and/or particles and/or action upon another natural material within the substrate. Generally, welded substrates may include “finished composites” and/or “fiber-matrix composites.” Specifically, “fiber-matrix composite” may be used to refer to a welded substrate having a natural substrate acting as both the fiber and the matrix of the welded substrate.
  • J. Welding
  • “Welding” as used herein may refer to joining and/or fusion of materials by intimate intermolecular association of polymer.
  • K. Biopolymer
  • “Biopolymer” as used herein refers to naturally occurring polymer (produced by life processes) as opposed to all polymers that may be synthetically derived from naturally occurring materials.
  • 2. General Welding Processes
  • The present disclosure provides various processes and/or apparatuses for converting biopolymer containing fibrous and/or particulate substrate into welded substrates (one example of which is a composite material), and also discloses various products that may be manufactured from the welded substrate(s). Generally, the process steps and/or combination of process steps for converting biopolymer containing fibrous and/or particulate substrate into welded substrates may be referred to herein as the “welding process” without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. In one aspect of a process, a process solvent may be applied to one or more substrates containing natural materials. In an aspect, the process solvent may disrupt one or more intermolecular force (which intermolecular force may include but is not limited to hydrogen bonding) within at least one component of the substrate(s) containing natural material(s).
  • Upon removal of a portion of the process solvent (which may be accomplished with a reconstitution solvent as described in further detail below), the fibers and/or particles within the substrate(s) may become fused or welded together, which may result in a welded substrate. Through testing it has been determined that the welded substrate may have enhanced physical properties (e.g., enhanced tensile strength) over the original substrate(s) (prior to being subjected to processing). The welded substrate may also be imparted with enhanced chemical properties (e.g., hydrophobicity) or other features/functionality because of either the parameters selected for the welding process itself or the inclusion of functional materials to the substrate(s) before or during the welding process that converts the substrate(s) into a welded substrate.
  • The various processes and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may be generalized such that the process and/or apparatuses may be configured for use with any number of process solvents and/or substrates (including process solvents and/or substrates that are either known in academic or patent literature as capable of fully dissolving the biopolymers of natural materials or those later developed). In an aspect of the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured such that biopolymer-containing substrate(s) are not fully dissolved in the treatment process. In another aspect, robust composite materials of various compositions and shapes may be produced without glue and/or resin (even in processes configured to not fully dissolve a biopolymer-containing substrate).
  • Generally, the welding process and/or apparatuses may be configured to carefully and intentionally control the amount of process solvent, the temperature, pressure, duration of process solvent exposure to natural materials, and/or other parameters without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Additionally, the means by which a process solvent, reconstitution solvent, and/or drying gas can be recycled efficiently for reuse may be optimized for commercialization. As such, disclosed herein is a collection of innovative concepts and features that are not obvious based on prior art. Given that natural materials are generally abundant, inexpensive, and can be produced sustainably, the processes and apparatuses disclosed herein may be the archetype for a transformative and sustainable means to manufacture trillions of dollars per year worth of materials. This technology may allow humankind to move forward in a way that is not restricted by limiting resources such as petroleum and petroleum-containing materials. In an aspect, the present disclosure may achieve this result using novel and non-obvious processes and/or apparatuses configured for use with substrates, process solvents, and/or reconstitution not disclosed in the prior art, which may result in various novel and non-obvious end products.
  • A. Substrate Feed Zone
  • Referring now to the figures, wherein like reference numerals designate identical or corresponding parts throughout the several views, FIG. 1 provides schematic depiction showing various aspects of one welding process that may be configured to produce a welded substrate. This general welding process may be modified and/or optimized based on at least a specific substrate, specific process solvent system, specific welded substrate to be produced, functional materials utilized, and/or combinations thereof. The welding process schematically depicted in
  • FIG. 1 is not meant to be limiting, and is for illustrative purposes only unless so indicated in the following claims. Additional details for certain aspects of a welding process for producing welded substrates (e.g., specific equipment, processing parameters, process solvent systems, etc.) are provided further below, and the immediately following example of a welding process is intended to provide an overarching framework highlighting certain aspects of the present disclosure that may be applicable to a wide range of substrates, process solvent system, reconstitution solvent systems, welded substrates, functional materials, substrate formats, welded substrate formats, and/or combinations thereof
  • Generally, a welding process may be configured such that a substrate feed zone 1 comprises a portion of the welding process at which a substrate format(s) may be controllably fed to (enter) the welding process and/or apparatuses associated therewith. The substrate feed zone 1 may include equipment that creates a particular substrate format(s) from a particular substrate material or mixture of substrate materials. Alternatively, the substrate feed may be configured to deliver rolls of premade substrate formats. Substrates may be pushed or pulled through the substrate feed zone 1. Substrate may ride a powered conveyor system. Substrates may be fed through the substrate feed zone 1 by an extrusion-type screw. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by whether, and/or how the substrate moves in the substrate feed zone 1, and/or whether the substrate remains stationary and the equipment and/or other components of the welding process move with respect to the substrate unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Substrates may contain additional functional materials that may be added to the substrate within the substrate feed zone 1. Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or feed rate of materials within the substrate feed zone 1. Generally, the substrate or multiple substrates may move from the substrate feed zone 1 to the process solvent application zone 2.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates), it may be advantageous to include an apparatus that applies a stress to the substrate before it enters the welding process. By applying a predetermined stress to the substrate in advance of entering the fiber welding process, weak sections of the substrate may be broken and exposed. The apparatus may also be configured with a mechanism that ties a knot to reestablish a continuous substrate. The net result is that a welding process so configured may locate and fix weak sections of substrate so as to limit down time. This apparatus may be a standalone machine to improve certain substrates long in advance of performing welding processes. Alternatively, this apparatus can be integrated directly into the substrate feed zone 1.
  • B. Process Solvent Application
  • In a process solvent application zone 2, one or more process solvents may be applied to a substrate(s) by immersion, wicking, painting, inkjet printing, spraying, etc. or by any combination thereof as the substrate moves through the process solvent application zone 2. Process solvent may include functional materials and/or molecular additives, both of which are described in further detail below.
  • In an aspect, a process solvent application zone 2 may be configured with additional equipment that adds functional material(s) to the substrate separately from the process solvent. Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature and/or pressure of process solvent, the substrate, and/or the atmosphere during process solvent application. Equipment and instrumentation that monitors and controls the composition, amount, and/or rate of process solvent applied may be utilized. Process solvent may be applied to specific locations or to the entire substrate depending on the method of process solvent application.
  • In aspects of a welding process for producing a welded substrate using extrusion, a die may terminate the process solvent application zone 2. A welding process so configured may also include equipment that forms a 1D, 2D, or 3D shape from loose substrate to which process solvent has been applied as the substrate moves through the process solvent application zone 2. Generally, the optimal configuration of a solvent application zone 2 may be dependent at least upon the substrate format, choice of process solvent and/or process solvent system, and apparatuses used to apply the process solvent. These parameters may be configured to achieve a desired amount of viscous drag. “Viscous drag” as used herein denotes the balance between process solvent and/or process solvent system viscosity and mechanical (e.g., pressure, frictions, shear, etc.) forces that apply the process solvent and/or process solvent system into the substrate. In some cases, the optimal viscous drag is configured to result in a welded substrate having consistent properties throughout, and in other cases the optimal viscous drag is configured to result in a modulated welded substrate as discussed in further detail below.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates), it may be advantageous to employ a properly sized, needle-like orifice that may be designed to properly apply process solvent (and thereby affect the viscous drag) to the substrate to produce the desired properties of a welded substrate. Process solvent may be controllably metered into the device while substrate simultaneously may be moved through the orifice. At least the temperature, flow rate and flow characteristics of process solvent, and/or substrate feed rate may be monitored and/or controlled to impart desired properties in the finished welded substrate. The orifice size, shape, and configuration (e.g., diameter, length, slope, etc.) may be designed to limit or add to the stress to the substrate as process solvent is applied thereto as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS. 6A-6C. This design consideration may be particularly important for fine yarns or yarns that have not been combed to remove short fiber.
  • The specific configuration of the process solvent application zone 2 may be dependent at least on the specific chemistry used for the process solvent and/or process solvent system. For example, some process solvents and/or process solvent systems are efficacious to swell and mobilize biopolymers at relatively cold temperatures (i.e., LiOH-urea at approximately −5° C. or below) others (i.e., ionic liquids, NMMO, etc.) are efficacious at relatively high temperatures. Certain ionic liquids become efficacious above 50 C while NMMO may require temperatures greater than 90 C. Additionally, the viscosity of many process solvents and/or process solvent systems may be a function of temperature, such that the optimal configuration of various aspects of a process solvent application zone 2 (or other aspects of welding process) may be dependent on the temperature of the process solvent application zone 2, process solvent itself, and/or process solvent system. That is, when a specific process solvent and/or process solvent system is efficacious at a low temperature and is also relatively viscous at that low temperature, the equipment used to apply the process solvent and/or process solvent system to the substrate must be designed to accommodate those temperatures and viscosity. Within the efficacious temperature range of a given process solvent and/or process solvent system, further refinement of the temperature within that range, chemistry (e.g., addition and/or ratio of co-solvents, etc.) of the process solvent and/or process solvent system, configuration of apparatuses associated with the process solvent application zone 2, etc. may be made to result in the appropriate amount of viscous drag which appropriately applies process solvent to the substrate in way that results in a wetted substrate having the desired properties for remaining steps in the welding process. However, the specific operating temperature in the process solvent application zone 2 in no way limits the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • C. Process Temperature/Pressure Zone
  • Upon the application of process solvent to substrate, the wetted substrate may enter a welding process zone of at least controlled temperature, pressure, and/or atmosphere (composition) for a controlled amount of time. Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor, modulate, and/or control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or feed rate of process wetted substrate within the substrate feed zone 1. In particular, temperature may be controlled and/or modulated by utilizing chillers, convective ovens, microwave, infrared, or any number of other suitable methods or apparatuses.
  • In one aspect, the process solvent application zone 2 may be discrete from the process temperature/pressure zone 2. However, in another aspect according to the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured such that these two zones 2, 3 into one contiguous segment. For example, a welding process configured such that a substrate may be immersed in and moving through a process solvent bath for a particular time and under controlled temperature and pressure conditions would combine the process solvent application zone 2 and the process temperature/pressure zone 3. Generally, the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 together may be considered a welding zone.
  • In aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure where extrusion is performed, a die may be included within or at the end of the process temperature/pressure zone 3. Other aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure may also include equipment that forms a 1D, 2D, or 3D shape from loose substrate to which process solvent has been applied and which has moved through the process temperature/pressure zone 3.
  • D. Process Solvent Recovery Zone
  • Process solvents may be separated from the substrate within the process solvent recovery zone 4. In an aspect, a process solvent may contain salt that has little or no vapor pressure. To remove process solvent (at least a portion of which process solvent may be comprised of ions) from the substrate, a reconstitution solvent may be introduced. Upon application of a reconstitution solvent to the process wetted substrate, process solvent may move out of the substrate and into the reconstitution solvent. Although not required, in some aspects the reconstitution solvent may flow in a direction opposite to the movement of substrate so that the minimal amount of reconstitution solvent is required to recover process solvent using minimal time, space, and energy where applicable.
  • In an aspect of a welding process configured according to the present disclosure, the process solvent recovery zone 4 may also be a bath, a series of baths, or series of segments where reconstitution solvent flows opposed or across the process wetted substrate. Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or flow rate of reconstitution solvent within the process solvent recovery zone 4. Upon exiting this zone 4, the substrate may be wetted with the reconstitution solvent.
  • In an aspect, it may be optimal to configure a process solvent system with an ionic liquid process solvent in combination with a molecular additive and to configure the reconstitution solvent such that it is chemically similar to or chemically identical to the molecular additive. For process solvents comprised of ionic liquids, it may be beneficial to select a molecular additive comprised having a relatively low boiling point but a relatively high vapor pressure. Additionally, it may be beneficial for such molecular additives to be generally polar aprotic (as polar protic solvents generally may be more difficult to separate from ionic liquids and also tend to decrease the efficacy of ionic liquid-containing solvent systems), such as, but not limited to unless indicated in the following claims, acetonitrile, acetone, and ethyl acetate. For process solvents comprised of aqueous hydroxides (e.g., LiOH), it may be advantageous to select a reconstitution solvent that is comprised of water, which is polar protic. Configuring a welding process with a molecular additive that is chemically similar to or chemically identical to the reconstitution solvent may be beneficial to the economics of the welding process as it may simply the equipment and/or energy and/or time required for at least the process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, and solvent recycling 8. Additionally, as you raise the temperature of the reconstitution solvent and/or process solvent recovery zone 4, the time required for reconstitution may be greatly reduced, which may result in smaller overall length of the welding process and associated equipment, which may in turn reduce the complexity and/or variation in substrate tension and ability to control volume consolidation (as explained in further detail below).
  • Alternatively, a welding process may be configured with a reconstitution solvent makeup and temperature that yields a welded substrate having specific attributes. For example, in one welding process utilizing a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc and a reconstitution solvent comprised of water, the temperature of the water may affect the attributes of the welded yarn substrate as described in further detail below.
  • E. Drying Zone
  • Reconstitution solvent may be separated from the substrate within the drying zone 5. That is, the reconstituted wetted substrate may be converted into a finished (dried) welded substrate in the drying zone 5. Although not required, in one aspect, the drying gas may flow in a direction opposite to the movement of the reconstituted wetted substrate so that the minimal amount of drying gas may be required while drying the reconstituted wetted substrate via removal of the reconstitution solvent using minimal time, space, and/or energy where applicable. Equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and/or flow rate of gas within the drying zone 5.
  • The drying zone 5 may be configured such that during the drying process step, “controlled volume consolidation” is observed in the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or welded substrate. “Controlled volume consolidation” as used herein denotes the particular way in which the finished welded substrate shrinks in volume and/or conforms to a specific form factor upon drying and/or reconstitution. For example, in one dimensional substrates such as a yarn, controlled volume consolidation can happen either as the diameter of the yarn is reduced and/or as the length of the yarn is reduced.
  • Controlled volume consolidation can be limited in one or multiple directions/dimensions by appropriately constraining at least the reconstituted wetted substrate during the drying process. Moreover, the amount and type of process and/or reconstitution solvent utilized, the method of process and/or reconstitution solvent application (including degree and type of viscous drag, etc.) can affect the degree to which a reconstituted wetted substrate will attempt to shrink upon drying. For example, in a 1D substrate (e.g., yarn, thread), controlled volume consolidation can be limited to only reduction of the diameter by configuring the draying zone 5 such that the substrate is subjected to an appropriate amount of tension during one or more steps of the welding process (particularly the process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and/or welded substrate collection zone 6). In similar manner, in the example of a two-dimensional, sheet-type substrate, proper tension and pinning of the substrate at one or more steps of the welding process (particularly the process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and/or welded substrate collection zone 6) can constrain the controlled volume consolidation to only effect substrate thickness and not change the area (length and/or width) of the substrate. Alternatively, the sheet-type substrate may be allowed to undergo controlled volume reduction in one or more dimensional directions.
  • Controlled volume consolidation may be facilitated and/or limited by specialized equipment in the drying zone 5 that holds the reconstituted wetted substrate as it dries in order to control the directionality by which the substrate shrinks or to force the finished welded substrate to physically comply with a particular shape or form. For example, a series of rollers that prevent a cardboard-substitute type product from shrinking along the length or width of the roll, but that allow the material to contract in thickness. Another example is a mold onto which a reconstituted wetted substrate may be pressed so that it may take on and hold a particular 3D shape as it dries.
  • In one aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, the drying zone 5 may be configured such that the reconstituted wetted substrate may experience a pressure less than ambient pressure, and may be exposed to a relatively low amount of drying gas. In such a configuration, reconstituted wetted substrate may be freeze dried. This type of drying may be advantageous for preventing or minimizing the amount of shrinkage that occurs as the reconstitution solvent sublimes.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure wherein the reconstitution solvent employed is benign (e.g., water), then the drying zone 5 may be omitted such that the reconstituted wetted substrate may move straight to collection. For example, reconstituted wetted substrate configured as yarn might be rolled up on a collection reel and then air dried after and/or during collection.
  • F. Welded Substrate Collection Zone
  • The welded substrate collection zone 6 may be the portion of the welding process where welded substrates (e.g., finished composites) are collected. In certain aspects of the present disclosure, the welded substrate collection zone 6 may be configured as a roll of materials (e.g., a coil of yarn, cardboard-substitute, etc.). The welded substrate collection zone 6 may employ saws or stamps that cut sheets and/or shapes from, for example, welded substrate configured as a composite extrusion. In an aspect, automated stacking equipment may be utilized to package bundles of finished composites. Additionally, in the example of a 1D welded substrate that is wound and packaged, the method of winding and packaging may be configured to affect one or more variables affecting the viscous drag of the welding process.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates), it may be advantageous to employ an apparatus that may roll the welded substrate into a coil over a cylindrical or tube-like structure either immediately after the process solvent application zone 2 or immediately after the process temperature/pressure zone. The apparatus may be used to produce a three-dimensional, tube-like structure from a one-dimensional substrate prior to the substrate entering the process solvent recovery zone 4. In so doing, the substrate may conform to the new tube-like shape. It is contemplated that such an apparatus may be especially useful when employed in a welding process configured at least in part to produce functional composite materials from yarn substrates that contain functional materials (e.g., catalysts embedded within yarns) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In another aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates), it may be advantageous to employ an apparatus that may knit or weave the substrate immediately after the process solvent application zone 2 or immediately after the process temperature/pressure zone 3. The apparatus may be configured to produce a fabric structure from the substrate prior to entering the process solvent recovery zone 4. Such an apparatus may be configured such that the welding process may produce 2D fabrics with unique properties that cannot be achieved through other means of manufacturing.
  • In yet another aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure configured for use with certain 1D substrates (e.g., yarn and/or similar substrates), it may be advantageous to employ an apparatus that may produce a coiled package of yarn (e.g., a traverse cam). Such an apparatus may be configured to roll welded substrate into coil-like packages that may be unwound at a later time without becoming entangled.
  • G. Solvent Collection Zone
  • As described above, process solvent may be washed from the process wetted substrate by the reconstitution solvent within the process solvent recovery zone 4. Accordingly, in one aspect the reconstitution solvent may mix with various portions of the process solvent (e.g., ions and/or any molecular constituents, etc.). This mixture (or relatively pure process solvent or reconstitution solvent) may be collected at an appropriate point within the solvent collection zone 7. In one aspect, the collection point may be positioned near the entry point of the process wetted substrate. Such a configuration may be especially useful for configurations utilizing counter flow of reconstitution solvent with respect to process wetted substrate due to the concentration of process solvent constituents within the process wetted substrate being lowest at a point wherein the concentration thereof in the reconstitution solvent is lowest. This configuration may result in less reconstitution solvent usage as well as ease separating and recycling the process and reconstitution solvents.
  • In the solvent collection zone 7, various equipment and instrumentation may be utilized to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and flow rate of reconstitution solvent, process wetted substrate, and/or reconstitution wetted substrate.
  • H. Solvent Recycling
  • In an aspect, a welding process according to the present disclosure may be configured to collect the mixed solvent (e.g., part reconstitution solvent and part process solvent), relatively pure process solvent, and/or relatively pure reconstitution solvent may be collected and recycled. Various equipment and/or methods may be used to separate, purify, and/or recycle reconstitution solvent and process solvent. Any know method(s) and/or apparatus(es) or those later developed may be used to separate the reconstitution solvent and the process solvent, and the optimal equipment for such separation will depend at least on the chemical compositions of the two solvents. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited by the specific apparatus(es) and/or method(s) used to separate the reconstitution solvent and process solvent, which apparatuses and/or methods may include but are not limited to simple distillation of a co-solvent and/or ionic liquid (e.g., the method disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,382,926), fractional distillation, membrane-based separations (such as pervaporation and electrochemical cross-flow separation), and supercritical CO2 phase. After the reconstitution solvent and process solvent have been adequately separated, the respective solvents may be recycled to the appropriate zone within the process.
  • I. Mixed Gas Collection
  • As previously described above, reconstitution solvent engaged with the reconstituted wetted substrate may be removed therefrom in the drying zone 5. In an aspect, either mixed gas comprised of a carrier drying gas with a portion of reconstitution solvent gas therein or reconstitution solvent gas may be collected from the drying zone 5. Equipment and/or instrumentation may be used to monitor and control at least the temperature, pressure, composition, and flow rate of gases collected.
  • J. Mixed Gas Recycling
  • As gas(es) are collected, they may be sent to equipment that separates and recycles either the carrier drying gas, reconstitution solvent, or both. In one aspect, this equipment may be a single or multiple stage condenser technology. Separation and recycling may also include gas permeable membranes and other technologies without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Depending on the choice of carrier gas, it may be vented to the atmosphere or returned to the drying zone 5. Depending on the choice of reconstitution solvent it may be either disposed of, or recycled to the process solvent recovery zone 4.
  • Generally, a welding process configured according to aspects of the preceding description may be configured to convert a natural fiber and/or particle containing substrate into a finished, welded substrate in a continuous and/or batch welding process utilizing a substrate feed zone 1, process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and welded substrate collection zone 6. In certain aspects, it may be critical to monitor and control the amount, composition, time, temperature, and pressure of the process solvent relative to the substrate.
  • 3. Welding Process Examples (FIGS. 1 & 2)
  • Referring to FIG. 1, a substrate may move with a controlled rate by any suitable method and/or apparatus (e.g., pushing, pulling, conveyor system, screw extrusion system etc.). In an aspect, a substrate may move through the substrate feed zone 1, process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and/or welded substrate collection zone 6 in a continuous fashion. However, the specific order in which a substrate passes from one zone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 to another may vary from one welding process to the next, and as mentioned previously in some aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure a substrate may move through a welded substrate collection zone 6 prior to moving to a drying zone 5. Additionally, in some aspects the substrate may remain relatively stationary while solvents and/or other welding process components and/or apparatuses move. At any point in a welding process configured according to the present disclosure automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment may be employed to monitor, control, report, manipulate, and/or otherwise interact with one or more component of the welding process and/or equipment thereof. Such automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment includes but is not limited to (unless otherwise indicated in the following claims) those that may monitor and control forces (e.g., tension) exerted on the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or the finished welded substrate. Generally, the various process parameters and apparatuses employed for a welding process may be configured to control the amount of viscous drag for the desired process solvent application. The various process parameters and apparatuses employed for a welding process may be configured to perform controlled volume consolidation to yield a welded substrate having the desired attributes, form factor, etc.
  • Still referring to FIG. 1, in an aspect of a welding process depicted therein, a process solvent loop may be defined as process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, and solvent recycling 8, after which the process solvent may again move to the process solvent application zone 2.
  • In another aspect of a welding process depicted in FIG. 1, a reconstitution solvent loop may be defined as two separate loops—one for reconstitution solvent in the liquid state and another for reconstitution solvent in a gaseous state. The liquid reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, and solvent recycling 8, after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the process solvent recovery zone 4. The gaseous reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling 10, after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the process solvent recovery zone 4. In an aspect of a gaseous reconstitution solvent loop, a portion of the reconstitution solvent may be carried into the drying zone 5 by the reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • In a welding process according to the present disclosure wherein a carrier gas is used, the carrier gas may be recycled in a loop comprised of drying zone 5, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling 10, after which the drying gas may again move to the drying zone 5.
  • For commercialization, recycling process solvent, reconstitution solvent, carrier gas, and/or other welding process components may be critical. Further, any loop for a process solvent, reconstitution solvent, carrier gas, and/or other welding process component may include a buffer tank, storage vessel, and/or the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. As described in further detail below, the specific choice of substrate, process solvent, reconstitution solvent, drying gas, and/or desired finished welded substrate may greatly impact at least the optimal welding process steps, order thereof, welding process parameters, and/or equipment to be used therewith.
  • In light of the foregoing description, it will be apparent that a welding process according to the present disclosure may be separated into discrete processing steps. For example, one welding process may be configured in the order of substrate feed zone 1, process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, and welded substrate collection zone 6, followed by storing or aging the process wetted substrate for some time and then at a later time performing the functions of the process solvent recovery zone 4 and/or drying zone 5. Again, in certain aspects one or more processing steps may be omitted (e.g., the drying zone 5 when water is used as the reconstitution solvent). Furthermore, in certain aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure, some processing steps may occur simultaneously, or the end of one processing step may naturally flow into the beginning of another processing step as described in further detail below.
  • Referring now to FIG. 2, which provides a schematic depiction showing various aspects of another welding process that may be configured to produce a welded substrate, the welding process depicted therein is similar to that depicted in FIG. 1, but in FIG. 2 the process temperature/pressure zone 3 and process solvent recovery zone 4 may be blended into one contiguous welding process step rather than constitute discrete welding process steps. Additionally, the welding process depicted in FIG. 2 may employ two mixed gas collection zones 9 and the solvent collection zone 7 may primarily collect process solvent such that the solvent recycling may be primarily adapted for process solvent (as opposed to a mixture of process solvent and reconstitution solvent). It is contemplated that such a configuration may provide certain advantages related to equipment simplification and/or consolidation. In various welding processes according to the present disclosure, a process solvent recovery zone 4 may be configured such that the reconstitution solvent and process wetted substrate move opposite with respect to one another as depicted schematically in FIG. 2A.
  • In an aspect of a welding process configured according to FIG. 2, the welding process may be adapted for use wherein the reconstitution solvent is a component of the process solvent (e.g., a process solvent comprised of a mixture of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate with acetonitrile and a reconstitution solvent of acetonitrile). In such a configuration, some advantages of which are described in further detail below, a portion of the volatile acetonitrile could be captured and separated from the process solvent at any point in the welding process at which process solvent is present via any suitable method and/or apparatus including but not limited to a controlled low pressure environment, carrier gas, and/or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Generally, 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate in sufficient concentration may disrupt intermolecular forces in certain substrates (e.g., the hydrogen bonding in cellulose). Accordingly, the combination of the process temperature/pressure zone 3 and process solvent recovery zone 4 may constitute a general welding process zone at any location therein where the mole ratio of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate to acetonitrile is appropriate to cause the desired characteristics of disruption of intermolecular forces in the substrate. This general welding process zone may also constitute all or a portion of a reconstitution and recycling zone if proper flow rates, temperatures, pressures, other welding process parameters, etc. are properly designed and/or controlled.
  • Still referring to FIG. 2, the substrate may again move through a welding process with a controlled rate using any suitable method and/or apparatus (e.g., pushing, pulling, conveyor system, screw extrusion system, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. In an aspect, the substrate may move through the substrate feed zone 1, process solvent application zone 2, a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and/or welded substrate collection zone 6 in a continuous fashion. However, the specific order in which a substrate passes from one zone 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 to another may vary from one welding process to the next, and as mentioned previously in some aspects of a welding process according to the present disclosure a substrate may move through a welded substrate collection zone 6 prior to moving to a drying zone 5. Additionally, in some aspects the substrate may remain relatively stationary while solvents and/or other welding process components and/or apparatuses move. At any point in a welding process configured according to the present disclosure automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment may be employed to monitor, control, report, manipulate, and/or otherwise interact with one or more component of the welding process and/or equipment thereof. Such automation, instrumentation, and/or equipment includes but is not limited to (unless otherwise indicated in the following claims) those that may monitor and control forces (e.g., tension) exerted on the substrate, process wetted substrate, reconstituted substrate, and/or the finished welded substrate.
  • Still referring to FIG. 2, in an aspect of a welding process depicted therein, a process solvent loop may be defined as process solvent application zone 2, a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4, (process) solvent collection zone 7, after which the process solvent may again move to the process solvent application zone 2.
  • In another aspect of a welding process depicted in FIG. 2, a reconstitution solvent loop may be defined as two separate loops—one for reconstitution solvent in the liquid state and another for process solvent in a gaseous state. The liquid reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of a combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4, and one or more mixed gas collection zones, and after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4. The gaseous reconstitution solvent loop may be comprised of the drying zone 5, at least one mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling 10, after which the reconstitution solvent may again move to the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4. In an aspect of a gaseous reconstitution solvent loop, a portion of the reconstitution solvent may be carried into the drying zone 5 by the reconstituted wetted substrate.
  • In a welding process according to the present disclosure wherein a carrier gas is used, the carrier gas may be recycled in a loop comprised of drying zone 5, at least one mixed gas collection 8, and mixed gas recycling 10, after which the drying gas may again move to the drying zone 5.
  • In an aspect of the welding process depicted in FIG. 2, the welding process may also include a carrier volatile capture loop, which loop may be comprised of the combination of a process temperature/pressure zone 3 and a process solvent recovery zone 4, at least one mixed gas collection 8, and mixed gas recycling 10. In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure wherein the reconstitution solvent may be present in the process solvent, the welding process may include more than one carrier gas loops. For example, if the process solvent were configured as a mixture of 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate with acetonitrile, acetonitrile could serve as the reconstitution solvent.
  • It is contemplated that for certain welding processes, it may be advantageous to include one or more electronically controlled valves, drive wheels, and/or substrate guides (e.g., yarn guides that provide a new loose end or broken yarn end to be (re)threaded through an apparatus of a welding process with little or no human intervention). It is contemplated that a welding process so configured may reduce the both the amount of downtime for the welding process and the amount of human contact required for the welding process compared to a welding process not so configured.
  • In an aspect, a process solvent recovery zone 4 may be configured such that the process wetted substrate may be collected while reconstitution solvent is introduced to the process wetted substrate. For example, in a welding process configured to use yarn and/or thread as a substrate, a winding mechanism can be placed at the end of the process temperature/pressure zone 3. In an aspect, the winding mechanism can be enclosed such that as reconstitution solvent is introduced to the process wetted substrate (e.g., by spraying), the process wetted substrate may be washed continuously and converted into a reconstituted wetted substrate. Such a configuration can lead to a great simplification of the overall welding process in that the substrate need not run continuously from the process solvent recovery zone 4 to the drying zone 5. Instead, the reconstitution can happen more as a batch process, whereby a specific portion of substrate (e.g., cylinder or ball of yarn rolled into a continuous untangled entity) may be produced and reconstituted. At a certain point, the reconstituted wetted package can be transferred into a secondary reconstitution process and/or sent to the drying zone to remove the reconstitution solvent.
  • In another aspect, a welding process configured as a continuous process wherein the substrate may move continuously from the process temperature/pressure zone 3 to the process solvent recovery zone 4 to the drying zone 5. In such a configuration, the tension forces on the substrate may be additive, and can sometimes cause breakage, which may be highly problematic to the efficiency of the welding process. Accordingly, a welding process may be configured with rollers, pulleys, and/or other suitable methods and/or apparatuses to aid the movement of the substrate through the welding process to mitigate and/or eliminate breakage.
  • Additionally and/or alternatively, a welding process may be configured to reduce the amount of tension the substrate experiences during all or a portion of the welding process. In such a configuration, the substrate may move through a specified space in which reconstitution solvent may be applied to the process wetted substrate (e.g., via an applicator as described in further detail below) instead of moving the substrate through individual tubes (which also may be expensive and make rethreading more difficult). Such a configuration may be used with any substrate format, and it is contemplated that such a configuration may be especially useful for 1D substrates (e.g., yarns and/or threads) either alone or in a sheet-like configuration comprised of multiple individual substrates positioned adjacent one another and/or 2D substrates (e.g., fabrics and/or textiles). A process solvent recovery zone 4 so configured may mitigate and/or eliminate friction on the substrate and/or buildup of unnecessary tension, which may increase the throughput of substrate through the welding process.
  • 4. Solvent Application Zone: Apparatuses/Methods
  • Various aspects of the concept of viscous drag as it pertains to process solvent application are shown in FIG. 6A, which provides a cutaway view of an apparatus that may be used in a process solvent application zone 2. Note that natural fiber substrates may have variance in the density of fiber per unit cross-section and/or area. It is possible to modulate process solvent application to the substrate such that the ratio of mass of process solvent applied per unit mass of substrate is well controlled. This can be accomplished by actively monitoring the variance of the substrate with appropriate sensors and using this data to control the speed of process solvent pumps and/or the speed of the substrate through the process solvent application zone and/or the process solvent composition. Alternatively, it is possible to engineer points of viscous drag that apply the appropriate squeezing force and/or shear on a process wetted substrate in order to control the process solvent application. The design of viscous drag can include small volumes that allow process solvent to appropriately pool. In so doing, the process solvent can be applied such that the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate maybe either held at a stable value or modulated within a desired tolerance. (Modulated fiber welding processes are described in more detail below.)
  • In one aspect of a welding process (either modulated or non-modulated without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims), the welding process may be configured to apply a process solvent via an injector. In one configuration of the injector, the injector may be comprised of a narrow tube with two inlets and one outlet. Substrate comprised of yarn (or other 1D substrate) may enter one inlet and process solvent may flow into the other inlet. The process wetted substrate (yarn with process solvent applied thereto) may exit the outlet. An injector may be comprised of additional inlets for adding functional materials, additional process solvent, and/or other components. As previously described above herein, the process wetted substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile with process solvent applied) may be passed to the process temperature/pressure zone 3 after the process solvent application zone 2.
  • As shown in FIG. 6A, an injector 60 may be configured for use with either a 1D or 2D substrate (e.g., yarn or fabric, respectively). An injector may include a substrate input 61 opposite a substrate outlet 64. An injector 60 may be configured to deliver controlled quantities of process solvent to one or more substrates (which substrates may be comprised of fabric, textiles, yarn, thread, etc.) and generally may be further configured to appropriately distribute that process solvent around and within the substrate. For example, in a non-modulated welding process it may be desirable to evenly distribute the process solvent throughout a given substrate, whereas in a modulated welding process it may be desirable to vary the distribution of process solvent in a given substrate.
  • One example of an injector 60 so configured may be comprised of a shell having T-shaped cross section, wherein a 1D or 2D substrate may enter and exit the injector through a relatively straight path. A process solvent may be pumped through a secondary input, which may be in a path generally perpendicular to that of the substrate. Such a configuration of an injector 60 is shown in FIG. 6A.
  • As shown in FIG. 6A, the injector 60 may include a substrate input 61 into which raw substrate (yarn, thread, fabric, textile, etc.) may be fed. The injector 60 may also include a process solvent input 62 that is in fluid communication with a portion of the substrate input 61. Accordingly, process solvent may flow into the injector 60 through the process solvent input 62 and engage the substrate adjacent an application interface 63. This portion of the injector 60 may constitute the process solvent application zone 2 as previously described above.
  • When configured for use with a 1D substrate, the portion of the injector 60 from the substrate input 61 to the substrate outlet 64 may be configured like a tube. When configured for use with a 2D substrate, that portion of the injector 60 may be configured as two plates spaced from one another (similar to the apparatus shown in FIG. 6C, which is described in further detail below).
  • The substrate and/or process wetted substrate may be positioned in the space between the two plates 82, 84, and at least one plate 82, 84 may be formed with at least one process solvent inputs 63.
  • A substrate outlet 64 may be engaged with a portion of the injector 60 generally opposite the substrate input 61. In one configuration of an injector 60, a substrate outlet 64 may be non-linear, as shown in FIG. 6A. The non-linear substrate outlet 64 may be configured to physically contact the exterior of a process wetted substrate to direct the process solvent to a desired portion of the substrate, which physical contact may be accomplished at least at one or more inflection points, which may provide a shearing force and/or compression force to the substrate. Additionally, a non-linear substrate outlet 64 may be configured to physically contact the exterior of a process wetted substrate. This physical contact may be an aspect of achieving the desired viscous drag of a given welding process. Physical contact may be configured to add additional smoothness to the exterior of the process wetted substrate to eliminate and/or reduce the amount of short hair/fibers on the resulting welded substrate. Physical contact with a process wetted substrate may also improve heat transfer from a process solvent to a substrate and/or process wetted substrate, which heat transfer may shorten the required processing time (e.g., welding time), thereby shortening the length of the welding chamber and reducing the space required for the equipment associated with a given welding process. Physical contact with the substrate and/or process wetted substrate may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying the dimensions (e.g., diameter, width, etc.) and/or curvature of the substrate input 61, application interface 63, and/or substrate outlet 64, and/or combinations thereof, positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Alternatively, an injector may be configured such that it is Y-shaped, and/or one or more injectors may be configured with multiple stages to add process solvents, functional materials, and/or other components at specific locations and under specific conditions at one or more points during a welding process.
  • In one aspect, an injector may be utilized in conjunction with a yarn receiver, wherein both the injector and the yarn receiver may be configured to slide on a rail system and/or other suitable method and/or apparatus allowing selective placement of the injector and yarn receiver along one dimension. A welding process configured to allow selective manipulation of one or more injectors and/or yarn receivers in at least one dimension (e.g., by allowing them to slide along the length of a rail system) may reduce the time and/or resources required to re-thread yarn and/or thread at any point in the welding process (and in particular, through the process temperature/pressure zone 3) compared to welding processes without such selective manipulation, and may simultaneously enable a high(er) density of welding processes to be multiplexed within a relatively small space.
  • For example, in a welding process configured with ‘n’ number of yarns being processed simultaneously, only the outer yarns are relatively easy to access. In the event an individual yarn breaks, this can make rethreading difficult. By having a removable, track mounted injector at the start of the substrate feed zone 1, process solvent application zone 2, and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3, one (a person or automation) can easily remove the injector, and move it to the end of a group of substrates positioned in the welding process for rethreading. It is contemplated that for some applications it may be advantageous to configure the injector in a clam-shell design, but can also be an assembly of tubes without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. That is, the injector can be designed in a ‘clam-shell’ configuration wherein at least two pieces of material enclose a yarn or group of yarns. This allows yarn to be initially loaded into the welding process machinery more easily and also is amenable to designing systems that provide appropriate viscous drag for multiple ends of yarn simultaneously.As any particular injector is removed, the other injectors may slide down one position to close the existing gap and create a new gap that is positioned at one edge of the apparatus(es) for the welding process. Working in concert, a series of receiving units positioned at or near the end of any given process zone may also move accordingly, such that individual yarns move into each of their new positions, respectively.
  • The optimal configuration of a receiving unit may vary from one aspect of a welding process to the next, and may depend on at least the size of the substrate, process solvent used, and/or type of substrate used. In one aspect, a receiving unit may be comprised of a simple pulley or yarn guide that directs yarn into the process solvent recovery zone 4 and/or drying zone 5. In another aspect, receiving units can be significantly more complex (i.e., winding mechanisms) depending on how the welding process is configured, such as the configuration of the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, and/or drying zone 5.
  • Another apparatus illustrating the concept of viscous drag as it pertains to process solvent application is shown in FIG. 6B. The apparatus, which may be configured as a tray 70, as shown in FIG. 6B may be configured for use with both 1D and 2D substrates. As shown, the tray 70 may be configured with one or more substrate grooves 72 formed in a surface of the tray 70. The tray 70 may have a plurality of grooves 72 such that process solvent may be applied to multiple substrates (1D substrates shown in FIG. 6B) simultaneously.
  • Although the grooves 72 shown in FIG. 6B may be linear, in other aspects of a tray 70 the grooves may be non-linear in a manner correlative to the injector 60 shown in FIG. 6A and the plates shown in FIG. 6C. That is, the tray 70 and grooves 72 thereof may be configured such that a portion of the tray 70 and/or grooves physically contact a portion of the substrate (which physical contact may constitute a consideration for optimizing viscous drag). Physical contact may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points, shear forces, compression, etc. in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying the depth of a groove 72, cross-sectional shape of a groove 72, width of a groove 72, curvature of a groove 72, and/or combinations thereof, and/or positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In one configuration, the spacing of the 1D substrates can be reduced to the point where many substrates essentially move together in a two-dimensional plan or a ‘sheet’ as further illustrated in FIG. 6C. In another configuration, the width of a groove 72 may be selected to allow a generally two-dimensional sheet of fabric and/or textile to move with respect to the tray 70 through the groove 72.
  • Generally, the process solvent may be continuously supplied to each groove 72 and/or a portion thereof such that as the substrate moves along the groove 72, process solvent is applied thereto so as to create a process wetted substrate. A groove 72 may be flooded with process solvent (in which configuration the groove 72 may function similar to a process solvent bath), and/or process solvent may be applied to a substrate adjacent a leading edge of the groove 72 and then properly wiped along an exterior portion of the substrate as the substrate moves toward a trailing edge of the groove. In one configuration of a welding process, a tray 70 may be angled with respect to the horizontal to utilize gravitational force on the process solvent, and the optimal angle may depend at least on the speed and direction of substrate movement with respect to the tray 70.
  • The optimal configuration of each groove 72 will vary from one application of a welding process to the next, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims. When configured for multiple 1D substrates that are laterally spaced from one another by a distance equal to or greater than the average diameter of each substrate, it is contemplated that the width of a groove 72 may be approximately equal to the depth there, and each dimension may be approximately 10% greater than the average diameter of the substrate.
  • The optimal cross-sectional shape of each groove 72 may also vary from one welding process to the next. For example, in some applications it may be optimal for the cross-sectional shape of a groove 72 (or at least the bottom portion thereof) to approximate and/or match the cross-sectional shape of the substrate (or at least a portion thereof). For example, when configured for use with a substrate comprised of a 1D yarn or thread, a groove 72 may be configured with a U-shaped cross-section. When configured for use with a substrate comprised of a 2D fabric or textile, a groove 72 may be configured with a width much greater (e.g., 10 times, 20 times, etc.) than its depth. However, the specific cross-sectional shape, depth, width, configuration, etc. of a groove 72 is in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • A configuration of a process solvent application zone 2 configured for use with a plurality of 1D substrates (which may be comprised of threads and/or yarns) approximating a 2D sheet is shown in FIG. 6C. The process solvent application zone 2 may employ a first plate 82 and a second plate 84 with corresponding curvature to create at least three points of physical contact (i.e., inflection points) in at least one dimension. In other configurations, the plates 82, 84 may be differently configured to create greater or fewer inflection points in one or more dimensions, wherein the inflection points are configured to applying more resistance to the substrate and/or process wetted substrate or less resistance thereto. Physical contact may be accomplished via a multitude of design considerations (to create inflection points in one, two, and/or three dimensions), including but not limited to varying distance between the plates 82, 84, curvature of either plate 82, 84, whether the concavity of a curve in one plate 82, 84 corresponds to the convexity of a curve in the other plate 82, 84, and/or combinations thereof, and/or positioning another structure adjacent a substrate and/or process wetted substrate (e.g., wiper, baffle, roller, flexible orifice, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In another configuration, the viscous drag may be variable based at least on the relative positions of one or more structural components. For example, and referring specifically to FIGS. 6D, 6E, and 6F, plates may be configured such that inner edges thereof overlap with one another by an adjustable amount. When the inner edges overlap by a greater amount, such as shown in FIG. 6E, a substrate positioned between the corresponding plates may experience greater physical resistance to movement relative to the plates. When the inner edges overlap by a lesser amount, such as shown in FIG. 6E, a substrate positioned between the corresponding plates may experience less physical resistance to movement relative to the plates. Adjustable overlap of as applied to a welding process configured for use with multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another is shown in FIG. Adjustability of the relative positions of the plates may allow for multiple process solvents to be used with a given apparatus and/or for a given apparatus to be employed in welding processes configured to produce welded substrates having differing attributes.
  • As described above relating to the concept of viscous drag and FIGS. 6A & 6B, the plates 82, 84 in FIGS. 6C, 6D, and 6E may be configured to control process solvent application. The designs shown in FIGS. 6A-6E are not meant to be limiting in any way unless so indicated in the following claims, and any suitable structure and/or method may be used to properly apply process solvent to a substrate and/or to properly interact with the substrate and/or process wetted substrate to achieve the desired attribute for the welded substrate. That is, the appropriate amount of viscous drag can be achieved by any number of structures (which structures can be moveable to preset tolerances to achieve the desired process solvent application effect) or methods, including and not limited to rollers, shaped edges, smooth surfaces, number and/or orientation of inflection points, resistance to relative movement, varying temperatures, etc. and unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • In another configuration of a welding process (either modulated or non-modulated without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims), the welding process may be configured to apply a process solvent via an applicator. In one configuration of the applicator, the application may be correlative to those used in inkjet printers, screen printing techniques, spray guns, nozzles, dip tanks, or inclined trays, and/or combinations thereof (some of which are shown at least in FIGS. 6A-6F and described in detail above) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. It is contemplated that the welding process may be configured such that when a substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile) is properly positioned with respect to an applicator, the applicator directs process solvent to the substrate, thereby creating process wetted substrate. Such a welding process may be configured such that process solvent and/or functional materials may be applied in a multidimensional pattern, which may be useful for embossing a pattern into a textile and/or fabric using the welding process. Such a pattern may constitute a modulated welding process (as described in further detail below), wherein the modulation is a result of at least the application of process solvent to a substrate. As previously described above herein, the process wetted substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile with process solvent applied) may be passed to the process temperature/pressure zone 3 after the process solvent application zone 2.
  • Referring generally to FIGS. 11A-11D, in a configuration of a modulated welding process using an injector or an applicator, the modulated welding process may allow for variation of the composition of the process solvent in real-time at least by controlling at least pump flow rate(s) of individual process solvent constituents. A modulated welding process may be configured to allow variation of the ratio of process solvent to substrate (either on a volume or mass basis) at least by controlling either the pump flow rate(s) of process solvent constituents and/or by variable rate of substrate movement through at least the process solvent application zone 2. A schematic overview for such a modulated welding process configured for use with a 2D substrate is shown in FIG. 11B and for use with a 1D substrate is shown in FIG. 11D, all of which are described in further detail below.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 11A (2D substrate) and 11C (1D substrate), a modulated welding process may be configured to allow the temperature to be modulated by any suitable method and/or apparatus, including but not limited to microwave heating, convection, conduction, radiation, and/or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. A modulated welding process may be configured to allow modulation of the pressure, tension, viscous drag, etc. experienced by the substrate and/or process wetted substrate. The combined effects of modulation of various parameters of a modulated welding process (including but not limited to the conditions previously mentioned) can produce unique welded substrates comprised of welded yarns that exhibit unique dye and/or coloration patterns as well as unique feel and/or finish.
  • Conversely, as previously described, a welding process may be configured to yield welded substrates with consistent characteristics (e.g., coloration, size, shape, feel, finish, etc.) throughout by configuring the welding process to run very consistently without modulation of various process parameters (e.g., process solvent composition, process solvent to substrate mass ratio, temperature, pressure, tension, etc.).
  • In one aspect of a welding process configured for scaled production of welded substrates from multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another (e.g., a sheet-like structure comprised of multiple yarns positioned adjacent on another), multiple ends of yarn can be moved as a sheet, which may provide improved economies of scale for some welding processes. The same concepts and principles regarding welding processes configured for 2D substrates (e.g., fabrics, paper substrates, textiles, and/or composite mat substrates) as disclosed herein may be applicable to multiple 1D substrates positioned adjacent one another.
  • By way of analogy, a welding process configured to weld multiple 1D substrates in a sheet-like configuration may be similar as to a welding process configured to weld a 2D substrate (e.g., a fabric and/or textile), but it is contemplated that the welding process for 1D substrates may have some important differences. Such differences may include, but are not limited to, accommodations (e.g., yarn guides) to mitigate and/or eliminate the likelihood of one substrate becoming entangled with itself and/or another substrate (e.g., individual yarns), and process solvent application may utilize either injectors for individual yarns or groups of yarns. Alternatively, a welding process may be configured such that no injector is required if process solvent is applied directly to the 1D substrates in a sheet-like configuration by spraying, dropping, wicking, dunking, and/or otherwise introducing process solvent in a controlled rate onto the sheet-like configuration. Accordingly, in accordance with the present disclosure various apparatuses and/or methods may be configured to yield a highly multiplexed welding process that scales to mass production.
  • A. Low-Moisture Substrates
  • Cellulosic (i.e., cotton, linen, regenerated cellulose, etc.) and lignocellulosic (i.e., industrial hemp, agave, etc.) fibers are known to contain significant (5 to 10% by mass) moisture. Moisture levels in, for example, cotton can vary from roughly 6 to 9% depending on the environmental temperature and relative humidity. In addition, IL-based solvents such as 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolum chloride (“BMIm Cl”), and 1,5-diaza-bicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-enium acetate (“DBNH OAc”) are often contaminated with water either during syntheses and/or by absorption from the environment. Moreover, molecular component additives to the process solvent, such as acetonitrile (ACN) are also hydroscopic. Generally, the presence of water negatively impacts the efficacy of pure ionic liquids and IL-based solvents with molecular component additives to dissolve biopolymer substrates. However, it may be difficult and/or resource intensive to remove the last few percentage points (by mass) of water from these solutions. The cost of ionic liquids and IL-based solvents may be directly correlated with their purity, and in particular, with moisture content. Accordingly, a welding process may be configured to utilize low-moisture substrates to increase the performance of welded substrates as well as improve the overall economy of such a welding processes.
  • In addition to aiding welding processes using ionic liquid and IL-based process solvents, low-moisture substrate materials can also aid fiber welding processes that utilize N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMMO) as a process solvent as well. Generally, NMMO solutions that are 4% to 17% by mass water are capable of cellulose dissolution and may be utilized in Lyocell-type processes. Utilizing sufficiently dry biopolymer-containing substrate materials means that welding processes may be configured with process solvents having a water content at the upper end (˜17% by mass) and still efficiently and economically produce the desired welded substrate. In a welding process configured to use a process solvent comprised of ionic liquids that are moisture sensitive (e.g., 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolium chloride (“BMIm”) Cl, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1,5-diaza-bicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-enium acetate (“DBNH OAc”), etc.), the amount of moisture in the substrate may affect the rate at which welding occurs, and therefore associated process parameters and apparatus design. In welding processes configured to use process solvents that are less moisture sensitive (e.g., NMMO, LiOH-urea, etc.) than certain ionic liquids disclosed above, the advantages of a relatively dry substrate are reduced and/or eliminated.
  • Accordingly, experiments have shown the surprising results of welding processes configured to use biopolymer substrates that have been artificially dried to low moisture states (<5% by mass) prior to welding. Low-moisture substrates may speed up the welding processes while simultaneously improving the quality (i.e., strength, lack of stray fiber, etc.) of welded substrates. Even more surprising is that water is removed from ionic liquids and IL-based process solvents by the strong desiccating nature of low-moisture biopolymer substrates. In one aspect, water may be removed from ionic liquids and IL-based process solvents that are reconstituted by non-aqueous media, for example, ACN. In fact, low-moisture substrates purify both process solvents and reconstitution solvents of water as they are continuously recycled through the fiber welding process.
  • Low-moisture substrate materials may be obtained by preconditioning materials in sufficiently dry (and sometimes warm, for example ˜40 to 80° C.) atmospheres for controlled time prior to being introduced into a welding process that utilizes a process solvent comprised of, for example, moisture-sensitive ionic liquid. It may be important that biopolymer-containing substrates be held in controlled climates prior to and during a welding process. Furthermore, intentionally introducing water to specific regions of space within a biopolymer substrate may serve to retards welding in that location and may allow for another method to modulate a welding process, several methods for which are described herein below.
  • Generally, experiments have shown that a welding process configured to utilize an artificially dry substrate (e.g., a substrate that has been dried prior to introduction into the substrate feed zone 1 and/or a substrate that is dried in all or a portion of the substrate feed zone 1) yields surprising new synergies that improve the economics of the welding process and/or the welded substrates produced thereby. For example, drying cotton substrates to less than 5% moisture by mass can dramatically improve the consistency and/or control of welding when utilizing BMIm Cl+ACN solutions (or other moisture-sensitive process solvent systems). Moreover, upon continuously utilizing dry cotton substrates and upon recycling the process solvent multiple times, experiments have shown that the water content of both process solvents (e.g., BMIm Cl+ACN) and reconstitution solvents (e.g., ACN) may be decreased so long as equipment is appropriately sealed from external water (e.g., water in the atmosphere). The desiccating nature of the dried cotton substrate increases as the moisture content decreases. In other words, cotton that is 3% by mass water is more desiccating than cotton that is 4% by mass water.
  • 5. Attributes of Welded Substrates Produced at Commercial Scale
  • The foregoing description discloses attributes of various new materials (which materials generally are referred to as 1D welded substrates and 2D welded substrates) that may be produced using a welding process according to the present disclosure. The following attributes are novel and non-obvious in light of the prior art because these attributes are only present in the following materials when those materials are manufactured in large quantities (e.g., on a commercial scale). The material attributes may allow for manufacturing cost reductions in textiles as well as enabling new uses for natural substrate (e.g., cotton) containing textiles.
  • It is well known that petroleum-based materials (e.g., polyester, etc.) may be configured to produce both filament-type yarns and staple fiber yarns. As used herein, the term “staple fiber yarns” denotes yarns that are spun from fibers having relatively short, discrete lengths (staple fiber). However, prior to the processes and apparatuses disclosed herein, there was no filament-type yarn derived from natural staple fibers wherein the natural staple fibers (and, consequently, a filament-type yarn derived therefrom) retain a measure of their original attributes, structure, etc. of the staple fiber. The processes and apparatuses disclosed herein may be differentiated from all prior teaching regarding Rayon, Modal, Tencel®, etc. wherein manmade staple fiber is produced via full dissolution and/or derivatization of cellulose and then extruded (which full dissolution may be accomplished using NMMO, ionic-liquid based systems, etc.). In the cases of Rayon, Modal, Tencel®, etc., cellulosic precursors are fully dissolved and denatured in such a way that it is virtually impossible to determine the cellulosic source (e.g., beechwood tree pulp, bamboo pulp, cotton fiber, etc.) from which the staple fiber was derived. By contrast, welded substrates produced according to the present disclosure retain certain attributes, characteristics, etc. of the staple fiber in the substrate as described in further detail below. In retaining these native attributes, characteristics, etc., the present methods and apparatuses use a relatively small amount of process solvent per unit of welded substrate relative to the prior art, and even while enabling new functionalities (e.g., decreased water retention, increased strength, etc.) traditionally associated with synthetic and/or petroleum-based filament-type yarns. These new welded substrates and functionalities thereof, in turn, enable entire new fabric applications not possible with the prior art. The degree to which welded substrates express and/or exhibit these functionalities may depend at least on the configuration of the welding process used to manufacture the welded substrate.
  • Included within 1D welded substrates that may be manufactured using a welding process according to the present disclosure are non-plied ‘singles’ and plied yarns and threads as well as “welded yarn substrates.” Although the foregoing attributes and examples may be attributable to welded yarn substrates, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited and the term “1D welded substrate” is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims.
  • Generally, welded yarn substrates are differentiated from conventional raw yarn substrates counterparts at least by: (1) the amount of empty space between the individual fibers that make up yarns, as welded yarn substrates are significantly more dense than conventional raw substrate counterparts having a mean diameter that is roughly 20% to 200% smaller than conventional yarns that have an equivalent weight of biopolymer substrate per unit length; and (2) welded yarn substrates do not generally have much if any loose fiber at their surface and thus do not shed (and the amount and characteristics of any loose fiber at their surface may be manipulated during the welding process). Specific empirical data for welded substrates and the corresponding natural fiber substrate are explained in detail below.
  • Generally, when loose fiber is present at the surface of a welded yarn substrate, at least some portion of the loose fiber is welded to the welded yarn substrate. That is to say, fiber is not really loose to be separated from the welded yarn substrate, but is instead anchored to a core of welded fibers within the middle of the welded yarn substrate. This may occur if the process solvent tends to migrate to the center of the substrate yarns during the welding process. However, the welding process may be configured to limit or promote welding within either the core or at the outside portion of a yarn substrate by varying at least the composition of process solvent and/or to adding multiple process solvent compositions at different times.
  • The two attributes listed above alone and/or in combination may be desirable/advantageous for a number of reasons. For example, a cotton yarn that does not shed can be knit with Spandex (also known as Lycra or elastane) or other synthetic fibers more efficiently because the amount of loose fiber (lint) is reduced and/or eliminated so that it does not cause problems with knitting machines. Lint and shedding is a known problem in the textile industry in that it causes imperfections in textiles and down time for equipment that must be cleaned and/or fixed because of lint build up. Static cling causes loose fiber to naturally adhere to synthetic fibers and is problematic. Welded yarn substrates significantly reduce these issues because shedding is eliminated and/or mitigated. Fabrics and/or textiles produced from a welded yarn substrate and Spandex (or Lycra, etc.) may be useful as active wear (e.g., shirts, pants, shorts, etc.) and/or undergarments (e.g., underwear, bras, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Welded yarn substrates may be manufactured such that they are stronger than their conventional raw substrate counterparts (of similar weight per unit length as well as per unit diameter). Welded yarn substrates can eliminate the need for “slashing” (or “sizing”) during the production of woven materials (e.g., denim). Yarn slashing is the process by which sizing (e.g., starch) is applied to a yarn (most often prior to weaving) in order to make it strong enough to undergo the weaving process. Upon a woven textile being produced, the sizing must be washed away. Yarn slashing not only adds expense, but is also resource (e.g., water) intensive. Slashing is also not permanent in that upon removal of sizing, yarns return to their original (lessor) strength. In contrast, the welding process may be configured to strengthen the resulting welded yarn substrate compared to conventional yarn such that slashing is not required, thus saving expense and resources while adding a more permanent improvement of strength.
  • Skew is a fabric condition in which the warp and weft yarns, although straight, are not at right angles to each other. This originates from the fact that conventional yarns are twisted during manufacture and therefore biased to untwist (unravel). Fabrics manufactured from welded yarn substrates may have the attribute that they skew much less aggressively than fabrics manufactured from conventional raw substrate counterparts because welded yarn substrates may have the attribute that they cannot untwist (unravel) after the welding process because individual fibers may be fused/welded.
  • Welded yarn substrates may convert low-twist yarns, yarns with shorter fiber length, and/or yarns produced from lower-quality fiber (e.g., fiber of different denier) into higher-value, stronger welded yarn substrates. For example, in conventional yarns, the twist factor is strongly correlated with strength. More twists per unit length costs more money. Low-twist yarn used as a substrate for a welding process according to the present disclosure may result in a welded yarn substrate that is much stronger than the conventional yarn substrate because of how the welding process may be configured to fuse individual fibers.
  • Welded yarn substrates can convert uncombed yarns into higher value, stronger welded yarn substrates. In conventional yarns, the combing process removes short fiber from sliver to yield higher strength yarn further down the manufacturing chain. Combing is machine and energy intensive and adds cost to the manufacture of yarn. Welded yarn substrates produced from a substrate comprised of sliver that was not combed may result in a welded yarn substrate that is much stronger than the conventional yarn substrate because the welding process may be configured to fuse short and long fibers to enhance strength. The welding process may be configured to produce stronger yarn at significant cost savings.
  • Textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may have that attribute that they hold their shape and do not have the tendency and/or propensity to shrink as much as fabrics manufactured from conventional yarns. Because a welding process may be configured to result in welded yarn substrates having significantly less (little to no) loose fiber at their surfaces compared to conventional yarn, textiles can be produced from the welded yarn substrates with a much lower fill factor than those produced from conventional yarn, and in ways that are akin to what is done with single filament synthetic yarns (e.g., polyester).
  • Referring now to FIGS. 12A & 12B, which provide SEM images of a raw denim 2D substrate, and the resulting welded 2D substrate (using the raw substrate from FIG. 12A as a starting material), respectively, increased engagement between adjacent fibers may be readily visually observed for the welded substrate compared to the raw substrate. The increased engagement between adjacent fibers may provide various attributes to the welded substrate not present in the raw substrate, including but not limited to increased stiffness, lower moisture absorption, and/or increased rate of drying.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 12C & 12D, which provide SEM images of a raw knit 2D substrate, and the resulting welded 2D substrate (using the raw substrate from FIG. 12C as a starting material), respectively, increased engagement between adjacent fibers may be readily visually observed for the welded substrate compared to the raw substrate. The increased engagement between adjacent fibers may provide various attributes to the welded substrate not present in the raw substrate, including but not limited to increased stiffness, lower moisture absorption, and/or increased rate of drying.
  • In a welding process configured to act on a 2D substrate (e.g., a welding process configured to produce a welded substrate similar to that shown in FIGS. 12B or 12D), adding solubilized polymer (to the substrate and/or process solvent) and/or increasing the pressure on the process wetted substrate during the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may promote increased interlayer adhesion when making multiple layered and/or laminate composites. Generally, the degree to which the substrate is welded (e.g., high, moderate, low) may affect the flexibility of the resulting welded substrate.
  • In addition to increased burst strength, fabric such as that shown in FIGS. 12B and 12D may exhibit an enormous increase in the score of the fabric when tested using the Martindale Pill Test. For example, a fabric comprised of raw yarn substrate that would score 1.5 or 2 on this test increases to 5 if that fabric is subjected to a welding process that performed even a moderate amount of the appropriate welding on the substrate.
  • Welded yarn substrates may have superior moisture wicking and absorption properties compared to conventional yarns, specifically conventional cotton yarn. As such, welded yarn substrates may dry more quickly than conventional yarns and thereby provide associated cost and resource reduction. Coupled with less tendency and/or propensity to shrink, fabrics constructed of welded yarn substrates may have much greater utility in activewear (e.g., sportswear), intimate apparel (e.g., lingerie), etc. where the combination of water management and lack of shrinkage are important attributes.
  • Textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may be configured to be much stronger for their weight compared with textiles produced from conventional yarns. Because the mean diameters of welded yarn substrates may be less than the mean diameters of conventional yarns for a given weight yarn, the burst strength of textiles manufactured using welded yarn substrates is observed to increase significantly.
  • Additionally, textiles produced from welded yarn substrates may be configured to allow wide variations and controllable results in the “hand” of the textile (e.g., feel, texture, etc.) and finish because a welding process may be configured to add a coating to the substrate and/or adjust the depth of process solvent penetration in the substrate. For example, in an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to coat a yarn substrate with solubilized cellulose as a film, which may greatly change the smoothness of the outside of the resulting welded yarn substrate as compared to the conventional raw substrate counterpart.
  • Included within 2D welded substrates that may be manufactured using a welding process according to the present disclosure are welded substrate cardboard, welded substrate paper-type, and/or welded substrate paper-substitute materials. Although the foregoing attributes and examples may be attributable to welded substrate paper-substitute materials, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited and the term “2D welded substrate” is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims. Generally, the materials and/or attributes thereof for 2D welded substrates may allow for manufacturing cost reductions of paper-type and construction materials as well as enabling new uses for these materials compared to conventional materials.
  • Generally, welded substrate paper-substitute materials may be differentiated from conventional raw substrate counterparts at least by the fact that welded substrate paper-substitute materials may contain significant amounts (e.g., greater than 10% by mass or volume) of lignocellulosic materials. Conversely, conventional cardboard and other paper material contain refined cellulose pulp with little or no lignocellulosic materials. A welding process according to the present disclosure may be configured to produce a welded substrate paper-substitute material containing significant amounts of lignocellulosic materials. Lignocellulosic materials may serve as both low cost filler and/or strengthening (reinforcement) agents. These welded substrate paper-substitute materials may allow for differentiation within the paper and cardboard industry that is not presently observed. For example, low-cost thermal sleeves for coffee cups, pizza, and other food delivery/packaging boxes, boxes for shipping applications, clothing hangers, etc. These welded substrate paper-substitute materials may be transformative in that the cost of pulping (e.g., Kraft pulping) is eliminated. Two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional welded substrates may be useful in applications utilizing paper and/or cardboard by providing stronger, and/or lighter materials such as diapers, cardboard substitute, paper substitute, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Some of the standard textile/fabric tests that have been used to verify and quantify the superior attributes of welded substrates compared to their raw substrate counterparts include, but are not limited to: (1) AATCC 135 (laundering test fabric); (2) AATCC 150 (laundering test garment); (3) ASTM D2256 (single end yarn test); (4) ASTM D3512 (pilling random tumble); and (5) ASTM D4970 (Martindale pill test). This list is not exhaustive, and other tests may be mentioned herein. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by the specific test and/or quantitative data for a particular raw substrate or welded substrate unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • 6. Specific Aspects of Various Welding Processes and Properties of Resulting Welded Substrates.
  • What follows is data for welded substrates manufactured using various methods and apparatuses according to the present disclosure. However, nothing in the following specific examples (e.g., process parameters used for producing the various welded substrates, the attributes, dimensions, configuration, etc. of the welded substrate) disclosed below is meant to limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims, and rather are for illustrative purposes.
  • One process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn (‘30 single’, tex=19.69 weight yarn). A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of such a substrate is shown in FIG. 7B, and an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 7C. Table 1.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 7C. In this configuration, process solvent application was accomplished via pulling the substrate through a 33-inch long tube, wherein the tube was filled with process solvent. Accordingly, such a configuration does not result in discrete process solvent application zone 2. At the end of tube, a flexible orifice (e.g., squeegee) was designed to physically contact the process wetted substrate to remove a portion of the process solvent from the exterior surface of the process wetted substrate and to distribute the process solvent properly with respect to the substrate.
  • A schematic representation of a welding process is shown in FIG. 7A, and that welding process may be configured to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C. The welding process shown in FIG. 7A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2, & 6A-6E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc. For brevity, the aspects of this welding process related to process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, solvent recycling 8, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted. Note that viscous drag was achieved by co-optimization of the process solvent composition, the temperature, the flexibility and size of the squeegee orifice, et cetera. Volume controlled consolidation of the welded substrates was limited to yarn diameter reduction only by controlling the linear tension on the process welded substrate and/or reconstituted wetted substrate during drying thereof in the drying zone and by the collection method of winding the welded substrate under controlled tension conditions. However, with 2D or 3D substrates, volume controlled consolidation of the welded substrate may limit the tension on a process wetted substrate, reconstituted wetted substrate, etc. in other dimensions, which may require controlling at least a first linear tension, a second linear tension, and/or a third linear tension.
  • TABLE 1.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio Solvent
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Type
    Process solvent 5.3 10.0 Approx. 4 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    zone/process
    pressure
    temperature zone:
    65
  • Table 1.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 7C utilizing the welding process shown in FIG. 7A. Note that in Table 1.1, “welding zone time” refers to the duration in which the substrate was positioned in the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3. This time represents roughly an order of magnitude reduction of welding time compared with the prior art. There are, of course, many processes that have been divulged for which samples are treated for minutes to hours. However, the prior art does not disclose partial solubilization-type processes that are able to achieve desired effects in such short durations. This significant reduction in welding time was only possible by co-optimizing process solvent chemistry with hardware and control systems engineered to achieve the desired effects. That is to say, by combining chemistry and hardware in ways that achieve the appropriate viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation to achieve surprising new effects in the finished welded yarn substrates. A plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 7D, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • Still referring to Table 1.1, “pull rate” refers to the linear rate at which the substrate moves through the welding process (which affects viscous drag), and “solvent ratio” refers to the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate.
  • Table 1.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 7C (as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate), which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. As used in Table 1.2, breaking strength denotes the average absolute force in grams at which the welded substrates. The normalized breaking strength is grams converted to centi-Newtons normalized by the weight of the raw yarn substrate (which for this sample was 19.69 tex). Percent elongation denotes displacement divided by gauge length times 100 at which breakage occurred.
  • TABLE 1.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    375 1.86 4.2
  • Another process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn. A schematic of such a welding process is shown in FIG. 8A. The welding process shown in FIG. 8A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2, & 6A-6E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc. For brevity, the aspects of this welding process related to process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, solvent recycling 8, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted. In this example, aspects of the apparatus for use with the welding process were specifically configured to increase the rate at which substrate comprised of yarn could be moved through the process. In specific, by separating the process solvent application 2 from the process temperature/pressure zone 3 using an injector 60 device analogous to that described in FIG. 6A.
  • Table 2.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 8C using the welding process depicted in FIG. 8A. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 2.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1. In this welding process, the temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 were held at different values to co-optimize both the desired amount of viscous drag and promote increased process solvent efficacy. In addition, by achieving process solvent application using a metering pump and applying viscous drag at key points throughout the process solvent application zone 2, it was possible to limit the frictional forces (e.g., shearing) on the yarn substrate to achieve greater tension control. This had the effect of additionally aiding the volume controlled reduction of the yarn substrate diameter. The overall design enabled faster total throughput than the previous example and is evident by comparing Table 1.1 with Table 2.1.
  • A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn that may be used with welding process of FIG. 8A is shown in FIG. 8B. An SEM image of the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 8C. Table 2.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate in FIG. 8C.
  • TABLE 2.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 14.4 11.0 2.85 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 78 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 74
  • Table 2.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 8C produced using the parameters described in Table 2.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrates, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 2.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2. A plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample is shown in FIG. 8D, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • TABLE 2.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    395 1.96 4.9
  • Another process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn or 10/1 open end spun cotton yarn. Such a process may be analogous to that shown schematically in FIG. 8A. Table 3.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture a welded substrate from a substrate comprised of 10/1 open end spun cotton yarn., and Table 3.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate and the raw substrate using a welding process with the parameters shown in Table. 3.1. Of course, these data are illustrative for attributes of a welded substrate that may be accomplished via a welding process and are not meant to limit the type of yarn substrates that can be welded and/or attributes of welded substrates unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Another process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc with ACN for application to a substrate comprised of raw yarn. A perspective view of various apparatuses that may be configured to perform such a welding process is shown in FIG. 9A. The welding process and apparatuses therefor shown in FIG. 9A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2, & 6A-6E regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc. For brevity, the aspects of this welding process related to process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, solvent recycling 8, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate that may be used with the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 9A is shown in FIG. 9B, and an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 9C. Table 3.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9K (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9C in that it is lightly welded). The process parameters for each column heading in Table 3.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Note that this welding process may configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. In particular, this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products. A selected number of welded yarn substrates are shown in FIGS. 9C-9E and 9I-9M.
  • TABLE 3.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 17.3 8.9 3.0 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 77 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 77
  • Table 3.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9K produced using the parameters described in Table 3.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 3.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2. A plot of the stress in grams versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate sample (such as the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 9C and 9K that has been lightly welded) is shown in FIG. 9G, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • TABLE 3.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    348 1.73 3.0
  • Table 4.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9L (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9D in that it is moderately welded). The process parameters for each column heading in Table 4.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Note that this welding process may configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. In particular, this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • TABLE 4.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 18.0 8.5 3.0 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 90 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 79
  • Table 4.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9L produced using the parameters described in Table 4.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 4.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • TABLE 4.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    365 1.82 2.2
  • Table 5.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIG. 9M (which is analogous to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9E in that it is highly welded). The process parameters for each column heading in Table 5.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Note that this welding process may configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. In particular, this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • TABLE 5.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 17.3 8.9 3.5 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 110 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 79
  • Table 5.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIG. 9M produced using the parameters described in Table 5.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 5.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • TABLE 5.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    353 1.76 1.8
  • A progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 9C-9E, all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A by varying the process parameters. In particular, the SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 9C, moderately welded substrate in FIG. 9D, and highly welded substrate in FIG. 9E. All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn. The terms “lightly,” “moderately,” and “highly” are not meant to be limiting in any sense, but rather meant to convey a relative, qualitative aspect unless otherwise indicated herein or in the following claims.
  • A test fabric produced from a lightly welded substrate (which welded substrate may be analogous to those shown in FIGS. 9C or 9K) is shown in FIG. 9F. The absolute attributes of fabrics knitted or woven from welded substrates may vary, and may be manipulated at least via the process parameters and degree of welding performed on the welded substrates comprising the fabric. Table 6.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate used for the fabric shown in FIG. 9F. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 6.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • TABLE 6.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Temperatures Rate Zone Time Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 18.0 8.5 3.0 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 90 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 79
  • Table 6.2 provides various attributes of the fabric comprised of three distinct samples of lightly welded substrates such as those from FIGS. 9C and 9K (using raw 30/1 ring spun yarn substrate) and for a corresponding fabric made using raw yarn substrate. The burst strengths were determined using ASTM D3786. The column heading “Burst Strength” refers to the absolute burst strength in pounds per square inch, and the column heading “Burst Strength Improve.” refers to the percent improvement of the fabric comprised of welded yarn substrates compared to that comprised of raw yarn substrates, which is the control.
  • TABLE 6.2
    Burst Strength Burst Strength
    Yarn used in Fabric (psi) Improve. %
    Control (raw substrate) 60.0
    Welded A (lightly welded substrate) 71.5 +19%
    Welded B (lightly welded substrate) 72.5 +21%
    Welded C (lightly welded substrate) 72.9 +21%
  • In addition to increased burst strength, fabric such as that shown in FIG. 9F may exhibit an enormous increase in the score of the fabric when tested using the Martindale Pill Test (ASTM D4970). For example, a fabric comprised of raw yarn substrate that would score 1.5 or 2 on this test would increase to 5 if that same raw yarn substrate was subjected to a welding process such that it was even moderately welded.
  • Another progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 9K-9M, all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A by varying the process parameters as described above related to the Tables associated with the welding process for producing each welded substrate. In particular, the SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 9K, moderately welded substrate in FIG. 9L, and highly welded substrate in FIG. 9M. All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn. Some mechanical properties of the yarns shown in FIGS. 9K-9M and that shown in FIGS. 9I & 9J are shown in Table 7.1, which provides a comparison of the same mechanical properties for the raw yarn substrate. In Table 7.1, “tenacity” refers to a weight normalized measure of strength, which is commonly used in the yarn and fiber industry.
  • TABLE 7.1
    Degree of Welding Tenacity (cN/dtex) Elongation
    Raw yarn 1.24 4.9%
    Lightly welded 1.73 3.0%
    Medium welded 1.82 2.2%
    Highly welded 1.76 1.8%
    Core-shell type welding 1.89 4.2%
  • Generally, increased strength is observed for welded substrates as compared to their raw substrate counterparts. As previously discussed, the fabric shown in FIG. 9F has a burst strength that is approximately 30% greater than that of a similar knitted control fabric produced from raw yarn substrate. Other improvements such as decreased time of drying (after laundering), increased abrasion resistance, and greater vibrancy of dyeing compared to raw substrate counterparts are also observed and will be discussed in further detail below. The absolute degree to which these attributes are observed may be controlled at least via the process parameters (e.g., the degree and quality of the welding process). The degree and quality of the welding process, in turn, may be a function of at least the co-optimization of process solvent application and viscous drag as well as controlled volume consolidation that occurs during various steps of a welding process.
  • Referring again to FIG. 9G, which shows a comparison of percent-elongation as a function of linear tension (in grams) applied to both a raw substrate and welded substrate, welded substrates exhibit superior mechanical properties. The welded substrate shown in FIG. 9C may be considered a “core welded” substrate, wherein the term “core welded” refers to welded substrates in which process solvent application and welding action have permeated the substrate relatively evenly throughout the substrate diameter.
  • The welded substrate shown in FIGS. 91 and 9J may be considered a “shell welded” substrate, wherein the term “shell welded” refers to a welded substrate that has been preferentially welded on the outer exterior surface of the substrate (i.e., so as to create a welded shell). As clearly shown in the center portion of the centrally positioned welded substrate shown in FIG. 9J, the welded shell is distinct from a minimally/non-welded core.
  • This shell welded substrate may be manufactured from a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn utilizing the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A. Table 8.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the shell welded substrate using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A to produce the welded substrate in FIGS. 9I & 9J. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 8.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • Note that this welding process may configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. In particular, this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products.
  • TABLE 8.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Rate Zone Time Ratio
    Temperatures (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 3.5 14.4 3.0 BMIm Cl:ACN
    application zone: 105 1:1 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 105
  • Table 8.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 91 & 9J produced using the parameters described in Table 8.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 8.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • TABLE 8.2
    Norm. Breaking
    Breaking Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    380 1.89 4.2
  • By optimizing various process parameters (e.g., process solvent to substrate ratio, temperature, pressure, etc., and the resulting efficacy of the process solvent) and viscous drag, it is possible to control the depth to which the substrate is welded in a dimension from the exterior of the substrate to the interior thereof. That is, a welding process may be configured to preferentially weld the outer regions of the substrate such that the substrate core is not welded to the same degree as the exterior thereof. This has the effect of increasing strength compared to the raw substrate while also often retaining elongation properties of the raw substrate, and thus results in increased toughness (increased energy to break). Note that both core welded and shell welded substrates can display positive attributes such as faster drying, greater abrasion resistance, greater pilling resistance, more vibrant color, etc. when compared to their raw substrate counterparts.
  • A picture of a piece of fabric constructed from approximately 50% raw (not processed) cotton yarn substrate and 50% moderately welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 9H, wherein the left portion of the figure shows the raw cotton yarn and the right portion of the figure shows welded cotton substrate. The split fabric underwent a pot dye process and reveals the enhanced, rich, and deeper, more vibrant color for the side of the fabric knitted from welded yarn substrate. The welded yarn substrate and resulting fabric has less hair at least because of the co-optimized process solvent application methods, viscous drag, and solvent efficacy. Moreover, controlled volume reduction associated with the welding, reconstitution, and drying steps of a welding process may be configured to reduce the surface area and empty space within the welded yarn substrate. This reduces the number of interfaces for which light can scatter. The net result of these combined effects is that the dye colorant(s) are more able to be seen through the welded substrate, which is more transparent than the raw substrate.
  • It should be noted that the relative lack of hair and reduction of empty space within fiber welded substrates is also responsible for the surprising and dramatic reduction of time required to dry fiber welded substrates. Again, the lack of hair at the substrate surface and reduction of empty space within the welded substrate by controlled volume consolidation may be configured to limit the extent to which bulk water can be integrated within the welded substrate. This is the reason why welded substrates often dry greater than twice as fast (half as much energy required) as raw substrates. Lastly, it is observed that the same coatings and surface modification chemistries that help reduce water retention in raw cotton are even more effective with fiber welded cotton substrates. Similar results are also observed for silk, linen, and other natural substrates.
  • Another process for producing a welded substrate may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of lithium hydroxide and urea for application to a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn. A perspective view of various apparatuses that may be configured to perform such a welding process is shown in FIG. 10A. The welding process and apparatuses therefor shown in FIG. 10A may be configured according to the various principles and concepts previously described herein related to FIGS. 1, 2, & 6A-6F regarding viscous drag, process solvent application, physical contact with process wetted substrate, etc. In this configuration, the substrate (e.g., yarn in the specific configuration shown in FIG. 10A) is dragged multiple times through a grooved tray, such as that shown in FIG. 6B. Each pass through the tray contributes additional process solvent to the substrate. The entire welding path for the substrate may be contained within a temperature controlled environment (in one configuration operating between −17° C. and −12° C.). The welded yarn substrate generally may reach an optimized strength after 14 minutes of low temperature welding time. After this duration, the process wetted substrate may travel to a reconstitution zone. For brevity, the aspects of this welding process related to process solvent recovery zone 4, solvent collection zone 7, solvent recycling 8, mixed gas collection 9, and mixed gas recycling zones 10 are omitted.
  • A scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of a substrate that may be used with the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 10A is shown in FIG. 10B, and an SEM image the resulting welded substrate is shown in FIG. 10E. Table 9.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded substrate shown in FIG. 10E using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 8.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1. This welding process may be configured to move multiple ends of yarn substrate simultaneously, and that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. In particular, this welding process and apparatuses may enable the co-optimization of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation for particular welded substrates designed for specific products. A selected number of welded yarn substrates are shown in FIGS. 10B-10F.
  • In other welding processes configured to use a process solvent comprised of LiOH with urea, the mass ratio of process solvent to substrate may be less than the value shown in Table 9.1. For example, in one welding process the ratio may be 0.5:1, and in another welding process it may be 1:1, in another welding process it may be 2:1, in still another welding process it may be 3:1 (which welding process and welded substrates produced thereby are discussed in detail belwo regarding at least Table 10.1), in another welding process it may be 4:1, and in yet another welding process it may be 5:1. Furthermore, the ratio may be values other than integers, such as 4.5:1. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by the specific value of this ratio unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • TABLE 9.1
    Temperatures Pull Rate Welding Zone Solv. Ratio
    (° C.) (m/min) Time (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 30 m/min 135 >7 (to the LiOH:Urea
    application yarn 8:15 Wt %
    zone/process saturation in Sol'n
    pressure limit)
    temperature
    zone: −14
  • Table 9.2 provides various attributes of a welded substrate produced using the welding process and apparatuses of FIG. 10A using and the raw substrate shown in FIG. 10B using the parameters described in Table 9.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 9.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2. the stress (in grams) versus percent-elongation applied to both a representative raw yarn substrate sample and a representative welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 10G, wherein the top curve is the welded yarn substrate and the bottom trace is the raw.
  • TABLE 9.2
    Breaking Norm. Breaking
    Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    417 2.07 1.9
  • A progression of the degree to which a substrate is welded is shown in FIGS. 10C-10E, all of which welded substrates may be manufactured using the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A by varying the process parameters. The chemistry of the process solvent used for the process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A may be fundamentally different and implicate various engineering consideration compared to the process and apparatus shown in FIG. 9A. That said, the overall welding process may be operated according to similar principles and design concepts as previously described for the welding processes and associated apparatuses shown FIGS. 7A, 8A, and 9A.
  • Moreover, the principles and concepts described regarding FIGS. 1 & 2 are relevant to understand the overarching process design. In a manner similar to that as previously described regarding FIGS. 9C-9E, the welding process and associated apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A may be configured such that the degree of welding is controllable. A progression of increased hair reduction and controlled volume consolidation of the cotton yarn substrate with various welding parameters is shown from 10C to 10E. All of these welded substrates were manufactured using a substrate comprised of raw 30/1 cotton yarn. The SEM data show progressive elimination of loose hair on cotton yarns as well as varying degrees of controlled volume consolidation for a lightly welded substrate in FIG. 10C, moderately welded substrate in FIG. 10D, and highly welded substrate in FIG. 10E. Again, the absolute attributes of welded fabrics knitted or woven from welded substrates may vary, and may be manipulated at least via the process parameters.
  • It is apparent that properly co-optimizing various process parameters (e.g., process solvent composition for efficacy and viscosity, by engineering the appropriate viscous drag, temperature, and time of the process zone, rate through the drying zone, etc.) that the welding process can be controlled to achieve a similar effect as detailed in FIGS. 9C-9E. These data show some of the surprising effects that can be achieved by co-optimizing processes using the concepts of viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation. Stated another way, these data show that co-optimized hardware, software, and chemistry can achieve desired outcomes and is the powerful new teaching demonstrated in this seminal work.
  • An SEM image of a raw 2D substrate comprised of jersey knit cotton is shown in FIG. 12E, and a magnified image thereof is shown in FIG. 12G. An SEM image of the same fabric after it has been lightly welded is shown in FIG. 12F, and a magnified image thereof is shown in FIG. 12H. Table 10.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture the welded 2D substrate shown in FIGS. 12F & 12H. This welding process may be configured such that virtually all important process parameters such as process solvent flow rate, temperature, substrate feed rate, substrate tension, etc. may be adjusted. For the specific example, the welding process was performed as a batch process, wherein process solvent was evenly applied to the raw substrate and allowed to act upon the substrate for seven minutes. Specific examples have been produced using greater or lower welding zone times with similar results, wherein a greater welding zone time generally corresponds to a higher degree of welding, and a lower welding zone time generally corresponds to a lower degree of welding. Water was used as a reconstitution solvent. During the process solvent application 2, process pressure/temperature zone 3, and process solvent recovery zone 4, and drying zone 5 the substrate was constrained for controlled volume consolidation so that the individual yarns did not strongly adhere to one another. As a result, the welded 2D substrate retains a relatively soft hand and the flexibility of the raw substrate, but exhibits superior burst strength (approximately 20% greater) and Martindale pill test scores (increasing from 1.5 or 2 to at least 4) as compared to the raw substrate.
  • TABLE 10.1
    Welding Zone Solv. Ratio
    Temperatures (C.) Time (min) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent
    7 3.0 LiOH:Urea
    application 8:15 Wt % in Sol'n
    zone/process
    pressure temperature
    zone: −13
  • It is important to note that having multiple process solvent chemistries gives a great amount of flexibility when adding functional materials and additives to welded substrates, as well as configuring a specific welding process to produce welded substrates exhibit the desired attributes. Ionic liquid-based solvents (e.g., a welding process and apparatus as shown in FIG. 9A), for example tend to be slightly acidic especially when the cation utilized is imidazolium-based. The alkali metal urea-type process solvents (e.g., a welding process and apparatus as shown in FIG. 10A), on the other hand, are basic. Choice of process solvent is often dictated based on the suitability of the process solvent with a specific additive, and is an important new teaching to keep in mind as functional materials are entrapped by fiber welding processes as described in further detail below.
  • 7. Functional Materials
  • As previously described, in an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, a substrate may be exposed to a process solvent for the purpose of subsequent physical or chemical manipulation of the substrate and/or properties thereof. The process solvent may at least partially interrupt intermolecular bonding of the substrate to open and mobilize (solvate) the substrate for modification. Although the foregoing illustrations and descriptions relate to functional material incorporation via a welding process feature substrates comprised of natural fibers, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims.
  • As previously mentioned, one or more functional materials, chemicals, and/or components may be integrated within a welded substrate for 1D, 2D, and 3D substrates and/or welded substrates. Generally, it is contemplated that the incorporation of functional material may impart new functionalities (e.g., magnetism, conductivity) without full denaturation of biopolymers that would otherwise be deleterious to the performance characteristics (physical and chemical properties) of the substrate.
  • Generally, it is contemplated that the optimal integration of a functional material(s) within a welded substrate may require optimizing the viscous drag (which may be primarily associated with the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3) and/or adjusting volume controlled consolidation, both of which concepts are described in detail above. For example, if it is desired for a functional material to be evenly distributed across an entire surface area of a welded substrate, the viscous drag may be configured to facilitate even distribution of a process solvent having a functional material disposed therein across the substrate. If it is desired for a functional material to be concentrated at a specific location on the welded substrate, the viscous drag may be configured to facilitate uneven distribution of such a process solvent. Accordingly, a welding process configured to integrate functional materials into a welded substrate may be optimized according to the concepts, examples, methods, and/or apparatuses as previously described above, and/or those described in further detail below.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, a substrate (which may be comprised of but is not limited to cellulose, chitin, chitosan, collagen, hemicellulose, lignin, silk, other biopolymer component that is held together by hydrogen bonding and/or combinations thereof) may be swollen by an appropriate process solvent capable of disrupting intermolecular forces of the substrate, and in addition, functional materials including but not limited to, carbon powder, magnetic microparticles, and chemicals including dyes or combinations thereof may be introduced either before, in conjunction with, or after the application of the process solvent(s). In an aspect of one welding process according to the present disclosure, fibrous biopolymer substrates, functional materials, and the process solvent (which may be an ionic-based liquid or “organic electrolyte” but is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims) may be allowed to interact under controlled temperature—which may include laser-based or other directed energy heating, as well as specific atmosphere and pressure conditions. After a prescribed amount of time, the process solvent may be removed. Upon drying, the resulting functional material may be bonded to the substrate and may provide additional functional properties to the welded substrate compared to the properties of the original substrate material.
  • The successful and permanent integration of functional materials into fibrous materials may be enabled by a welding process according to the present disclosure. Functional materials may be introduced with a process solvent and/or engaged with a substrate prior to the welding. Generally, in one aspect of a welding process natural fibers may be likened to an envelope into which functional materials may be placed, and once all or a portion of the empty space is removed during the welding process, the functional material may trapped. For example, in an aspect of a welding process the welding process may be configured to embed a devices into the middle of a yarn, such as a micro RFID chip. In another process, the functional material is disposed in a material that acts as a substrate binder. For example, a welding process may be configured such that fibers of the substrate may be coated with a dissolved substrate binder during the welding process.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, a process solvent may be both active towards the biopolymers in the natural substrate and also compatible with the functional material. In one aspect, functional materials may include another biomaterial integrated with the substrate material—one example of such a configuration is using dissolved chitin as an antibacterial material in cellulose, or as a blood coagulant in a wound dressing. From the preceding it should be apparent that the scope of the present disclosure is not limtied by the specific substrate, process solvent, point in the welding process at which the functional material is introduced, method and/or vehicle for introducing the functional material, how the functional material is retained in the welded substrate, and/or type of functional material unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • The depth of solvent and/or functionals material penetration of the substrate and the degree to which substrate fibers may be welded together may be controlled at least by the amount of solvent, temperature, pressure, spacing of the fibers, form and/or partical size of functional material (e.g., molecules, polymers, RFID chip, etc.), residence time, other welding process steps, properties of substrate (e.g., moisture content and/or gradient) reconstitution method, and/or combinations thereof After a period of time, the process solvent may be removed as previously discussed (e.g., with water, reconstitution solvent, etc.) to yield a welded substrate with incorporated (entrapped) functional materials, which may be retained via covalent bonding. In addition to polymer movement, chemical derivatization may also be undertaken during this process.
  • In one aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured to increase the material density (e.g., all or some of the open spaces between fibers may be removed) and decreases the surface area of a finished welded substrate comprised of a bundle of fibers compared to the material density and surface area of the substrate while simultaneously entrapping functional materials within the welded substrate. Generally, the degree to which the welding process affects the amount of empty space within a given substrate may be manipulated using at least the same variables as listed abovce regarding the depth of solvent and/or functional material penetration, which include but are not limtied to the amount of solvent, temperature, pressure, spacing of the fibers, form and/or partical size of functional material (e.g., molecules, polymers, RFID chip, etc.), residence time, other welding process steps, properties of substrate (e.g., moisture content and/or gradient) reconstitution method, and/or combinations thereof In another aspect, the welding process may be configured to control the specific region of a given substrate at which the empty space is being removed, which is described in further detail below. Again, functional materials may be added directly to the substrate (before welding), with the process solvent, and/or at any point in time before the process solvent is removed.
  • In one aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured to allow for spatial control of the alteration of the physical and chemical properties of the substrate using concepts similar to those of multidimensional printing techniques. For example, by adding process solution to substrates with a device similar to an inkjet printer or by heating selected portions of the substrate with directed energy beams (e.g., from an infrared laser or any other means known in the art) to activate welding in that selected portion. Such welding processes are described in further detail below related to FIGS. 11A-11E regarding modulated welding processes.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the amount of process solvent with respect to the amount of substrate may be kept relatively low to limit the degree to which the substrate is modified during the welding process. As previously described, the process solvent may be removed either by a second solvent system (e.g., a reconstitution solvent), by evaporation if the process solvent is sufficiently volatile, or by any other suitable method and/or apparatus without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. A welding process may be configured to increase the evaporation rate of the process solvent by placing the process wetted substrate under vacuum and/or subjecting it to heat.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce welded substrates that may constitute “natural fiber functional composites” or “fiber-matrix composites” that exhibit functionalities (e.g., physical and/or chemical characteristics) not observed for the individual substrates and/or components that make up the welded substrate if observed separately prior to the welding process.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce welded substrates comprised of fiber-matrix composites that contain functional materials by utilizing a process solvent that is comprised of an ionic liquid-based solvent (“IL-based solvent”) as discussed in further detail below. One or more molecular additives in the process solvent may either increase the efficacy of the process solvent as a swelling and mobilizing agent, and/or enhance the interaction of process solvent with one or more of the functional materials, and/or enhance the uptake of the process solvent and/or functional materials into natural fiber substrates. IL-based process solvents are generally removed from welded substrate (which may constitute a fiber-matrix composite) by a reconstitution solvent, which generally involves rinsing/washing the process wetted substrate with a reconstitution solvent, which reconstitution solvent may be comprised of excess molecular solvent(s). Upon drying, (which may be accomplished by subliming, evaporation, boiling away, or otherwise removing reconstitution solvent(s) or any other suitable method and/or apparatus without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims) the welded substrate may constitute a fiber-matrix composite that is finished and includes functional materials with the associated novel physical and chemical characteristics.
  • The substrate may be comprised of natural fibers, which natural fibers may be comprised of cellulose, lignocellulose, proteins and/or combinations thereof. The cellulose may be comprised of cotton, refined cellulose (such as kraft pulp), microcrystalline cellulose, and the like. In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process and apparatuses associated therewith may be configured for use with a substrate comprised of cellulose in the form of cotton or combinations thereof. Substrates comprised of lignocellulose may include bast fiber from flax, industrial hemp, and combinations thereof. Substrates comprises of proteins may include silk, keratin, and the like. Generally, the term “natural fibers” as it relates to substrates herein is meant to include any high aspect ratio, fiber-containing natural materials produced by living organisms and/or enzymes. Generally speaking, use of the term “fibers” indicates attention to the macroscopic (large scale) viewpoint of a material. Other examples of natural fibers include but are not limited to flax, silk, wool, and the like. In one aspect of a welded substrate that may be produced according to the present disclosure, natural fibers generally may be the reinforcing fiber component of fiber-matrix composites. Additionally, natural fibers may be utilized in formats such as non-woven mats, yarns, and/or textiles.
  • While natural fibers typically are mainly composed of biopolymers, there are biopolymer-containing materials that are not generally regarded as natural fibers. For example, crab shells are mainly chitin, which is a biopolymer composed of N-acetylglucosamine monomers (a derivative of glucose) but is not generally referred to as fibrous. Similarly, collagen and elastin are examples of protein biopolymers that provide structural support in many tissues that are not generally considered as fibrous.
  • The natural fibers that are produced by plants are generally mixtures of different biopolymers: cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin. Cellulose and hemicellulose have monomer units that are sugars. Lignin has phenol-based monomers that are cross-linked. Because of cross-linking, lignin is generally not able to be solubilized (e.g., swelled or mobilized) by IL-based solvents. Natural fibers that contain significant amounts of lignin can, however, serve as structural support fibers in composites. Additionally, natural fiber substrates that contain significant amounts of lignin may be swelled or mobilized using a process solvent that is not IL-based.
  • The natural fibers that animals produce are often composed of protein(s) biopolymers. The monomer units in proteins are amino acids. There are, for example, many unique silk fibroin proteins that make up silks. Wool, horns, and feathers are composed primarily of structural proteins classified as keratin(s). The natural fibers may include cellulose, lignocellulose, proteins and/or combinations thereof. Generally, “natural fibers” may include but is not limited to unless so indicated in the following claims cellulose, chitin, chitosan, collagen, hemicellulose, lignin, silk, and/or combinations thereof.
  • In an aspect of a welding process according to the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured to combine and convert a substrate comprised of natural fibers and functional materials into a welded substrate that is a contiguous fiber-matrix composite. One purpose of the welding process may be to combine and convert a substrate comprised of natural fibers and functional materials into a welded substrate that constitutes a natural fiber functional composite, herein also referred to as a “contiguous fiber-matrix composite” or simply “fiber-matrix composite.” Typically, functional materials are entrapped within the matrix portion of the fiber-matrix composite. A welding process may be configured such that natural fibers constitute the bulk of the fiber portion of welded substrate fiber-matrix composite and typically serve as the principle strengthening agent.
  • A. Ionic Liquid-Based Process Solvent Welding Processes
  • As previously discussed, a welding process may be configured to use a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid. As used herein the term “ionic liquid” may be used to refer to a relatively pure ionic liquid (e.g., “pure process solvent” as defined herein above) and the term “ionic liquid-based solvent” (“IL-based solvent”) generally may refer to a liquid that is comprised both of anions and cations and may include a molecular (e.g., water, alcohols, acetonitrile, etc.) species and (the solvent mixture) may be able to solubilize, mobilize, swell, and/or stabilize polymeric substrates. Ionic liquids are attractive solvents as they are non-volatile, non-flammable, have a high thermal stability, are relatively inexpensive to manufacture, are environmentally friendly, and can be used to provide greater control and flexibility in the overall processing methodology.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 7,671,178, contains numerous examples of suitable ionic liquid solvents that may be used with various welding processes according to the present disclosure. In one welding process, the welding process may be configured to use an ionic liquid solvent having a melting point less than about 200° C., 150° C. or 100° C. In one welding process, the welding process may be configured for use with an ionic liquid solvent comprised of imidazolium-based cations with acetate and/or chloride anions. In another aspect of a welding process, the anions may include chaotropic anions including acetate, formate, chloride, bromide and the like alone, or in combinations thereof
  • In another aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured for use with an IL-based solvent that may include polar aprotic solvents as a molecular additive, such as acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), ethyl acetate (“EtOAc”), acetone, dimethylformamide (“DMF”), dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), and the like. More generally, the molecular additive for an IL-based process solvent system may be a polar aprotic solvent with a relatively low boiling point (e.g., less than 80° C. at ambient pressure) and relatively high vapor pressure. In an aspect, IL-based solvent may be about 0.25 mole to about four mol polar aprotic solvents per one mole of ionic liquid. In another aspect a polar aprotic solvent may be added to the IL-based solvent in ranges from about 0.25 mole to about two moles of total polar aprotic solvents per 1 mole of ionic liquid. Polar protic solvents (e.g., water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol) are typically present in ranges less than one mole total polar protic solvents to one mole of IL-based solvents. In another aspect an IL-based solvent may include about 0.25 to about two moles of a polar aprotic solvent for each mole of ionic liquid.
  • In an aspect of a welding process configured for use with an IL-based solvent as a process solvent, the amount of IL-based process solvent added may be about 0.25 parts to about four parts by mass of the process solvent with one part by mass of the substrate.
  • In one aspect, a welding process may be configured to use an IL-based solvent comprised of one or more polar protic solvents, which polar protic solvents include but are not limited to, water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and/or combinations thereof. In one aspect less than about one mole polar protic solvent may combined with up to about one mole of ionic liquid. A welding process may be configured to use an IL-based solvent comprised of one or more polar aprotic solvents (which may constitute a molecular additive to the process solvent system), which polar aprotic solvents include but are not limited to, acetonitrile, acetone, and ethyl acetate. Reasons for adding molecular additives to an IL-based process solvent include adjusting the efficacy of the process solvent as a swelling and mobilizing agent, and/or enhancing the interaction of the process solvent with functional materials, and/or enhancing the introduction of the process solvent and functional materials into the substrate(s). Such molecular additives may include, but are not limited to, low boiling point solvents that can both adjust efficacy of the IL as well as the rheology characteristics of the process solvent. That is, the molecular additive and relative amount thereof may be selected so as to result in at least the desired viscous drag and controlled volume consolidation.
  • Generally, molecular components alone are non-solvents for most of the biopolymer materials of interest. In one aspect of a welding process, the partial dissolution of biopolymers or synthetic polymer materials may be limited to instances in which there is an appropriate concentration of about one mole of ionic liquid (ions) present for up to about four moles maximum of molecular components. The molecular component may either reduce the overall ability for ionic liquid ions to solubilize, mobilize, and/or swell polymers in the substrate, or they may increase the overall efficacy of the IL-based process solvent, which may depend at least upon the hydrogen bond donating and accepting abilities of the molecular component(s).
  • Polymers present in biopolymer substrates as well as polymers in many synthetic polymer substrates are generally held together and organized at the molecular level by intermolecular and intramolecular hydrogen bonding. If molecular components decrease IL-based process solvent efficacy, these molecular components can be useful to slow welding processes and/or allow special spatial and temporal control not otherwise possible using pure ionic liquids. In one aspect of a welding process, if the molecular component increases IL-based process solvent efficacy, these molecular components can be useful to speed the welding process and/or allow special spatial and temporal control not possible using pure ionic liquids. Additionally, in another aspect, molecular components can significantly lower the overall cost of a welding process, particularly the cost associated with the process solvent. Acetonitrile, for example, costs less than 3-ethyl-1-methylimidazolium acetate. Thus, in addition to allowing manipulation of the welding process for a given substrate, acetonitrile also may reduce the cost of the process solvent per unit volume (or mass) utilized.
  • When relatively large amounts of IL-based process solvents are introduced to substrates comprised primarily of natural fibers (for reference “large” as used herein denotes roughly greater than 10 parts by mass process solvent to every 1 part by mass substrate) and with sufficient time and suitable temperature, the biopolymers within the substrate can be fully dissolved. In the present discussion, full dissolution indicates disruption of the intermolecular forces (e.g., disruption of hydrogen bonding due to the action of the solvent) and/or intramolecular forces that may be necessary to preserve natural structures, features, and/or characteristics within the substrate. Generally speaking, it is contemplated that for many welding processes according to the present disclosure, it will be advantageous to configure the welding process such that it does not involve full dissolution of major amounts of biopolymers. In particular, full dissolution often degrades natural fiber reinforcements by irreversibly denaturing embodied natural biopolymer structure. However, in certain aspects of a welding process, such as when biopolymers are utilized as functional materials, it may be advantageous to fully dissolve the biopolymer material. In a welding process so configured, the amount of fully dissolved polymer (functional material) utilized may be typically less than 1% by mass relative to mass of IL-based process solvent utilized. Given the relatively small amount of IL-based process solvent that is added to natural fibers, any fully dissolved biopolymer materials may be minor components of the resulting welded substrate.
  • As native structure is lost, the natural material may lose its native physical and chemical properties. Accordingly, a welding process may be configured to limit the amount of IL-based process solvent added relative to a substrate comprising natural fiber. Limiting the amount of process solvent introduced into the substrate may in turn limit the extent to which biopolymers are denatured from their natural structures, and thus may preserve the natural functionalities and/or characteristics of the substrate, such as strength.
  • Surprisingly, a welding process according to the present disclosure may facilitate the creation of welded substrates comprised of functional structures, which may be produced via the controlled fusion/welding of fibrous threads, woven materials, fibrous mats, and/or combinations thereof with the addition of functional materials. The physical and chemical properties of the welded substrates may be reproducibly manipulated by rigorous control of at least the amount of IL-based process solvent applied, the duration of exposure to IL-based process solvent, temperature, the temperature and pressure applied during the treatment, and/or combinations thereof. One or more substrates and/or functional materials may be welded to create laminate structures with proper control of process variables. The surface of these substrates and/or functional materials may be preferentially modified while leaving some of the substrate and/or functional material in the native state. Surface modifications may include but are not limited to manipulation of the material surface chemistry directly, or indirectly by the incorporation of additional functional materials to impart the desired physical or chemical properties. The functional materials may include but are not limited to drug and dye molecules, nanomaterials, magnetic microparticles, and the like that may be compatible with one or more substrates.
  • The functional material may be in suspension, dissolved or a combination thereof in an IL-based solvent. The functional material may include but is not limited to conductive carbons, activated carbons, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Activated carbons may include but are not limited to chars, graphene, nanotubes, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. In one aspect, the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material that may include magnetic materials such as, NdFeB, SmCo, iron oxide, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In an aspect of a welding process disclosed herein, the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material may comprised of quantum dots and/or other nanomaterials. In another configuration of the welding process the functional material may be comprised of mineral precipitates, such as but not limited to clay. In yet another configuration of the welding process, the functional material may include dyes, which dyes include but are not limited to UV-vis absorbing dyes, fluorescent dyes, phosphorescent dyes, and the like without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. In still another configuration of a welding process according to the present disclosure, the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material comprised of pharmaceuticals, selected synthetic polymers (e.g., meta-aramid, which is also known as Nomex®), quantum dots, various allotropes of carbon (e.g., nanotubes, activated carbon, graphene and graphene-like materials), and may also include natural materials (e.g., crab shells, horns, etc.) and derivatives of natural materials (e.g., chitosan, microcrystalline cellulose, rubber), and/or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In one aspect, a welding process may be configured for use with a functional material comprised of a polymer. In such a configuration it is contemplated that it may be advantageous to select a polymer that is not a crosslinking polymer to achieve the desired functional properties. However, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims. In one such configuration of a welding process the polymer may be comprised of a natural polymer or protein such as cellulose starch, silk, keratin, and the like. In one aspect of a welding process, polymer(s) constituting the functional material may be less than about 1% by mass of the IL-based process solvent. Additionally, various natural materials may be utilized as functional materials.
  • As previously mentioned, a welding process may be configured such that one or more functional materials are predispersed with the natural fibers of a substrate, which substrates may be in the form of non-woven mats and papers, yarns, woven textiles, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Alternatively, functional materials may be dissolved and/or suspended within IL-based process solvents prior to application of the IL-based process solvent on the natural fiber substrate. Upon swelling and mobilizing biopolymers in the natural fiber substrate(s), functional materials may be entrapped within the matrix of the resulting welded substrate, which may constitute a fiber-matrix composite.
  • The optimal values for the various process parameters will vary from one welding process to the next, and depend at least upon the desired characteristics of the welded substrate, the substrate chosen, the process solvent, the functional material, time the substrate is in the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3, and/or combinations thereof. In one welding process it is contemplated that an optimal temperature for the process solvent (and consequently, a temperature for the process temperature/pressure zone 3) may be from about 0° C. to about 100° C.
  • A welding process may be configured so that the welding process comprises combining IL-based process solvent with the substrate for about one second to about one hour, or until the substrate is at least 1.5% saturated, between 2% and 5% saturated, and at least 10% saturated with the IL-based process solvent. Such a welding process may be configured so that the functional material may be mixed with the substrate at the same time as the IL-based process solvent and the substrate or subsequent thereto.
  • After adequate exposure to the IL-based process solvent and functional material, a portion of the IL-based process solvent may be subsequently removed from the process wetted substrate. In one aspect, the welding process may be configured such that the portion of IL-based process solvent is removed by rinsing with water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (THF), ethyl acetate (EtOAc), acetone, dimethylformamide (DMF), or any other method and/or apparatus suitable for the particular welding process without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In an aspect, a welding process may be configured such that it entraps the functional materials within a natural fibrous substrate by partially dissolving either biopolymers or synthetic polymers with an IL-based process solvent. In one configuration of a welding process, the welding process may be configured for use with an IL-based process solvent that contains cations and anions and has a melting point below 150° C., and the IL-based process solvent may include a molecular component as previously discussed. However, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims. The welding process may be configured to form ionic bonds between the natural fibers of a substrate and the functional material.
  • In one aspect of a welding process configured according to the present disclosure, one or more functional materials may be incorporated into fibrous substrate prior to introduction of IL-based process solvent for partial dissolution of the fibrous substrate. In another aspect, the functional materials may be dispersed within the IL-based solvent for partial dissolution of fibrous substrate(s). In in another aspect one or more functional materials may be dispersed within IL-based solvents. In still another aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to use heat to activate the partial dissolution of the natural fiber substrate and/or the functional material(s). In another aspect of a welding process, the functional material(s) partially dissolved may be biopolymers and/or synthetic polymers.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to produce a natural fiber functional composite by using a natural fiber substrate, an IL-based solvent, and a functional material. First, the natural fiber substrate may be mixed with the IL-based process solvent, and this mixing may continue until the natural fiber is appropriately swollen. Next, functional material may be added to the swollen natural fiber substrate and IL-based process solvent mixture. In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to apply a pressure and a temperature to the mixture for a period of time. Next, at least the pressure and removing at least a portion of the IL-based process solvent may result in a finished welded substrate configured as a natural fiber functional composite in one, two, or three dimensions.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to use less than four parts by mass process solvent to every one part by mass substrate, which mass ratio may be sufficient to interrupt hydrogen bonding in only the outer sheath of natural fibers of the substrate. The degree to which hydrogen bonding is disrupted and natural structures are denatured may be dependent at least upon process solvent composition, as well as the time, temperature, and pressure conditions during which natural fiber substrates are exposed to IL-based process solvents.
  • The extent to which swelling and mobilization of biopolymer occurs can be qualitatively and, in some cases, quantitatively accessed at least by x-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, confocal fluorescent microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, and other analytical methods. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to control certain variables to limit the amount of cellulose I to II conversion that occurs as described in further detail below at least as related to FIGS. 15A & 15B. This conversion may be important in so far as it demonstrates the creation of fiber-matrix composites in welded substrates, wherein natural fibers may retain some of their native structure and thus corresponding native chemical and physical properties. Swelling of substrate fibers is typically observed along a width rather than a length, and in one aspect of a welding process the welding process may be configured to increase the natural fiber diameter more than about 5%, 10%, or even 25%.
  • The mobilization of the outermost biopolymers in substrates comprised of natural fibers generally may be considered a characteristic of a welding process according to the present disclosure. Mobilized polymer may be swollen such that functional materials can be inserted and entrapped within the resulting matrix of fiber-matrix composites in the welded substrate. Because the primary mode of action of an IL-based process solvent may be to swell and mobilize biopolymers by disruption of hydrogen bonding, natural fiber substrates that contain relatively high amounts of lignin (roughly greater than 10% lignin) are not generally suitable to swell and mobilize with IL-based process solvents. These lignocellulosic natural fibers (e.g., wood fibers) can be incorporated as relatively inert fiber reinforcement, however, lignocellulosic fibers containing roughly greater than 10% lignin do not provide much in the way of cellulose or hemicellulose matrix. This is at least in part because the cellulose and hemicellulose biopolymers that would otherwise be swelled and mobilized by the IL-based process solvent are essentially locked within the cross-linked lignin biopolymer. As used herein, the term “mobilized” includes an action wherein the functional material moves from the outer surface of substrate fibers to merge with that from neighboring substrate fibers while material in the substrate fiber core is left in the native state. Upon swelling and mobilizing biopolymers and entrapping functional materials, IL-based process solvents are generally removed from the fledgling fiber-matrix composite welded substrate to be recycled.
  • As used herein, the term “reconstitution” is used to refer to the process by which process solvent(s) are rinsed/washed out of the process wetted substrate. This is typically accomplished by either flowing excess molecular solvent (e.g., water, acetonitrile, methanol) around and through the process wetted substrate or by soaking the process wetted substrate in a bath(s) of molecular solvent. The choice of reconstitution solvent depends on factors such as the type of biopolymers that compose the substrate as well as the composition for the process solvent and ease by which the process solvent can be recovered and purified for reuse.
  • After removal of the process solvent, the reconstitution solvent is typically removed. This may be typically accomplished by any combination of sublimation, evaporation, or boiling. Depending on the natural fiber substrate, choice of functional materials, and whether the substrate is physically constrained during all or a portion of the welding process, the substrate may undergo significant dimensional changes. For example, the diameter of yarns may be reduced by up to a factor of two as the empty space between individual natural fibers is consolidated to a continuous fiber-matrix composite in the welded substrate.
  • In aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that a portion of natural fibers in a substrate comprised of natural fibers is swollen about 2% to about 6% in diameter. More specifically, in an aspect of a welding process a portion of such natural fibers may be swollen more than about 3% in diameter.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the mixture may be about 90% natural fiber substrate and functional material and about 10% IL-based process solvent by mas. Alternatively, the amount of IL-based process solvent added to the substrate and/or mixture of substrate and functional material may be about 0.25 parts to about four parts by mass of the process solvent with one part by mass of the natural fiber.
  • In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be about a vacuum. Alternatively, the welding process may be configured such that the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 is about 1 atmosphere. In still another configuration, the pressure in the process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be between about one atmospheres to about ten atmospheres. As previously noted, the temperature and/or time that the substrate is exposed to the process solvent may also be controlled.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may include providing a substrate comprised of a plurality of natural fibers, providing an IL-based process solvent, and providing at least one functional material. A welding process so configured may include mixing the substrate IL-based process solvent and functional material in a prescribed sequence creating a chemical reaction that produces a welded substrate constituting a natural fiber functional composite with the functional material penetrating the natural fibers and a plurality of the natural fibers and the functional material both may be covalently bonded together. In one aspect of a welding process, at least the temperature, pressure and time of the chemical reaction may be controlled. A welding process may be configured to remove a portion of the process solvent, and it is contemplated that in certain applications it may be advantageous to remove a large portion of the process solvent, or substantially all of the process solvent.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that the prescribed process sequence introduces the functional material after the natural fiber substrate is mixed with the process solvent and the natural fiber substrate has achieved a swollen state. In one aspect of such a welding process, the IL-based process solvent may be diluted by a molecular solvent component, and wherein the partial dissolution process of the biopolymers or synthetic polymer materials commences after removal of the molecular solvent component (which removal may be accomplished by any suitable method and/or apparatus without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims, including but not limited to either evaporation or distillation).
  • In one welding process, a carbon-cotton-process solvent mixture may be used to create a welded substrate having a thin-coat carbon/cotton bond that, when exposed to cotton fabric in solution with the process solvent, binds the carbon to the cotton fabric.
  • In one aspect of a welding process the process solvent and natural fiber substrate may be blended to create surface tension characteristics that allow the functional material (such as conductive carbon) to move into the natural fiber substrate and/or form a thin coat of carbon functional material on the natural fiber substrate such as cotton. The examples that follow are illustrative of welded substrates and/or welding processes for which functionalization is accomplished. The following examples are not meant to be read in a limiting sense, but rather as illustrative of the broader concepts and welding processes disclosed herein.
  • B. Functional Material Entrapment
  • The following illustrative examples details a welding process by which one or more functional materials may be entrapped in a substrate comprised of a natural fibrous material, and in which and IL-based process solvent may be introduced after the functional material has been incorporated into the substrate. Again, the following examples are in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims. In one embodiment of the present invention entrapment involves the incorporation of functional materials into fibrous substrates prior to introducing ionic liquid based solvents.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 3 called-out as FIGS. 3A-3E.
  • As depicted in FIG. 3A, a natural fiber substrate 10 may include an amount of empty space. As shown in FIG. 3B, a disbursed functional material 20 may be incorporated into the natural fiber substrate 10. A point in time after which an IL-based process solvent 30 has been introduced to the natural fiber substrate 10 and functional material 20 (to create a process wetted substrate) is depicted in FIG. 3C. Controlled pressure, temperature, and time then may be used to create a swollen natural fiber substrate 11 (as depicted in FIG. 3D) with the dispersed & bonded functional material 21.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 then may be removed from the bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11 to yield welded fibers 40 with entrapped functional material 22 while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics. Unless otherwise noted, any attribute, features, and/or characteristic described herein for a welded fiber 40, 42 may extend to a fabric, textile, and/or other article comprised of the welded fiber 40, 42.
  • In an aspect of a welding process, the welded fibers 40 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11. In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate is comprised of cotton cloth functionalized with entrapped magnetic (NdFeB) microparticles as observed via scanning electron microscopy data. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured for functional material 20 comprised of demagnetized microparticles that may be incorporated as a dry powder into a natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cloth matrices. Surprisingly, the welding process may entrap magnetic particles within the biopolymers of the natural fiber substrate 10 such that the magnetic particles are observed to be strongly held within the welded fibers 40 and cannot be removed even by aggressive laundering. In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that similar procedures to those described above have yielded similar advantages and/or results in yarns and non-woven, fibrous mat natural fiber substrates 10, including cotton and silk yarn matrices.
  • As discussed, the welding process described in the immediately preceding examples may be configured such that suspensions of the nanomaterial functional materials 20 were added to biopolymer natural fiber substrates 10 prior to exposure of either the functional material or natural fiber substrate 10 to the IL-based process solvent. Different molecular solutions such as aqueous or organic (e.g., toluene) may be utilized alone or in conjunction with an IL-based process solvent 30 depending at least on the surface chemistry of the functional material 20, which may be comprised of quantum dots. The surface chemistry of the nanomaterial functional material 20 (i.e., hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity) in conjunction with the natural fiber substrate 10 may strongly impact the final location and dispersion of nanomaterial functional material 20 within the resulting welded fibers 40.
  • Surface chemistry may be used as a strategy for self-assembly of natural fiber substrates 10 and functional materials 20 with an IL-based process solvent to create microfabrication of functionality within composite materials. For example, in one aspect of a welding process, quantum dots may be comprised of semiconducting materials that have size-dependent properties. Their surfaces can be functionalized to be compatible with different chemical environments for use in medicine, sensing, and information storage applications without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • C. Functional Material Entrapment from Process Solvent/Functional Material Mixture
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 4 called-out as FIGS. 4A-4D utilizing materials (pre)dispersed in an IL-based solvent. A beginning natural fiber substrate 10 with an IL-based process solvent 30 that has functional material 20 dispersed therein to make a process solvent/functional material mixture 32 is depicted in FIG. 4A. The functional material 20 may be predisposed in the IL-based process solvent 30 to create the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 before the introduction of the natural fiber 12 as illustrated in FIG. 4A.
  • The natural fiber substrate 10 and process solvent/functional material mixture 32 then may be combined as depicted in FIG. 4B (to create a process wetted substrate). At least controlled pressure, temperature, and/or time may be used to create a swollen natural fiber substrate 112 within the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 as depicted in FIG. 4C. In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 is then removed from swollen natural fiber substrate 112 to yield welded fibers 42 with entrapped functional material 22 while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics as depicted in FIG. 4D.
  • In an aspect of a welding process, the welded fibers 42 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 20 and swollen natural fiber substrate 112. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate is comprised of a functional material 20 comprised of a molecular dye entrapped within a natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cotton paper (fibrous mat), wherein the functional material 20 may be dispersed in an IL-based process solvent 30 (to create a process solvent/functional material mixture 32) prior to application to the natural fiber substrate 10. During a welding process, biopolymers (including, for example, cellulose in natural fiber substrate 10 comprised of cotton paper) may be swollen such that the functional material 20 comprised of dye can physically diffuse into and become entrapped within the polymer matrix by covalent bonding. After the welding process, the dye may remain visibly entrapped within the polymer matrix.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that certain information and/or chemical functionality may be controllably fused into natural fiber substrates 10 in the resulting welded fibers 40, 42. Such welded fibers 40, 42 may have application at least to anti-counterfeiting features for paper-based currency, dyeing (colorfast) of clothing, drug delivery devices, and other related technologies. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured for use with a functional material 20 that may include molecular or ionic species able to be dispersed into IL-based process solvents 30 for incorporation into the natural fiber substrate 10.
  • Generally, the purpose of adding functional materials 20 may be application specific. For example, dyes with linkage chemistries that covalently bind with cellulose can be relatively expensive. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured to entrap lower-cost alternative dyes that do not have special linkage chemistry within the welded fibers 40, 42. Functional material 20 comprised of one or more dyes that are entrapped within what was once swollen and mobilized biopolymers (e.g., swollen natural fiber substrate 11, 112) are not washed out as easily and may be applicable at least to textile and/or bar coding/information storage applications. In other aspects, conductive functional materials 20 can be entrapped within welded fibers 40, 42 for energy storage applications. Entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of magnetic materials may be pertinent to textile-based actuators. The entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of pharmaceuticals and/or quantum dots may be relevant to medical applications. The entrapment of functional materials 20 comprised of clays is germane to enhanced fire retardancy. The addition of the biopolymer chitin as a functional material 20 may find application due to its known antibacterial properties. In short, the number of possible applications is extremely large. Functional materials 20 include but are not limited to clays, all carbon allotropes, NdFeB, titanium dioxide, combinations thereof and the like as appropriate to affect electronic, spectroscopic, thermal conductivity, magnetism, organic and/or inorganic materials having antibacterial and/or antimicrobial properties (e.g., chitin, chitosan, silver nanoparticles, etc.), and/or combinations thereof. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited to a specific functional material 20 and/or the specific application of the resulting welded substrate and/or welded fibers 40, 42 unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In an aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured such that no special covalent linkage chemistry is necessary to securely entrap the functional material 20 of interest but rather the functional material 20 may be physically entrapped within the welded fiber 40, 42.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, functional material 20 may be incorporated with high spatial control for encoding information or creating color fast dyes, more generally, for integrating device functionality. Multidimensional printing and fabrication techniques enable the layering of many types of functionality within a single material or object.
  • D. Functional Material Entrapment from Process Solvent/Functional Material/Polymer Mixture As depicted in FIG. 5, with various sub-processes and components further called out in FIGS. 5A-5D, in one aspect a welding process may be configured to incorporate functional materials 20 into a natural fiber substrate 10 by introduction of the functional material 20 in a mixture of IL-based process solvent and that also contains additional solubilized polymer.
  • As shown in FIG. 5A, such a process may begin with a natural fiber substrate 10 and an IL-based process solvent 30 mixed with a functional material 20, such that the functional material 20 is dispersed in the IL-based process solvent 30 to constitute a process solvent/functional material mixture 32. A polymer 53 may be included in the process solvent/functional material mixture 32 such that the polymer 53 is dissolved and/or suspended in the process solvent functional material mixture 32. See also FIG. 5 illustrating a process for addition and physical entrapment of solid materials within a fiber-matrix composite with the sub-processes or components of FIG. 5 called-out as FIGS. 5A-5D. The process solvent/functional material mixture 32 mixed with the polymer 53 prior to application to the natural fiber substrate 10 is depicted in FIG. 5A. The process solvent/functional material mixture 32 having polymer 53 therein may then be introduced to the natural fiber substrate 10 to create a process wetted substrate as depicted in FIG. 5B. The welding process may be configured such that controlled pressure, temperature, and time are create a swollen natural fiber substrate 11, 112 within the combined process solvent/functional material mixture 32, polymer 53, and natural fiber substrate 10 as depicted in FIG. 5C.
  • In one aspect of a welding process, all or a portion of the IL-based process solvent 30 then may be removed from the process wetted substrate (which may be comprised of bonded functional material 21 and swollen natural fiber substrate 11, 112) to yield welded fibers 40 with entrapped functional material 22 and polymer 53 as shown in FIG. 5D while simultaneously maintaining a plurality of the natural fiber substrate 10 functional characteristics and a plurality of the functional material 20 functional characteristics.
  • In an aspect of a welding process, the welded fibers 40 may be a combination of covalently bonded functional material 21, polymer 53, and swollen natural fiber substrate 11. The polymer(s) may be comprised of biopolymers and/or synthetic polymers. In a welding process configured for use with certain polymers 53, additional polymers may act as both a binder (e.g., glue) as well as a rheological modifier to change solution viscosity. Additionally, such a welding process may allow additional spatial control over the final location of functional materials 20 within welded substrate. In one aspect of a welding process, the welding process may be configured for functional material 20 comprised of carbon materials and the natural fiber substrate 10 may be comprised of cotton yarn to yield a welded fiber 40, 42 that has been tested and verified as suitable for use as electrodes for high energy density supercapacitors in woven fabrics. These may be adapted to provide flexible, wearable energy storage devices.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40, 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of one or more conductive additives such as organic materials (e.g., carbon nanotubes, graphene, etc.) or inorganic materials (silver nanoparticles, stainless steel, nickel, including fibers coated with metals and metal oxides, etc.). Such welded fibers 40, 42 may exhibit enhanced conductivity characteristics, and when combined with an appropriate electrolyte (e.g., either gel, polymer electrolytes, etc.), these welded fibers 40, 42 (and/or fabrics and/or textiles produced therefrom) may be capable of performing electrochemical reactions and/or capacitive energy storage.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40, 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of capacitive additives (e.g., MnO2, etc.). Such welded fibers 40, 42 may exhibit enhanced energy storage characteristics when combined with an appropriate electrolyte including either gel or polymer 20 electrolytes.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce a welded fiber 40, 42 with a functional material 20 comprised of photoactive additives (e.g., TiO2, etc.). Such welded fibers 40, 42 may exhibit enhanced self-cleaning (e.g., in the case of a wide bandgap semiconductor such as Ti02) and/or ultra violet light resistance characteristics.
  • Other applications for welded fibers 40, 42 produced according to a welding process according to the present disclosure may include but are not limited to technologies ranging from anti-counterfeiting to drug delivery applications. Furthermore, the preceding list of functional materials is not meant to be exhaustive and/or limiting, and other functional materials may be used without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • 8. Modulated Welding Processes
  • As previously described herein above, a welding process may be configured to allow for a wide variety of welded substrate finishes (e.g., yarn finishes) to be produced from conventional substrates (non-fiber welded), which substrates may be comprised of yarn and/or textile substrates in certain configurations of a welding process. For example, a welding process may be configured as a modulated welding process via the use of a process solvent that is pumped with a controlled, variable and/or modulated rate and/or by moving the substrate (e.g., yarn, thread, fabric, and/or textile) through the welding process at a variable rate and/or by varying the process solvent composition, and/or by varying the temperature and/or pressure in the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, by varying tension (e.g., of the substrate, process wetted substrate, etc.), and/or combinations thereof.
  • In one aspect a welding process may be configured to allow for specific and precise control of the ratio of process solvent relative to a substrate comprised of fibers such that the welding process may convert a controllable amount of the fiber within the substrate to a welded state. The ratio of process solvent relative to substrate may be optimized at least depending on the particular process solvent and characteristics of the substrate. For example, in a welding process configured to use process solvent mixtures such as an ionic liquids (e.g., 3-ethyl-1-methylimidizolium acetate, 3-butyl-1-methylimidizolium chloride, etc.) mixed with a polar aprotic additive (e.g., acetonitrile) might utilize a process solvent ratio ranging from one part by mass process solvent added to one part by mass substrate to four parts by mass process solvent added to one part by mass substrate. Another aspect of a welding process may employ a process solvent that is comprised of a cold alkaline (sodium hydroxide and/or lithium hydroxide) with urea solution having process solvent ratios ranging from two parts by mass process solvent to one part by mass substrate to more than ten parts by mass process solvent to one part by mass substrate. Table 11.1 gives process parameter examples that have been used successfully for fabricating welded yarn utilizing welding systems with a process solvent comprised of both an ionic liquid and with a process solvent comprised of an aqueous hydroxide solution. The parameters shown in Table 11., but which parameters are not limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In one welding process utilizing a process solvent comprising a hydroxide and urea in aqueous solution, the hydroxide may be comprised of NaOH and/or LiOH. In a welding process, the hydroxide may be comprised of LiOH at between 4 and 15 weight percent and urea at between 8 and 30 percent. In certain applications it may be advantageous to configure the process solvent such that it is comprised of LiOH at between 6 and 12 weight percent and urea at between 10 and 25 percent. In still another application it may be advantageous to configure the process solvent such that it is comprised of LiOH at between 8 and 10 weight percent and urea at between 12 and 16 percent.
  • TABLE 11.1
    Process Solvent To
    Welding Substrate Ratio
    Process Time for Reconstitution (wt solvent:wt
    Process Solvent Temperature yarn (s) Solvent substrate)
    EMIm OAc 50° C.-100° C. 5-15 water, acetonitrile, 0.5-6  
    or other aprotic
    solvent
    1 mol EMIm OAc + 50° C.-100° C. 5-15 water, acetonitrile, 0.75-6  
    2 mol ACN or other aprotic
    solvent
    1 mol EMIm OAc + 50° C.-100° C. 10-25  water, acetonitrile, 1-6
    4 mol ACN or other aprotic
    solvent
    BMIm Cl
    90° C.-130° C. 5-30 Water, acetonitrile, 0.5-6  
    or other aprotic
    solvent
    1 mol BMIm Cl + 80° C.-130° C. 5-45 Water, acetonitrile, 0.75-6  
    1 mol ACN or other aprotic
    solvent
    NaOH or LiOH −18° (freezing 60-300 water  2-10
    (~7 wt %) + urea pt)-−10° C.
    (~12 wt %) aqueous
    solution
  • With regard to the temperature ranges specified in Table 11.1, note that temperature may be optimized for the specific composition of the process solvent system. Moreover, the temperature and composition of the process solvent system may be co-optimized together at least with the solvent application zone 2 hardware and/or process control software and/or apparatuses in order to achieve the desired amount and location of welding on the substrate. That is, fiber welding that either provides consistent welded substrate attributes or modulated substrate attributes. This may also be achieved by applying viscous drag were appropriate during solvent application as well as the process temperature/pressure zone 3.
  • As shown in Table 11.1 and described herein above, a process solvent system may be configured as a mixture of an IL liquid and a molecular additive. The mole ratio of IL liquid to molecular additive may vary from one welding process to the next, and may affect the optimal temperature of the process solvent system during application thereof to the substrate. For example, in a welding process configured to utilize a process solvent system comprised of 1 mol BMIm Cl to 1 mol ACN, the vapor pressure of ACN may result in difficult processing conditions to control (related to health and safety) if the temperature is raised above 120° C. (which is where the rate of welding may be optimal). As a result of this constraint, the welding temperature is set to a lower temperature (e.g., 105° C.) but then requires a longer duration (>30 seconds) at such temperature. By contrast, in a welding process configured to utilize a process solvent system comprised of EMIm OAc, the optimal temperature may be between 80° C. and 100° C. because the effectivity of the process solvent is higher than BMIm Cl and thus the welding time with EMIm OAc in this temperature range can be 5-15 seconds. Accordingly, the optimal temperature for at least the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, and other steps of a welding process may vary from one application thereof to the next, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Referring now to Tables 9.1, 10.1, and 11.1 (all of which provide key process parameters for a welding process configured to use a process solvent comprised of an aqueous hydroxide), the optimal ratio of process solvent to substrate (on a mass or weight basis) may vary at least based on the substrate format type. For example, a welding process configured for use with a 2D substrate may have a ratio of 0.5 to 7, and some welding processes may be optimally configured at a ratio of approximately 3.7. A welding process configured for use with a 1D substrate may have a ratio of 4 to 17, and some welding processes may be optimally configured at a ratio of approximately 10. It has been observed that a ratio of approximately 10 or higher, and specifically a ratio of 17, results in a condition in which the process wetted substrate is beyond saturation with respect to the process solvent, such that excess solvent is present at the exterior of the process wetted substrate that is not absorbed by the substrate and/or process wetted substrate. However, the specific ratio for a welding process utilizing an IL-based process solvent or an aqueous hydroxide process solvent in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • TABLE 11.2
    Process Solvent To
    Welding Substrate Ratio
    Process Time for Reconstitution (wt solvent:wt
    Process Solvent Temperature yarn (s) Solvent substrate)
    1 mol EMIm OAc + 50° C.-100° C. 5-15 water, acetonitrile, 0.75-6
    2 mol ACN + or other aprotic
    1% (by wt.) solvent
    Cellulose Additive
    BMIm Cl + 90° C.-130° C. 5-30 Water, acetonitrile,  0.5-6
    0.5% (by wt.) or other aprotic
    Cellulose Additive solvent
  • With regard to the values and compositions of process solvents shown in Table 11.2, note that the addition functional material additives allows for spatial modulation of welding and unique controlled volume consolidation. The addition of functional materials such as dissolved cellulose with the appropriate hardware and controls in the welding process may allows for the surprising effect of a shell welded yarn as previously described in detail above at least related to FIGS. 91 & 9J. That is, the amount of welding may be controlled through the substrate cross section (i.e., the yarn diameter in the specific examples of FIGS. 9I & 9J) and may create a welded substrate (i.e., welded yarn substrates in the specific example) that exhibit both improved toughness and elongation as compared to raw substrate control samples.
  • Note as well that the type of reconstitution solvent and temperature thereof in conjunction with the different values described in Table 11.1 can also yield surprising effects on the controlled volume consolidation as the reconstituted wetted substrate is dried. An SEM image of a raw 1D substrate comprised of 18/1 ring spun cotton yarn is shown in FIG. 13. One welded substrate is shown in FIG. 14A and another is shown in FIG. 14B, both of which were produced from the raw substrate shown in FIG. 13. The welded substrates shown in both FIGS. 14A & 14B were produced using the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A.
  • TABLE 12.1
    Norm. Breaking
    Breaking Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    453 1.38 5.7
  • Table 12.1 provides various attributes of the raw substrate shown in FIG. 13. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 12.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • Table 13.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture both the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14A and that shown in FIG. 14B. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 13.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • TABLE 13.1
    Pull Welding Solv.
    Rate Zone Time Ratio
    Temperatures (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 18.0 8.5 2.0 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 90 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 90
  • Table 13.2 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 14A produced using the parameters described in Table 13.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 13.2 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • TABLE 13.2
    Norm. Breaking
    Breaking Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    556 1.69 2.4
  • Table 13.3 provides various attributes of the welded substrate shown in FIGS. 14B produced using the parameters described in Table 13.1. The attributes were averaged as performed on approximately 20 unique specimens of welded yarn substrate, which attributes were collected using an Instron brand mechanical properties tester operating in tensile testing mode approximating ASTM D2256. The mechanical property for each column heading in Table 13.3 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.2.
  • TABLE 13.3
    Norm. Breaking
    Breaking Strength Strength Elongation
    (g) (cN/dtex) (%)
    521 1.58 2.4
  • In contrasting FIG. 14A with FIG. 14B, it is apparent how volume controlled consolidation may be manipulated to yield certain attributes of the welded yarn substrate. Specifically, a contrast of FIGS. 14A & 14B shows how the method, composition of reconstitution solvent, and/or configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 (and/or there step of a welding process) may impact the controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate, and, consequently, the mechanical properties and/or other important attributes of the welded substrate. One such attribute is the “hand” of the yarn (i.e., the way it feels to a person's touch) and resulting fabrics made therefrom.
  • Specifically, both the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 14A and that shown in FIG. 14B were produced using a welding process wherein the reconstitution solvent was comprised of water. However, for the welded yarn substrate of FIG. 14A the temperature of the water was 22° C. and for that in FIG. 14B it was 40° C. As is apparent from a contrast of FIGS. 14A & 14B, the welding process used to produce the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14A (colder reconstitution solvent) results in a welded substrate with significantly softer hand compared to the welded substrate shown in FIG. 14B (warmer reconstitution solvent). Fabrics made from welded yarn substrates that have been produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent above 40° C. can have significantly different hand characteristics than fabrics made from similar welded yarn substrates produced with a welding process having a reconstitution solvent at room temperature. The configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., reconstitution method) and conditions thereof is thus an important new parameter.
  • Still referring to FIGS. 14A & 14B, which were produced from identical welding processes but for the temperature of the reconstitution solvent, it is apparent that the temperature of the reconstitution plays an important role in the controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate. Again, some mechanical properties of the welded yarn substrate of FIGS. 14A & 14B are shown in Table 13.2 and 13.3, respectively. Whereas both welded yarn substrates show significant improvement in the mechanical properties over the raw yarn substrate (e.g., a 15-23% improvement over the raw yarn substrate), the welded yarn substrate shown in FIG. 14B (see also Table 13.3) that was subjected to a reconstitution solvent at elevated temperature has a slightly larger diameter and more loose fiber/hair at its surface. Although the welded yarn substrates in FIG. 14B are slightly more fibrous than those shown in FIG. 14A, the amount of fiber in FIG. 14B is found to be less than that amount for a corresponding raw yarn substrate shown in FIG. 13. Moreover, the fiber on the welded yarn substrate in FIG. 14B is anchored to the welded yarn substrate in such a way as to resist separating from the welded yarn substrate away as lint. Modified fiber/hair structure at or near the surface of a welded yarn substrate through a welding process may be an important attribute that effects the hand of fabrics knitted or woven from welded yarn substrates.
  • Generally, particular values of the solvent ratios within the ranges mentioned in the immediately above can be utilized produce very consistent welded yarn for substrates comprised of yarn when the ratios are not varied, but rather held constant and so long as other critical variables such as temperature are also held constant during the welding process. In so doing the welding process may be configured to yield a welded substrate that exhibits a consistent amount of welding such that welded yarns may have a consistent amount of welded fiber along the length of the welded yarn.
  • Appropriate control of the dynamic process solvent ratio (herein defined as the ratio of the mass of process solvent relative to the mass of the substrate), the composition of the process solvent, the pressure and method by which the process solvent is applied yields novel effects. For example, proper dynamic control may be used in a welding process to yield a welded substrate with heather and/or space dye (multi-colored effect) appearance in which a welded substrate comprised of a yarn or textile may have a variable degree of coloration that may be due to the dynamic control of the welding process. Creating a heather and/or space dye effect may only be revealed upon dyeing and finishing if these textile manufacturing steps are accomplished after the welding process.
  • However, a modulated welding process is not limited to producing heather or space dye effects but also may be configured to produce “embossed” yarns having a variable diameter (with changing yarn weight, which is to say without needing a substrate of variable length and/or diameter) and any number of other unique effects that for which there do not yet exist textile industry terminologies to describe. The degree to which the effect is observed may also be a function of the yarn or textile substrate that is acted upon. For example, the type of spinning process (e.g., ring spinning, open end spinning, vortex spinning, etc.) that was utilized to produce a substrate comprised of a yarn may requires different welding conditions (e.g., different process solvent ratios and/or application methods) from one another.
  • A. Comparison of Modulated and Non-Modulated Welding Processes
  • One illustrative example of a modulated welding process will now be described and compared to a non-modulated welding process (such as previously described herein above). However, the foregoing illustration is not meant to be limiting in any manner, and accordingly the specific parameters thereof do not limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In a non-modulated welding process, the welding process may be configured for a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun yarn, which substrate may be converted into an extremely consistent welded substrate with consistent coloration, consistent fell and finish, and consistent amount of visible exterior fiber ‘hair’ by operating the welding process consistently. For example, by configuring the welding process to utilize a stable process solvent to substrate mass ratio, steady yarn movement rate through the welding process, consistent temperature and pressure, etc. This welded substrate may also exhibit all of some of the welded substrate attributes previously described herein above.
  • Alternatively, if desired, a modulated welding process may be configured for a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun yarn to convert the substrate into a welded substrate comprised of a yarn that has a multi-colored heather or space dye appearance by dynamically varying certain parameters of the modulated welding process. This is a surprising and very useful result because the welding process can be automated to convert a substrate comprised of commodity ring spun 30/1 yarn (which is a generally uniform product produced at large scale) into a welded substrate comprised of welded yarn having a unique look, feel, and/or finish for a multitude of end uses and applications. In correlative modulated welding processes, the welding process may be configured for use with substrates comprised of heavier (including but not limited to Ne 18 yarn) and lighter (including but not limited to Ne 40 yarn) commodity and specialized yarns without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Moreover, a modulated welding process is not limited to configurations thereof for creating specialized effects and finishes just with substrates comprised of yarns. For example, application of process solvents including but not limited to mixed inorganic solvents such as aqueous solutions of lithium and/or sodium hydroxide with urea can be applied to both substrates comprised of yarns and even to substrates comprised of an entire textile that has itself been produced from either conventional material (e.g., yarn that has not been through a welding processes) or welded substrates (e.g., welded yarn).
  • Treatment of fabrics using a welding process can be accomplished over a localized region or regions of a fabric or garment. For example, processes such as those used in inkjet and/or screen printing of process solvent can be a very useful method by which to accomplish area-specific welding processes for 2D and/or 3D substrates. Alternatively, a welding process may be configured to yield a 2D and/or 3D welded substrate of relative uniform characteristics over an entire piece of material or garment.
  • When a welding process is configured and employed with appropriate control of various parameters thereof (e.g., limited welding time, relatively low process solvent ratio, etc.), the welding process may yield welded substrates with improved strength and pilling characteristics of woven and knitted textiles compared to their conventional raw substrate counterparts without excessive welding of yarn junctions within textiles. Alternatively, a welding process differently configured (e.g., longer welding time, higher process solvent ratios, etc.), may yield a welded substrate comprised of a woven or knitted material with welded and/or partially welded yarn junctions in woven and knitted materials to provide much stiffer and/or more robust materials. An advantage of employing a welding process on a 2D and/or 3D substrate (e.g., fabric, textiles) compared to 1D substrates (e.g., yarn, thread) is that large amounts of materials be treated simultaneously. However, as previously described above, welding substrates comprised of yarn and/or thread prior to weaving and/or knitting may yield a number of manufacturing and performance synergies. The choice of when and how to apply a given welding process to a particular substrate is largely dependent on the type of intended outcome/end use application for the welded substrate, and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In addition to the possibilities listed above, it is possible to configure a welding process to form the cross section of 1D (e.g., yarn and/or thread), 2D, and/or 3D substrates (e.g., fabric and/or textiles as applicable to either 2D and/or 3D substrates) and/or the components of the substrates (e.g., an individual yarn or thread of a 2D and/or 3D substrate) into shapes other than circular shapes or welded substrates having circular cross-sectional shapes. Possible shapes include but are not limited to flattened oval or ribbon-like shapes. This may be accomplished by configuring a welding process to utilize appropriately shaped dies and/or rollers positioned within the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, process solvent recovery zone 4, drying zone 5, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Conventional yarns used as substrates normally yield welded substrates that exhibit cross-sectional shapes that are roughly circular after the welding process. Generally, this may be because potential energy may be minimized as capillary forces draw process solvent(s) toward the core of a yarn as fibers are welded/fused. A welding process may be configured to yield welded yarn substrates that have non-circular cross-sectional shapes by employing at least specific forming methods and/or apparatuses to manipulate the process wetted substrate and/or forming the reconstituted wetted substrate as it dries.
  • B. Modulated and Non-Modulated Welding Processes Using Spatially Controlled Heating and/or Spatially Controlled Process Solvent Application
  • Spatial control of adding chemicals to substrates (e.g., inkjet printing of ionic liquids) has been previously disclosed, such as in U.S. Pat. No. 6,048,388. The spatial control of a welding process may also be directly controlled at least by heat activation in selected regions within the substrate (to manipulate any characteristic and/or attribute of the resulting welded substrate as described in detail above), wherein a welding process may be configured as a modulated welding process using spatially controlled heating. IL-based solvents typically do not appreciably weld (modify) natural fiber substrates 10 at room temperature (about 20° C.) for time frames on the order of minutes. Typically, it may be advantageous to apply heat to activate and/or speed the welding process. This may involve heating the entire substrate to temperatures greater than about 40° C. for at least several seconds.
  • A schematic representation of a welding process that may be configured as a modulated welding process is shown in FIG. 11A, which may utilize 2D substrates. The modulated welding process shown in FIG. 11A may be configured to use a beam of infrared (laser) light to heat specific locations of a substrate to which process solvent has been previously applied. Heat from the directed energy beam may activate the welding process in specific locations of the substrate and is evident in one configuration of a welding process by the conversion of cellulose I (for natural cotton substrate) to cellulose II (cotton substrate after welding) and controlled volume consolidation (i.e., the thickness of the substrate may be reduced while the area is unaffected).
  • As is evident by a comparison of FIGS. 10B and 11E, changes to the surface of the substrate are evident via visual inspection, which changes are a result of exposure from a directed energy source. Additionally, by controlling the power of the energy source (keeping the power sufficiently low), the substrate (cellulose in this example) was not ablated. A welding process may be configured to utilize any suitable wavelength of electromagnetic energy without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims including but not limited to visible light, microwaves, ultra violet light, and/or combinations thereof to achieve spatially controlled heating.
  • Referring now to both FIGS. 11A & 11B, which provide schematic representations of modulated welding processes applied to 2D substrates, FIG. 11A depicts spatially controlled heating and FIG. 11B depicts spatially controlled process solvent application. Again, FIG. 11A depicts the addition of heat to a substrate, process wetted substrate, and/or process solvent by a directed energy beam. The process solvent amount and/or composition may be modulated at specific locations or broadcast over the entire substrate. Referring to FIG. 11B, the amount of process solvent and/or composition thereof may be modulated at specific locations, and then large areas of the process wetted substrate may be heated by a broadcast energy source. Both modulated welding processes may result in volume controlled consolidation of the substrate after reconstitution and drying.
  • Referring now to both FIGS. 11C & 11D, which provide schematic representations of modulated welding processes applied to 1D substrates, FIG. 11C depicts spatially controlled heating and FIG. 11D depicts spatially controlled process solvent application. As shown in FIG. 11A, heat may be added to a substrate, process wetted substrate, and/or process solvent via a pulsed energy source. The process solvent amount and/or composition may be modulated at specific locations or broadcast over the entire substrate. Referring to FIG. 11D, the amount of process solvent and/or composition thereof may be modulated at specific locations, and then large areas of the process wetted substrate may be heated by a broadcast energy source and/or by a pulsed energy source. Both welding process may be configured to provide careful control over process solvent efficacy and rheology, and associated viscous drag in order to achieve the desired effect.
  • An image of a modulated welded yarn substrate that was produced via a modulated welding process wherein the flow rate of the process solvent was modulated (e.g., pulsed in a manner similar to that depicted in FIG. 11D) is shown in FIG. 11E. Configuring the modulated welding process to achieve the desired viscous drag (which in this example was done by physical contact with the process wetted substrate to spread the process solvent from the initial point of contact) resulted in alternating portions along the length of the welded substrate that were lightly welded and highly welded. In FIG. 11E, the portion on the right side of the figure is lightly welded and the portion on the right side of the figure is highly welded.
  • An image of a fabric made from a welded substrate that has be subjected to a modulated welding process is shown in FIG. 11F. The welded substrate used to produce the fabric in FIG. 11F may be produced via the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A and previously described herein. The modulated welding process was achieved via modulating process solvent pumping rate and viscous drag. By proper control of the welding process, a variable degree of controlled volume consolidation and specific degree of welding was achieved. The net effect was to modulate the amount of hair and empty space in the welded yarn substrate.
  • After this modulated welded yarn substrate was knit into a fabric and dyed, the depth of color was found to vary with the degree of welding. This yielded the surprising ‘space dye’ or ‘heather’ effect evident from FIG. 11F. Typically, in the fashion industry, this effect requires multiple yarns to be knitted into a single fabric. Modulated fiber welding not only provides the aforementioned benefits of quicker drying times and enhanced moisture management, but in this case, also adds a unique yet controllable color modulation that is of interest for a variety of fashion applications. Combining the modulated welding effect with a predetermined stitch length and/or with the tightness factor of a weave gives even further enhancement over the fabric color and texture. This is new result may find use in any number of conventional and functional products.
  • As briefly mentioned above, a welding process may be configured to control the amount of cellulose I crystal that is converted to cellulose II crystal. Referring now to FIG. 15A, a graphical representation of x-ray diffraction data (XRD) for a raw cotton yarn substrate (plot A) and a cotton yarn that was fully dissolved with excess ionic liquid process solvent and then reconstituted (plot B) is shown therein. As used herein, plot B does not represent a “welded substrate” or “welded yarn substrate” or any other substrate produced according to the present disclosure because the entire raw yarn substrate was denatured and the native biopolymer structure was completely changed unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. In plot A, native cotton cellulose polymer is clearly shown in the cellulose I state. In plot B, there is clearly less crystalline character of cellulose II, which is present in cotton that has been fully dissolved and had its native structure wholly disrupted.
  • Table 14.1 shows some of the key processing parameters used to manufacture three separate welded substrates, wherein the processing parameters for the first two rows may be employed with the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A, and wherein the processing parameters for the third row may be employed with the welding process and apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A. The process parameters for each column heading in Table 6.1 are the same as those previously described regarding Table 1.1.
  • TABLE 14.1
    Welding Solv.
    Pull Rate Zone Time Ratio
    Temperatures (° C.) (m/min) (sec) (g/g) Solvent Type
    Process solvent 18.0 8.5 2.0 EMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 90 1:2 (Mole Ratio)
    process pressure
    temperature zone: 80
    Process solvent 18.0 8.5 3.0 BMIm OAc:ACN
    application zone: 105 1:1 (Mole Ratio) +
    process pressure 0.5% (by wt.)
    temperature zone: 105 Cellulose Additive
    Process solvent 30 135 >7 (to the LiOH:Urea
    application zone/process yarn 8:15 Wt % in
    pressure temperature saturation Sol'n
    zone: −14 limit)
  • Referring now to FIG. 15B, which provides XRD data plots for the three welded yarn substrates produced using the process parameters shown in Table 14.1, plot A corresponds to the first row of Table 14.1, plot B corresponds to the second row thereof, and plot C corresponds to the last row of Table 14.1. In contrasting and comparing FIGS. 15A & 15B, it is apparent that the welded yarn substrates produced via the welding processes and apparatuses of FIGS. 9A and 10A utilizing the processing parameters from Table 14.1, respectively, retain native cellulose I structure of cotton while the welded yarn substrates are controllably modified to exhibit enhanced properties and/or attributes. The preservation of native cellulose I structure may be achieved utilizing various process solvent systems and various apparatuses as previously discussed in detail above.
  • 9. Welding Processes For Dyeing And Resulting Products
  • A. Indigo Dyeing Background
  • Indigo dye is widely used in the treatment of cotton textiles. The indigo molecule, 2,2′-Bis(2,3-dihydro-3-oxoindolyliden), is generally water insoluble and thus not used for directly dyeing textiles. Instead, the reduced form, called leuco-indigo (or white indigo), which is water soluble, is used for dyeing textiles in the prior art and upon subsequent exposure to oxygen it reverts to the oxidized state that has the characteristic blue color. The prior art process for indigo dying is very water intensive and relies on large volumes of ancillary process chemicals such as sodium dithionite (sodium hydrosulfite), sodium hydroxide, and detergents (wetting and washing agents). In the prior art indigo dyeing technique, the dye can only penetrate a short distance into the yarn and thus multiple passes (dips) through dyeing vats are required to build-up the desired color intensity.
  • Techniques to improve dyeing processes have been proposed in the art but none have significantly reduced the water demand and requirement for acid and/or alkaline solutions. Bianchini et. al, ACS Sustainable Chem. Eng. 2015, 3, 2303-2308 propose the addition of 2 grams/liter ionic liquids to dye solutions to improve the uptake of disperse dyes in fabrics. This technology was shown to be effective for this class of dyes that have some level of water solubility but does not have applicability to dyes that are water insoluble (e.g., indigo).
  • U.S. Pat. No. 7,731,762 discloses the use of ionic liquids as carriers for dyes. The ionic liquids disclosed in that patent are not known to interact strongly with cellulosic materials and are not considered chaotropic. Furthermore, the patent does not disclose any ionic liquids selected specifically for use with indigo dye in dyeing a cellulosic product.
  • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 20060090271 discloses the use of ionic liquids to partially dissolve the exterior of cellulosic fibers and applying, either simultaneously or sequentially, a benefit agent that may comprise a dye or dye fixative agent. Nowhere in the disclosure are specific embodiments of an ionic liquid and dye combination that is particularly suited for the process of indigo dyeing.
  • In traditional dyeing as defined herein, colorants such as molecular dyes are dissolved/dispersed at the molecular level within a solution. Upon exposure to such solutions, substrate (e.g., yarns, fabrics, etc.) absorb dyes and take on the color of the dye. Dyes can be reactive with special linking chemistry that creates covalent linkages between the dye and the substrate. Alternatively, dyes can be non-reactive and simply absorb and associate with the substrate through intermolecular associations (e.g., any combination of dispersion, dipole-dipole, hydrogen bonding, ion-dipole, ion-ion, and/or other attractions).
  • A cross-sectional depiction of a typical ring spun undyed yarn substrate 90 shown in FIG. 16A wherein individual undyed fiber substrates 92 are shown, wherein the undyed yarn substrate 90 is depicted as uncolored (such that it would appear white under ambient conditions). A cross-sectional depiction of that same undyed yarn substrate 90 after it has been treated via a prior art indigo dyeing process is shown in FIG. 16B, such that is a dyed yarn substrate 90′ wherein individual dyed fiber substrates 92′ are shown. As shown in FIG. 16B, there is a color gradient going from the exterior of the dyed yarn substrate 90′ to the interior thereof in the generally radial direction such that dyed fiber substrates 92′ toward the exterior of the dyed yarn substrate 90′ are more colored than those toward the interior of the dyed yarn substrate 90′.
  • In traditional pigment padding as defined herein, colorants including but not limited to micro to nanometer-sized pigment particles of the colorant (e.g., indigo) are dispersed in a solution that also contains a binder which is often a polymeric binder material. Upon exposure to such solutions, binder and pigment particles are deposited on the substrate fibers and the binder holds pigment particles to and within the substrate. Binders can be either reactive (create new chemical bonding) or non-reactive (associate through intermolecular interactions, included but not limited to those listed above) with the substrate.
  • B. Dyeing and Welding Process Generally
  • Dyeing and welding processes according to the present disclosure allow for surprising new pigment padding techniques for indigo. Specifically, a dyeing and welding process may be configured as a type of pigment padding process that adds indigo pigment particles to cellulosic substrates (e.g., cotton substrates). For example, in one dyeing and welding process disclosed herein, the process may be configured with an aqueous process solvent that may utilize alkali metal hydroxide with urea with dissolved cellulose and indigo pigment particles that may be utilized to add indigo to cotton yarns. The dyeing and welding process can be implemented to execute key aspects of the pigment padding technique. While accomplishing this, use of harsh chemicals that are today utilized in commercial indigo dyeing processes (and that are responsible to reduce indigo into anionic form) is avoided. This has important ramifications on process cost and specifically the amount of water utilized to achieve indigo dyeing. Because a welding process may be configured also to tune the physical characteristics of natural fiber substrates, the dyeing and welding processes described herein also allow additional tuning of textiles (i.e., fabrics) in ways never before possible utilizing traditional dyeing and/or pigment padding techniques.
  • In addition, the use of process solvents that are solvents for biopolymer materials (i.e., cellulose, silk, etc.), and which are also able to dissolve some amount of the pigment (molecules and/or ions) may allow for a new ‘hybrid’ dyeing techniques that not only adds pigment particles with binder, but also is able to introduce molecular and/or ionic dye species to and within the fiber substrate. Such hybrid techniques may incorporate elements of both traditional dyeing and pigment padding techniques. In one dyeing and welding process, indigo dye particles can be dispersed in process solvents that both contain solubilized polymer (e.g., cellulosic binder) and that also have additional efficacy to dissolving indigo dye molecules. In particular, ionic liquid-based solvents with certain molecular co-solvent additives are tunable for this hybrid methodology. Using welding processes such as those previously described herein above, process solvent is applied to yarns with appropriate viscous drag and materials either dissolved in or suspended in the process solvent, for example, cellulosic binders with indigo dye (both pigment particles and molecular indigo species), in new and unique ways.
  • In dyeing and welding processes configured with a process solvent comprised of an ionic liquid, molecular co-solvents such as acetonitrile (“CAN”), dimethyl sulfoxide (“DMSO”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), etc. can be utilized as appropriate to tune the efficacy of the solvent towards, for example, cellulosic binder and molecular indigo dye/indigo pigment particles. Assuming proper viscous drag is employed throughout the dyeing and welding process (e.g., at least in the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, and/or process solvent recovery zone 4), then the overall dyeing and welding process may be configured to yield a welded substrate with the desired color—either consistent, controllable shade of color and/or modulated color as appropriate. Moreover, by adding additional process solvent that contains additional binder (e.g., dissolved cellulose in an ionic liquid-based process solvent), an effect similar to that previously described herein (shown at least in FIGS. 9I and 9J and referred to as “shell welded”) can be imparted that both tunes the degree to which dye is entrapped within the resulting welded substrate and simultaneously tunes the physical properties of the resulting welded substrate (e.g., controlled volume consolidation, amount of hair at the substrate surface, strength and other mechanical properties, etc.). That is, a dyeing and welding process may be configured to simultaneously deliver and tune the color of the resulting welded substrate (e.g., welded yarn substrate) while also simultaneously tuning the physical characteristics thereof.
  • The following description relates generally to a method for producing welded substrates in which the welding process may be configured such that the resulting welded substrate may also be colored and/or dyed concurrently with welding (generally referred to herein as a “dyeing and welding process”). Although the following description focuses primarily on indigo dye applied to a cellulosic substrate, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless indicated in the following claims, and the general concepts may be applied to other coloring and/or dying agents and/or other substrates as applicable.
  • In an aspect of a dyeing and welding process, a process solvent system comprised of a chaotropic ionic liquid (i.e., an ionic liquid capable of at least partially dissolving cellulose) in solution with an aprotic solvent may carry indigo dye into a cellulosic substrate for effective dyeing. As used herein, “fiber,” “cellulosic fiber,” “cellulose,” “yarn,” and “thread” may all be used interchangeably, and the scope of the present disclosure extends to all such forms of cellulose-based material unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. In another aspect of a welding process configured for use with a coloring and/or dyeing agent, the substrate may be configured as a 2D substrate or 3D substrate without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Unexpectedly, during reconstitution of the process wetted substrate (e.g., in the process solvent recovery zone 4, in which the ionic liquid and aprotic solvent are removed from the fiber) removal of the process solvent or a portion of the process solvent may be accomplished such that none or a negligible amount of the indigo dye molecule is removed. That is, the indigo dye molecule, once carried into the cellulose fiber, may be thereby strongly bound to the cellulose fiber such that the removal forces required to remove (wash out) the process solvent (in this case, ionic liquid and an aprotic solvent) are insufficient to dislodge the bound indigo dye.
  • In contrast to the prior art, a dyeing and welding process may also add the benefit of fiber modification that may occur concurrently with the dyeing step. This fiber modification may be configured to smoothen and/or strengthen the yarn through a welding process such as that disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,202,379, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, or any of the co-pending applications listed above. In a welding process configured to both result in dyeing the fiber and modify the fiber through the welding process, the ionic liquid may be both able to carry the indigo dye into the yarn and partially dissolve the exterior layer of the fibers to improve their strength and/or smoothness, and/or to add other functional materials to the fibers through the welding process.
  • As previously described in detail above regarding the entrapment of functional material via a welding process (and with reference at least to FIGS. 4A-D and 5A-D), a dyeing and welding process may be configured to entrap a coloring agent (e.g., indigo dye) with a biopolymer matrix. Such a dyeing and welding process may yield a welded substrate that is colored in a manner akin to pigment padding, wherein the biopolymer may act as a binder.
  • Additionally, a dyeing and welding process may be configured to impart any of the attributes for welded substrates previously described herein above to the welded substrate produced via the dyeing and welding process subject to various compatibility constraints (e.g., chemical compatibility, attribute compatibility, etc.) without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • C. Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Processes
  • Various illustrative examples of dyeing and welding processes configured for indigo dyeing of cellulose fibers will now be described in detail. However, the foregoing illustrations are not meant to be limiting in any manner, and accordingly the specific parameters, temperatures, pressures, ratios, etc. thereof do not limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • In an aspect of one dyeing and welding process, indigo dye powder may be suspended and partially solubilized in a process solvent comprised of a chaotropic ionic liquid solvent. Such solvents include but are not limited to 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“EMIm OAc”), 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride (“BMIm Cl”), 1-propyl-3-methylimidazolium acetate (“PMIm OAc”), and others that are known chaotropic ionic liquid solvents (those capable of dissolving natural fibers) as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,671,178 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). However, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by the specific ionic liquid used unless so indicated in the following claims. Moreover, process solvents utilized for delivery of indigo dye and/or other materials are rarely pure. In fact, process solvent are often mixtures of ionic species with molecular species (e.g., EMIm Ac+DMSO+ACN or LiOH+urea+water) or even process solvents composed entirely of molecular species. Generally, the smaller the individual particle size of indigo when in powder form, the greater the efficacy of the coloring using a dyeing and welding process. In one dyeing and coloring process, it may be advantageous to utilize indigo powder with particle sizes ranging from 0.01 to 10 microns. In other processes it may be advantageous to utilize indigo powder with particle sizes ranging from 0.1 to 1.0 microns. Accordingly, the specific particle size, physical characteristics, and/or other features of the indigo used in a dyeing and welding process in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • It has been found particularly advantageous to use aprotic polar solvents (e.g. DMSO, DMF, etc.) as a co-solvent with the ionic liquid (to create a process solvent system) to aid in processing, as it may reduce the viscosity of the process solvent. However, other additives may be used with the ionic liquid without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Generally, the ionic liquid and any additives thereto are referred to herein as the “process solvent” but may also be referred to as a “process solvent system.” Indigo dye is only somewhat soluble in DMSO and DMF. Accordingly, in certain dyeing and welding processes, the benefits of direct dyeing using a mixture of ionic liquid and DMSO or DMF is not primarily due to improved solubility of the indigo dye in the process solvent. However, in other dyeing and welding processes, a process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF may result in a relatively greater amount of pigmentation for the welded substrate due to dyeing (as opposed to pigment padding).
  • Indigo dye has been found to slowly be reduced in EMIm OAc over time, and thus turn from the characteristic blue color to a green hue. Accordingly, it is contemplated that in many applications it may be advantageous to use the suspension within forty-eight hours of initial preparation.
  • In experiments, indigo dye has been successfully applied to yarn according to the following process steps. Indigo dye powder (0.5-3% by weight) is suspended in a 50:50 weight ratio solution of EMIm OAc and DMSO. This mixture is stirred to generate a fine fluid suspension. Subsequently, this suspension is filtered through a >50 mesh screen to remove unsuspended particles of dye that could result in inconsistencies in application or clogging of the process equipment. This process solvent is delivered to the injector for application to yarns. When using the EMIm OAc and DMSO blended process solvent, a preferred process solvent-to-fiber ratio is approximately 1-6 times the mass of process solvent to the mass of yarn that is treated. The welding and concurrent dyeing time is 5-15 seconds at a process temperature of 70° C-100° C. The welded and dyed yarn then may be put through a rinsing and reconstitution step to halt the welding process. It has been found that removal of the process solvent from the yarn does not remove the indigo dye. The welded and dyed yarn then may be dried and packaged in a similar way as currently done in the industry.
  • Generally, raw 1D substrate comprised of cotton yarn may be partially dissolved in a welding process as disclosed above, specifically a welding process configured similarly to that shown in FIG. 9A, wherein indigo dye was included as part of the process solvent. The process solvent may comprise an ionic liquid (e.g., EMIm OAc), a co-solvent, indigo powder, and in some cases, dissolved cellulose. In these experiments, it was found that certain co-solvents (e.g., acetonitrile (ACN), DMSO, DMF, etc.) are ideally implemented in welding processes configured to have relatively short residence times in the process temperature/pressure zone 4 so as to not chemically alter the indigo dye. Such co-solvents may cause reduction of the indigo powder in cases of prolonged exposure thereto. In contrast, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) may be an advantageous co-solvent for other dyeing and welding processes when used with EMIm OAc in that the indigo dye is not quickly reduced and DMSO (or DMF) is able to solubilize at least part of the indigo dye. Additionally, in certain dyeing and welding processes it may be advantageous to include some dissolved cellulose in the process solvent.
  • The resistance of a dyed yarn to crocking (wear-off of the dye) is measured using a crockmeter according to AATCC 8. In accordance with this procedure, yarn is wound on a rigid panel and mounted parallel to the travel of the arm of the machine. A clean white test fabric patch is rubbed against the yarn for a total of 20 strokes (10 reciprocal cycles) and the color of this test fabric patch is compared to a grey-scale control. A dyed sample that transfers no color is rated 5 (excellent) while a sample that stains the test fabric patch heavily is rated 1 (very poor). Samples of yarn were made according to various process conditions as explained in the experimental descriptions below and subsequently tested according to AATCC 8.
  • First Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • In this dyeing and welding process, a raw substrate comprised of 10/1 ring spun cotton yarn was welded using a process solvent comprised of EMimOAc:ACN 67:33 weight ratio (1M:2M) to which 3% by-weight indigo powder was added. To ensure complete mixing of the process solvent, this mixture was subject to dual asymmetric centrifugal mixing in a FlackTek mixer. This process solvent was applied to the yarn substrate in a welding process wherein the yarn was not completely dissolved but where the properties of the yarn are improved by partially dissolving the yarn and thus fusing the yarn fibers together. Here, the process solvent application zone 2 was configured with an injector 60 (where the process solvent is impinged onto the yarn) held at 75° C. and the substrate outlet 64 (which may constitute all or a portion of the process temperature/pressure zone 3) was held at 100° C. The process solvent was applied to the yarn at an application rate of three times the yarn weight (that is, for every 10 grams of yarn that ran through the injector 30 grams of process solvent were pumped into the injector 60). The yarn was pulled through a welding column (i.e., the process temperature/pressure zone 3) at a rate that resulted in a total welding time of approximately 10 seconds. The yarn was then reconstituted in a counter-flow column of 70° C. ACN. The counter-flow rate was greater than 10 times the process solvent dosing rate. After winding this welded yarn substrate on a spool, the spool was rinsed in water and then subsequently dried. The resulting welded yarn substrate was then wound on a rigid holding device and tested according to AATCC 8. Testing showed very poor crocking resistance with a numerical rating of 1.5.
  • Second Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • In a dyeing and welding process very similar to that used in first illustrative dyeing and welding process discussed immediately above, in the second illustrative process the raw yarn substrate was prepared with a process solvent that included both dispersed indigo powder at 3% by-weight and dissolved cellulose at 0.3% by-weight. This yarn substrate was similarly welded and reconstituted before being rinsed and dried as described above for the first illustrative dyeing and welding process. The resulting welded yarn substrate was tested according to AATCC 8. Testing showed very poor crocking resistance with a numerical rating of 1.5.
  • Third Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • The welded yarn substrate that was made via the first illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking. The second welding process utilized a process solvent that did not include an indigo powder but did include 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose. The process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zones 3 for the second welding were configured as previously described for the first illustrative dyeing and welding processes. The twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow ACN. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 2.5 but the test fabric patch was also a green hue instead of indigo-blue color.
  • Fourth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • The welded yarn substrate that was made via the second illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking. The second welding process here utilized a process solvent that included 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose. The process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zones 3 for the second welding were configured as previously described for the first illustrative dyeing and welding processes. The twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow ACN. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 2 but the test fabric patch had a green hue instead of being a true indigo-blue color.
  • Fifth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • This welded yarn substrate was processed in all ways identical to that previously described in the fourth illustrative dyeing and welding process except that instead of using hot ACN as the reconstitution solvent, 70° C. water was utilized instead. This twice-welded yarn exhibited a modestly improved crocking resistance rating of 2.5; the test fabric patch was still not true indigo-blue but was less green than the test fabric patch used to test the twice-welded yarn substrate from the third illustrative dyeing and welding process.
  • Sixth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • The twice-welded yarn that was produced using the fourth illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a third welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking. The third welding process utilized a process solvent that included 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose. The thrice-welded yarn was reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow water. This thrice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this thrice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 3.5; the test fabric patch was still not true indigo-blue but was less green than the test fabric patch used to test the twice-welded yarn substrate from the third illustrative dyeing and welding process.
  • Seventh Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • In this dyeing and welding process, a raw substrate comprised of 10/1 ring spun cotton yarn was welded using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc:DMSO 50:50 weight ratio to which 2.5% by-weight indigo powder and 0.25% by-weight cellulose was added. To ensure complete mixing of the process solvent, this mixture was subject to dual asymmetric centrifugal mixing in a FlackTek mixer. This process solvent was applied to the yarn in a natural fiber welding process wherein the yarn was not completely dissolved but where the properties of the yarn are improved by partially dissolving the yarn and thus fusing the yarn fibers together. Here, the process solvent application zone 2 was configured with an injector 60 (where the process solvent is impinged onto the yarn) held at 75° C. and the substrate outlet 64 (which may constitute all or a portion of the process temperature/pressure zone 3) was held at 100° C. The process solvent was applied to the yarn at an application rate of four times the yarn weight (that is, for every 10 grams of yarn that ran through the injector 40 grams of process solvent were pumped into the injector 60). The yarn was pulled through a welding column (i.e., the process temperature/pressure zone 3) at a rate that resulted in a total welding time of approximately 10 seconds. The yarn was then reconstituted in a counter-flow channel of 70° C. water. The counter-flow rate was greater than 10 times the process solvent dosing rate. After winding this welded yarn substrate on a spool, the spool was rinsed in water and then subsequently dried. The welded yarn substrate was then wound on a rigid holding device and tested according to AATCC 8. Testing showed very poor crocking resistance with a numerical rating of 1.
  • Eighth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • The welded yarn substrate that was made via the seventh illustrative dyeing and welding process was subjected to a second welding process in an attempt to better secure the dye to the yarn and minimize crocking. The second welding process utilized a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc:DMSO 50:50 weight ratio without indigo powder, but which did include 0.5% by-weight dissolved cellulose. The twice-welded yarn was likewise reconstituted in 70° C. counter-flow water. This twice-welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this twice-welded yarn was improved to a rating of 3 with the test fabric exhibiting characteristic indigo-blue color.
  • Ninth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • Kelvar® yarn substrate was subjected to the second illustrative dyeing and welding process (i.e., a process solvent comprised of 3% by-weight dispersed indigo powder, 0.3% by-weight dissolved cotton, EMIm OAc:ACN 67:33 weight ratio) to see whether indigo-blue reconstituted cotton would adhere to the yellow Kevlar® yarn substrate. The resulting welded yarn substrate did not turn blue and any blue tint was easily removed by rinsing.
  • Tenth Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • In this dyeing and welding process, the dyeing and welding process may be configured to have more than one process solvent application zones 2, more than one process solvents, more than one process temperature/pressure zones 3, and/or more than one process solvent recovery zones 4 (which also may be referred to as a reconstitution zone). Accordingly, such a dyeing and welding process may be configured to yield a welded yarn substrate similar to the twice- and/or thrice-welded yarn substrates previously described, but realizing efficiencies resulting from a single substrate feed zone 1, a single process solvent recovery zone 4, a single drying zone 5, and/or a single welded substrate collection zone 7. Generally, the various zones of a dyeing and welding process (or steps thereof) may be discrete from one another, or one or more zones may be contiguous with one another such that the transition from one zone to the next is gradual, and such that a specific end point for one zone and the start of another zone is not determinable.
  • A dyeing and welding process may be configured such that two distinct process solvents are applied in series to a substrate such that two process solvent application zones 2 and two process temperature/pressure zones 3 are utilized. However, that dyeing and welding process may be configured such that only one process solvent recovery zone 4 is required, which process solvent recovery zone 4 removes all or a portion of both process solvents. Alternatively, a dyeing and welding process may be configured with two distinct process solvents and a single process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3.
  • In yet another dyeing and welding process, two distinct process solvents may be applied in series to a substrate such that two process solvent application zones 2 and two process temperature/pressure zones 3 are utilized, and wherein the dyeing and welding process utilizes two process solvent recovery zones 4. A first process solvent recovery zone 4 may be associated with the first process solvent (and, accordingly, the first process solvent application zone 2 and first process temperature/pressure zone 3) and a second process solvent recovery zone 4 may be associated with the second process solvent (and, accordingly, the second process solvent application zone 2 and second process temperature/pressure zone 3). The composition, temperature, flow characteristics, etc. of the process solvent recovery zone(s) 4 may differ for each process solvent and/or dyeing and welding process based at least upon the desired attributes for the resulting welded substrate. Accordingly, those parameters do not limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims. In light of the present disclosure, those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the scope of the present disclosure is not limited to two process solvents, two process solvent application zones 2 and two process temperature/pressure zones 3, and/or two process solvent recovery zones 4, but extends to any number thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Eleventh Illustrative Dyeing and Welding Process
  • In another dyeing and welding process, the process solvent may be comprised of an aqueous hydroxide salt. Such a dyeing and welding process may be configured to use the machinery and/or apparatuses shown in FIG. 10A. For example, a process solvent comprised of 8 percent-by-weight lithium hydroxide, 15 percent-by-weight urea, and 2.5 percent-by-weight indigo powder may be applied to a substrate comprised of 30/1 ring spun cotton yarn in such a manner that the indigo powder was not reduced (i.e., the process solvent only suspended the indigo powder, it did not dissolve it nor chemically alter it). The process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be configured such that the ratio of mass of process solvent to substrate is 7:1. The temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and process temperature/pressure zone may be held at −12° C., and the process solvent may be allowed to interact with the substrate for between 3 and 4 minutes, after which water may be applied to the substrate to recover the process solvent to yield a welded substrate that is pigmented with indigo. This welded yarn was rinsed in water and dried before being subject to AATCC 8 crocking testing. The crocking resistance of this welded yarn had a rating of 1 with the test fabric exhibiting characteristic indigo-blue color.
  • A depiction of a welded yarn substrate 100 that may be produced using a single process solvent is shown in FIG. 17A, and an individual highly welded substrate fiber 105 from that welded yarn substrate 100 is shown in FIG. 17B. It is contemplated that the dyeing and welding process may be configured such that the degree of welding of the welded yarn substrate 100 will decrease in the radial dimension thereof in a direction from the exterior to the interior of the welded yarn substrate 100. Accordingly, moving from the exterior to the interior thereof, there may be one or more layers of highly welded substrate fibers 105, moderately welded substrate fibers 104, lightly welded substrate fibers 103, and substrate fibers 102 (generally near the center of the welded yarn substrate 100). The degree of welding on the welded yarn substrate 100 may be manipulated via adjusting various process parameters are previously described above.
  • Dye and/or a coloring agent may be trapped within individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 and/or in an area between those welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 via a binder 106. The optimal chemical composition of the binder 106 may vary from one dyeing and welding process to the next, and may be dependent at least on the chemical composition of the substrate. In a dyeing and welding process wherein the substrate is comprised of a cotton yarn it has been found advantageous to configure the binder such that it comprises biopolymer, and specifically advantageous if the biopolymer comprises cellulose. The binder 106 may be applied to the welded yarn substrate 100 via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate. In one dyeing and welding process, the solvent may be a process solvent having dissolved cellulose therein such that in the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., reconstitution zone) the binder 106 is deposited on and/or within the welded substrate.
  • Referring now to FIG. 17B, individual pigment particles 109 are shown on the exterior of individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 as well as entrapped within a binder 106. As well as a color gradient among individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the welded yarn substrate 100 to the interior thereof, there may be a color gradient within the individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 to the interior thereof. The concentration of pigment particles 109 engaged with an individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 may be greatest adjacent the exterior surface thereof, as depicted in FIG. 17B. Generally, a portion of pigment particles 109 may be entrapped within a welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105, a second portion thereof may be entrapped between welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105, and a third portion thereof may be entrapped within a binder 106.
  • It is contemplated that pigment particles 109 positioned in the most radially distal location on an individual substrate fiber 103, 104, 105, which individual substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 is positioned at the most radial distal location of the welded yarn substrate 100 may exhibit relatively less colorfastness when compared to other pigment particles 109.
  • A depiction of a welded yarn substrate 100 that may be produced using multiple process solvents is shown in FIG. 18A, and an individual highly welded substrate fiber 105 from that welded yarn substrate 100 is shown in FIG. 18B. Again, it is contemplated that the dyeing and welding process may be configured such that the degree of welding of the welded yarn substrate 100 will decrease in the radial dimension thereof in a direction from the exterior to the interior of the welded yarn substrate 100. Accordingly, moving from the exterior to the interior thereof, there may be one or more layers of highly welded substrate fibers 105, moderately welded substrate fibers 104, lightly welded substrate fibers 103, and substrate fibers 102 (generally near the center of the welded yarn substrate 100). The degree of welding on the welded yarn substrate 100 may be manipulated via adjusting various process parameters are previously described above.
  • As with the welded yarn substrate 100 in FIG. 17A, in FIG. 18A dye and/or a coloring agent may be trapped within individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 and/or in an area between those welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 via a binder 106. The optimal chemical composition of the binder 106 may vary from one dyeing and welding process to the next, and may be dependent at least on the chemical composition of the substrate. In a dyeing and welding process wherein the substrate is comprised of a cotton yarn it has been found advantageous to configure the binder such that it comprises biopolymer, and specifically advantageous if the biopolymer comprises cellulose. The binder 106 may be applied to the substrate via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate. The binder 106 may be applied to the substrate in the same step as the dye and/or coloring agent (e.g., via mixing indigo powder the process solvent). In one dyeing and welding process, the solvent may be a process solvent having dissolved cellulose therein such that in the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., reconstitution zone) the binder 106 is deposited on and/or within the welded substrate.
  • The welded yarn substrate 100 shown in FIG. 18A may also comprise a binder shell 108 positioned on the radially exterior portion thereof. The binder shell 108 may be applied to a welded yarn substrate 100 that has already had the dye and/or coloring agent and/or binder 106 applied to it, which application of dye and/or coloring agent and/or binder 106 may be via application of one or more process solvents to the substrate. In one dyeing and welding process the binder shell 108 may be applied via dissolution of the binder 106 in an appropriate solvent, which solvent may then be applied to the substrate or welded substrate yarn substrate 100. Generally, it has been found that for some dyeing and welding processes it may be advantageous for colorfastness of the welded yarn substrate 100 to omit any dye and/or coloring agent from the process solvent when applying the binder shell 108.
  • Referring now to FIG. 18B, individual pigment particles 109 are shown on the exterior of individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 as well as entrapped within a binder 106. A binder shell 108 without any pigment particles 109 entrapped therein may be positioned around the exterior of the welded yarn substrate 100. It is contemplated that such a binder shell 108 may increase the colorfastness of such a welded yarn substrate 100 relative to the prior art. As well as a color gradient among individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the welded yarn substrate to the interior thereof, there may be a color gradient within the individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 moving in a radial direction from the exterior of the individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 to the interior thereof. The concentration of pigment particles 109 engaged with an individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 may be greatest adjacent the exterior surface thereof, as depicted in FIG. 18B.
  • In some dyeing and welding processes, the chemical composition of the binder 106 and binder shell 108 may be similar or identical (e.g., cellulose polymer). However, in other dyeing and welding processes the binder 106 and binder shell 108 may have different chemical compositions, which chemical compositions may depend at least upon the pigment particles, substrate, etc.
  • It is contemplated that if the welded yarn substrate 100 from FIG. 17A were produced via a dyeing and welding process utilizing an injector 60 for process solvent application, the injector 60 may be configured in a manner similar to that shown in FIG. 6A. Similarly, a welded yarn substrate 100 like that shown in FIG. 18A may be produced via a dyeing and welding process utilizing an injector 60 for process solvent application. However, it is contemplated that such an injector 60 may be configured with more than one process solvent inputs 62 and application interfaces 63 because the dyeing and welding process configured to produce the welded yarn substrate 100 shown in FIG. 18A may use two separate process solvents (e.g., one with a dye and/or coloring agent for first application and a second without dye and/or a coloring agent for subsequent application to apply the binder shell 108). However, other structures and/or methods for applying one or more process solvents may be used without departing from the spirit or scope of the present application unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Depictions of cross sections of several possible welded yarn substrates that may be produced via a welding process or dyeing and welding process are depicted in FIGS. 19A-19C. For brevity, the term “welding process” as used when referring to FIGS. 19A-19C includes but is not limited to dyeing and welding processes as well as welding processes as previously disclosed herein above. An evenly welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19A. As used herein, the term “evenly welded” is used to denote a spatially consistent controlled volume consolidation throughout the cross section of a welded yarn substrate.
  • A shell welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19B. In contrast to the evenly welded yarn substrate, the shell welded yarn substrate may be a result of a welding process where polymers are swollen and mobilized such that the outermost fibers of a given substrate achieve intimate molecular-level welding interactions and effects. As such there may be a ring-like gradient of fiber welded substrate that is distinct from core fibers in the substrate, which core fibers may be largely unperturbed by the welding process.
  • A core welded yarn substrate is shown in FIG. 19C. In a core welded substrate (which again may be produced according to a welding process as disclosed herein), the biopolymers of the innermost fibers may be swollen and mobilized such that the core of the welded substrate exhibits a gradient of intimate molecular-level interactions but an outer ring of fibers are primarily left in their native states. In FIGS. 19A-19C, the darker shades of gray are intended to represent relatively greater molecular-level interactions between fibers.
  • It is important to note that the degree to which a welded substrate is even, shell, or core welded has important influence and consequences on the physical attributes of the welded substrate. For example, evenly welded yarn substrates may exhibit significantly reduced hairiness while simultaneously having increased modulus (which may be calculated by dividing strength/tenacity by elongation as shown in at least Tables 2.2, 3.2, etc.). For example, a welded substrate produced via a dyeing and welding process may have a modulus 100% greater than that of its raw yarn substrate counterpart while reducing the hairiness by approximately 30% to 99% compared to its raw yarn substrate counterpart (as measured by Uster Hairiness Index). In contrast, shell welded yarn substrates may exhibit significantly reduced hairiness but not have as large of a modulus increase as for evenly welded substrates since there is a core of fibers that are not welded and can slip with respect to other yarns and/or welded yarn substrates. Conversely, core welded yarn substrates may exhibit increased modulus but simultaneously retain a desired amount of hairiness. The ability to select or even modulate between even, shell, or core welded substrate attributes is a critical aspect to producing welded substrate yarns with optimized properties for fabrics. Surprising new fabrics can be constructed from yarns containing natural fibers by using welded yarn substrates optimized with spatially controlled volume consolidation of the welded yarn substrate.
  • A welding process may be configured to produce an evenly welded yarn substrate via appropriate control of the combination of process solvent efficacy and rheology with the application method including the amount of solvent with any viscous drag that may occur at various appropriate points during the substrate travel through the process solvent application zone 2, process temperature/pressure zone 3, and the process solvent recovery zone 4. The degree to which consistent welding results are obtained may also be a function of the process conditions including but not limited to the temperature as well as the method by which temperature is applied (i.e., radiative or non-radiative heat transfer or the combination thereof) as well as the atmospheric pressure, the atmospheric composition, the type and method of process solvent reclamation during the process solvent recovery zone 4 (e.g., choice of reconstitution solvent type, temperature, flow characteristics, etc.) and also the type and method of drying process that is utilized to remove the reconstitution solvent from the substrate.
  • Referring again to FIGS. 19B and 19C, which depict shell welded yarn substrates and core welded yarn substrates, respectively, a welding process may be configured to produce these alternative welded substrates via careful manipulation and control of the welding process parameters. Moreover, modulated fiber welding processes, as previously described in detail above, allow a substrate to be modulated among at least even, shell, and/or core welding outcomes as key process variables are modulated in real time.
  • Generally speaking, shell welding may be accomplished by spatially limiting welding conditions to the outside of the yarn substrate by any combination of (not limited to) process solvent composition (which effects either solvent efficacy, rheology, or both), process solvent application temperature and pressure, residence time in the process temperature/pressure zone 3, method of temperature control including heat transfer methodology, configuration of the process solvent recovery zone 4 (including but not limited to reconstitution solvent composition, flow characteristics, temperature, etc.), and/or the methodologies employed to remove the reconstitution solvent, etc.
  • For example, shell welding may be accomplished by increasing the solvent viscosity such that process solvent is deposited primarily on the exterior of a yarn substrate and the duration and temperature of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3 may be tuned to limit the degree to which process solvent wicks into the substrate and is effective at swelling and mobilizing biopolymers in the fibrous substrate. In particular, a relatively small (0.02% to 1% by mass) amount of solubilized biopolymer may be added to the process solvent to achieve various degrees and/or thicknesses of the shell-welded effect.
  • Core welding may be accomplished by alternative conditions of all of the aforementioned conditions and/or process parameters including but not limited to variation in viscous drag conditions. For example, the process solvent application may be tuned with an appropriate process solvent delivery system that limits the amount of process solvent applied and with conditions that allow, for example, an appropriate length of time for the process solvent to wick into the core of the substrate before welding occurs. Particular in this case, it may be beneficial to formulate the process solvent and separately control the temperatures of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or process temperature/pressure zone 3 such that welding conditions are not achieved until temperature is brought to an appropriate range.
  • In another example, a welding retardant (e.g., water, water vapor, etc.) may be applied to a process wetted substrate (either at the end of the process solvent application zone 2 and/or in the process temperature/pressure zone 4) to alter the composition of the process solvent at the exterior of the process wetted substrate (via diffusion) so as to affect the degree of welding throughout the cross-section of the substrate. That is, the diffusion of the welding retardant into the process solvent adjacent the exterior of the process wetted substrate may retard and/or stop welding at that position while welding may still be occurring at a more interior location of the process wetted substrate.
  • Although the welded yarn substrates 100 depicted in FIGS. 17A-19C show discrete boundaries for each individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 therein, it is contemplated that a welding process or dyeing and welding process used to produce that welded yarn substrate 100 may actually cause the boundaries between adjacent welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 to blend together. That is, the biopolymers of individual welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 may be swollen and mobilized such that individual boundaries thereof no longer exist. Accordingly, in a welded yarn substrate 100 adjacent welded substrate fibers 103, 104, 105 may be fused together as previously discussed in detail above.
  • A dyeing and welding process configured to at least partially dye the substrate and to at least partially engage one or more pigment particles 109 to the substrate utilizing a binder 106 may be referred to as a hybrid dyeing and welding process as previously briefly described. It is contemplated that such a dyeing and welding process may be configured with a process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF, wherein the process solvent may simultaneously swell and mobilize biopolymers and dissolve a desired dye and/or coloring agent. A process solvent comprised of DMSO or DMF may provide the needed solubility of indigo dye within the process solvent such that some of the substrate is dyed in a traditional sense of the term. Furthermore, it is contemplated that in such a dyeing and welding process, the amount of dye and/or coloring agent within the process solvent may be such that the process solvent is beyond the saturation point for that particular dye and/or coloring agent. That is, the process solvent is fully saturated with the dye and/or coloring agent such that a portion of the dye and/or coloring agent may be suspended in the fully saturated process solvent.
  • In another dyeing and welding process, the indigo dye may be entirely solubilized within the process solvent. In such a dyeing and welding process, the resulting welded substrate may exhibit no discernible pigment particles 109 entrapped within the binder 106. That is, the welded substrate may exclusively attributes of a dyeing, such that there is homogeneous color on the exterior of each individual welded substrate fiber 103, 104, 105 and each welded yarn substrate 100. In a dyeing and welding process so configured, the reconstitution solvent used in the process solvent recovery zone 4 may retain less than 10% of the amount of indigo dye solubilized in the process solvent. More specifically, the reconstitution solvent may retain less than 5% of the amount of indigo dye solubilized in the process solvent. Again, the dyeing and welding process may be configured to impart any of the previously disclosed attributes to the welded substrate 100. It is contemplated that a welded substrate 100 produced via such a process may exhibit relatively high resistance to crocking.
  • Summary of Dyeing and Welding Process
  • Indigo powder may be affixed to cotton yarn substrates using a dyeing and welding process. This indigo powder may be bound onto the cotton yarn substrate through a dyeing and welding process, and the solubility of the substrate with respect to the process solvent may be key to the retention of the pigment in the resulting welded substrate. The fact that Kevlar® yarn was not appreciably dyed using the dyeing and welding process shows that the pigment is not simply adhered to only the surface of the yarn substrate. Indigo powder can be worn away (mechanically) from the surface of the welded yarn substrate through rubbing regardless of whether dissolved cellulose was in the process solvent utilized for the dyeing and welding process. Subsequent process solvent applications (e.g., subjecting a welded yarn substrate to another welding process) using colorless process solvents containing dissolved cellulose may effectively lock-in indigo powder pigment and reduce crocking (see Table 15.1 below). In certain dyeing and welding processes, DMSO may be a preferred co-solvent for welding as it does not chemically reduce indigo and cause green-hues in the yarn even with prolonged exposure of the indigo to the co-solvent.
  • TABLE 15.1
    Crocking resistance from first No dissolved Dissolved Cellulose
    through sixth dyeing and welding cellulose in contained in process
    processes (1 = very poor, 5 = pigmenting solution in pigmenting
    excellent) stage stage
    Single pigmented welding stage 1.5 1.5
    Second non-pigmented welding 2.5 2
    stage
    Third non-pigmented welding not measured 3.5
    stage
    Commercial Denim
    4
  • Generally, the optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a given process solvent for use with a dyeing and welding process may vary from one application to the next, as may the percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose therein (or other binding agent without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims). In some dyeing and welding processes, an optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent may be between 0.25 and 8.5 and an optimal percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose may be between 0.01 and 1.5. In other dyeing and welding processes an optimal percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent may be between 1.0 and 4.0 and an optimal percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose may be between 0.1 and 1.0. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is in no way limited by the percentage-by-weight of indigo powder in a process solvent or the percentage-by-weight of dissolved cellulose therein unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • D. Reconstitution Solvent Considerations
  • As disclosed above, for certain dyeing and welding processes ACN may not be an ideal reconstitution solvent as it may result in chemical changes to the indigo that create green hues in the welded yarn substrate in instances of prolonged exposure. Generally, utilizing water as a reconstitution solvent does not result in similar color shifts, but water may exhibit other undesirable effects, such as high drag forces.
  • Pulling yarn through the process solvent recovery zone 4 (which may be referred to as the reconstitution zone) may create a high drag force on the yarn that may exceed the breaking strength thereof. In one dyeing and welding process, a seven-foot-long reconstitution zone resulted in up to 80 gram-force (gf) of drag experienced by the yarn when using water as a reconstitution solvent (dragging through ¼ inch PFA tubing). In comparative experiments, the addition of soap (0.5% by-weight Murphy Oil Soap) to the water reduced drag force to approximately 55 gf. Using pure ACN as a reconstitution solvent reduced drag to approximately 45 gf while using pure ethyl acetate as a reconstitution solvent reduced drag force to approximately 35 gf. However, in certain dyeing and welding processes pure ethyl acetate may be relatively ineffective for removing ionic liquid from the yarn. Accordingly, a reconstitution solvent comprised of roughly 5% by-weight ethyl acetate in water may be ideal for certain dyeing and welding processes, as such a reconstitution solvent is nearly equally effective at reducing drag as pure ethyl acetate while retaining the reconstitution properties of water.
  • E. Benefits and Applications
  • Yarn dyed utilizing a method configured according to the present disclosure may exhibit various benefits over yarn produced by traditional means. The indigo dye that is welded into the yarn in a method configured according to the present disclosure has less tendency to “crock” (i.e., be removed by subsequent washings and/or be removed due to rubbing or other physical contact). Yarn produced according to the present disclosure may be configured to exhibit beneficial physical attributes associated with the welded exterior; including but not limited to: improved strength, improved smoothness (less hair), reduced drying times, and better knitting properties.
  • The combined benefits of color retention and yarn physical attributes result in improved fabrics that can be utilized widely in at least the denim industry.
  • Commercial dyeing processes consume roughly 125 liters of water for every kilogram of fiber dyed. A manufacturing process configured according to the present disclosure may greatly reduce the water demand for the dyeing process. In addition, the rinsing and reconstitution steps of such a manufacturing process may be designed to recover greater than 98% of the ionic liquid, which may reduce the cost and environmental impact of the concurrent welding and dyeing process.
  • An additional benefit of concurrently welding and dyeing yarn is that the presence of dye verifies consistent welding of the yarn. Whereas welding without dye is known and has mechanical benefits, the welding process may be inconsistent without an easy means of detection. Including dye within the process solvent creates a yarn where any inconsistencies in the welding process are easily detectable by variations in color.
  • 10. Spatial Control of Fiber Welding
  • Several definitions are provided immediately below. These definitions are in no way limiting to the scope of any of the proceeding description, and apply only to the foregoing description. If any definitions throughout this disclosure cover overlapping subject matter, the definition provided for a specific section should be used when interpreting that section. Accordingly, the definitions provided in this Section 10 should be used to interpret this section.
  • Generally, a raw yarn or thread substrate (collectively referred to as “raw yarn substrate” hereinafter) may be approximated as being circular in cross sectional shape (assuming the raw yarn substrate is single end, non-plied raw yarn substrate), as depicted in FIG. 20. Such a yarn may be approximated into two discrete portions. The “yarn core” may be defined as the circular area having a radius equal to approximately one-half the radius of the entire yarn, wherein the yarn core and entire yarn may be concentric. The “yarn shell” may be defined as the remaining portion (which generally may be shaped as an annulus) of the entire yarn surrounding and approximately concentric with the yarn core. Using this convention, the radial dimension of the yarn shell may be approximately equal to that of the yarn core, but the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited unless so indicated in the following claims. Additionally, the boundary between the yarn core and yarn shell may be nebulous and/or difficult to pinpoint in certain applications. The radius of the yarn core may be differently defined in different applications and may be somewhat arbitrary. For example, in one application the “yarn core” may be defined as having a radius equal to approximately one-third the radius of the entire yarn.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21, generally the degree of welding (i.e., the degree to which individual fibers are modified from their native state and/or the degree of fusing between adjacent fibers) may be approximated for any given region of interest. In FIG. 21, the region of interest for each case is shown in a boxed area defined by a dotted line, which depicts a cross-sectional area of such regions of interest. Additionally, the degree of welding is shown in shading, wherein a darker shade represents a relatively higher degree of welding among fibers within the region of interest.
  • Case 0 at the far left of FIG. 21 represents no welding, wherein the native fibers are not modified or fused in any way. Case 1 (to the immediate right of Case 0) represents a soft weld, wherein individual fibers may be lightly fused with adjacent fibers to cause some volume consolidation, but the fibers are not fused in a permanent way. In a soft welded substrate, mechanical abrasion or other mechanical forces (e.g., agitation, shearing, etc.) may cause the fibers in the region of interest to separate from one another and revert to a region of interest more closely resembling a raw substrate (i.e., Case 0).
  • Case 2 (to the immediate right of Case 1) represents a medium weld in the region of interest, wherein individual fibers are fused to one another in a more permanent manner that is generally difficult to reverse. Additionally, Case 2 exhibits greater volume consolidation than does Case 1.
  • Case 3 (to the immediate right of Case 2) represents a hard weld in the region of interest, wherein individual fibers are fused with maximum volume consolidation, but not completely dissolved. A hard weld as depicted in Case 3 may be extremely difficult to reverse, even with severe mechanical forces (e.g., abrasion, agitation, shearing, etc.).
  • Case 4 (to the immediate right of Case 3 and at the far right of FIG. 21) represents a candy coat weld. In a candy coat weld, solubilized polymer may be dissolved in the process solvent used in the welding process. Generally, in a candy coat weld the solubilized polymer may be primarily deposited on the outer portion of the substrate due to the viscosity of such a process solvent. Accordingly, for raw yarn substrates the majority of the solubilized polymer may be deposited on the yarn shell. However, by manipulating process solvent rheology and viscous drag within the process solvent application zone a welding method may be configured to incorporate solubilized polymer into a relatively more interior portion of the substrate.
  • Using the yarn core and yarn shell as previously defined herein as regions of interest, FIGS. 22A-22E provide depictions of cross sections of various welded yarn substrates having specific degrees of welding within those regions of interest. Referring specifically to FIG. 22A, a depiction of an evenly welded yarn shows the degree of welding at the yarn core is the same as the degree of welding at the yarn shell. Using the degree of welding nomenclature previously described with respect to FIG. 21, an evenly welded yarn that is soft welded may be referred to as a 1,1-welded yarn, wherein the first number denotes the degree of welding of the yarn core and the second number denotes the degree of welding of the yarn shell. Accordingly, an evenly welded yarn that is a medium weld may be referred to as a 2,2-welded yarn, and an evenly welded yarn that is a hard weld may be referred to as a 3,3-welded yarn.
  • Referring now to FIG. 22B, a depiction of a shell welded yarn shows that the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that of the yarn core. Accordingly, a 0,2-welded yarn may be considered a shell welded yarn, as may be a 1,3-welded yarn; a 2,3-welded yarn; a 0,3-welded yarn, a 1,2-welded yarn and so on. Generally, any welded yarn wherein the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that at the yarn core may be considered a shell welded yarn.
  • Referring now to FIG. 22C, a depiction of a core welded yarn shows that the degree of welding at the yarn core is greater than that of the yarn shell. Accordingly, a 2,0-welded yarn may be considered a core welded yarn, as may be a 3,1-welded yarn; a 2,1-welded yarn; a 1,0-welded yarn, a 3,2-welded yarn and so on. Generally, any welded yarn wherein the degree of welding at the yarn core is greater than that at the yarn shell may be considered a core welded yarn.
  • Another aspect of the types/degrees of welding is depicted in FIG. 22D, which shows an evenly welded yarn with a candy coat. Generally, a candy coat may be positioned around all or a portion of the exterior of the yarn shell. A welded yarn with a candy coat may be designated with the numeral “4” after the number denoting the degree of welding of the yarn shell (i.e., the second number in the naming convention). For example, an evenly welded yarn that is a soft weld and that has a candy coat may be referred to as a 1,1,4-welded yarn. An evenly welded yarn that is a hard welded and that has a candy coat may be referred to as a 3,3,4-welded yarn and so on.
  • Referring now to FIG. 22E, a depiction of a shell welded yarn with a candy coat shows the degree of welding at the yarn shell is greater than that at the yarn core, and that a candy coat may be positioned around the exterior of the yarn shell. Accordingly, a 0,2,4-welded yarn may be considered a shell welded yarn having a candy coat. Similarly, a 1,3,4-welded yarn; a 0,1,4-welded yarn, a 2,3,4-welded yarn and so on may be considered shell welded yarns having a candy coat.
  • As previously discussed above, and as discussed in regard to FIGS. 11A-11D, a welding process may be configured to be a modulated welding process. The type of modulation may vary from one welding process to the next. However, by way of illustration FIG. 23 provides a depiction of a welded yarn substrate produced from one modulated welding process. Here, the welded yarn substrate is comprised of first portion that is 2,1-welded (i.e., core welded) and a second portion that is 1,3-welded (i.e., shell welded), with a generally gradual transition between the first and second portions. In other configurations the transition between the portions may be more abrupt and/or distinct that that shown in FIG. 23. Additionally, more than two portions of a welded yarn substrate may exist along the length of a welded yarn substrate, and the pattern/order among the portions may vary without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. That is, the modulation need not be a simple, binary repeating pattern, but may be more complex with various portions having lengths that may be greater or less than other portions without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • The modulation may be accomplished via application and/or amount of process solvent, viscous drag, temperature, etc. without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Additionally, the welded substrate attributes that may be modulated may be any attribute disclosed herein including but not limited to diameter, hairiness, abrasion resistance, color, flexural modulus, degree of welding, presence of a candy coat, presence of a functional material, shape, or combinations thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • For further illustration, FIG. 24 provides a depiction of a welded yarn substrate produced from another modulated welding process. In this illustrative example, the cross-sectional shape and/or texture and the type of weld of the welded yarn substrate may be modulated along the length thereof. In some configurations, modulating the cross-sectional shape of the welded yarn substrate along the length thereof may inherently result in a modulation of its texture. In other configurations, other attributes of the welded yarn substrate may be modulated in conjunction with cross-sectional shape (e.g., hairiness) in a manner that modulates the texture of the welded yarn substrate.
  • As shown in FIG. 24, the welded yarn substrate may be comprised of a first portion that is 2,0-welded (core welded) and which has a generally circular cross-sectional shape and a second portion that is 3,3-welded (evenly welded) and which has a generally ovular cross-sectional shape with a generally gradual transition between the two portions. As previously discussed, the amount and/or type of variation from one portion of a welded yarn substrate to another portion thereof is not limited to that shown in FIG. 24 unless so indicated in the following claims. Indeed, given the number of variables listed herein, a nearly infinite number of permutations of a welded yarn substrate may exist for a given length thereof.
  • The graph shown in FIG. 25 shows three axes of variables that may be manipulated for a given welding process to yield a welded yarn substrate having certain attributes. Each of these variables is independent from one another such that a welding process may be configured to yield a welded yarn substrate having any combination of the three variables in either a modulated or non-modulated way along the length of the welded yarn substrate.
  • The graph shown in FIG. 26 adds yet another axis for an additional independent variable, functional material, to those previously discussed regarding FIG. 25. From the present disclosure, those skilled in the art will appreciate the vast number of combinations of different welded substrates that may be produced via a welding process in a specific configuration. It is contemplated that these various welded substrate attributes may be implemented via a modulated or non-modulated welding process without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. Furthermore, it is contemplated that welded substrates having one or more of these attributes (in a modulated or non-modulated fashion) may be produced using the apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A or those shown in FIG. 10A. However, other apparatuses may be used to produce welded yarn substrates consistent with the present disclosure without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Scanning electron microscope images of various welded yarn substrates that have been cut with scissors are shown in FIGS. 27A-27D. Generally, these welded yarn substrates may be produced using the apparatuses shown in FIG. 9A or those shown in FIG. 10A. However, other apparatuses may be used to produce welded yarn substrates consistent with the present disclosure without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims. For example, the welded yarn substrates shown in FIGS. 27A-27D may be produced using apparatuses similar to those shown in FIG. 9A, wherein the substrate may be pulled through a welding column configured as a relatively small-diameter tube, such that the outer surface of the substrate experiences a specific amount of physical contact with the interior of the welding column (e.g., rubbing, which may be a component of viscous drag as previously defined herein) to yield a welded yarn substrate with the desired attribute (e.g., a relatively low amount of hair, a relatively smooth surface, etc.).
  • Referring now specifically to FIG. 27A, a 2,3-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn). This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc and DMSO in a weight ratio of 70:30 starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn. The process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 90 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 11 seconds (e.g., 13 m/min pull rate through an approximately 2.4 m welding column). The mass flow rate of process solvent in the welding column may be approximately 3.5 times the yarn substrate mass flow rate of the substrate.
  • Referring now specifically to FIG. 27B, a 2,3-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn). This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of EMIm OAc and ACN in a weight ratio of 64:36 starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn. The process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 90 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 11 seconds (e.g., 13 m/min pull rate through an approximately 2.4 m welding column). The mass flow rate of process solvent in the welding column may be approximately 6.0 times the yarn substrate mass flow rate of the substrate.
  • Referring now specifically to FIG. 27C, a 0,1-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn). This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of an aqueous solution of tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH) at a weight percentage of 55% starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn. The process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 65 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 10 seconds.
  • Referring now specifically to FIG. 27D, a 1,2-welded yarn is shown therein (which welded yarn constitutes a shell welded yarn). This welded yarn may be produced using a process solvent comprised of an aqueous solution of tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH) at a weight percentage of 55% starting with a raw yarn substrate of 10/1 ring spun yarn. The process solvent and welding column may be set at a temperature of 70 C, and the residence time of the yarn substrate in the welding column may be set at approximately 14 seconds.
  • Additional Considerations for Spatial Modulation
  • As shown in FIG. 28, wherein a relatively higher degree of welding is denoted by a relatively darker color, evenly welded, shell welded, and core welded yarns may have various portions in a cross-sectional area thereof that are differently welded (as previously described above).
  • Generally, the degree of welding increases toward the center of the depiction show in FIG. 28, wherein the vertical circles represent an even welded morphology wherein the degree of welding is generally consistent or even throughout an entire portion of the cross-sectional area. The circles on the lower right represent a core welded morphology wherein the degree of welding on a peripheral portion of the yarn is lower than the degree of welding on a portion of the yarn not at the periphery. Finally, the circles on the lower left represent a shell welded morphology wherein the degree of welding on a peripheral portion of the yarn is higher than the degree of welding on a portion of the yarn not at the periphery. In all circles increasing darkness represents increasing degree of welding as shown by the arrows in FIG. 28.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 29A & 29B, an untreated, raw yarn is shown from the side in FIG. 29A and from the end in FIG. 29B after the raw yarn has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the raw yarn. Both FIGS. 29A and 29B as shown to scale, wherein the diameter of the raw yarn prior to cutting is approximately 240 micrometers and after cutting approximately 515 micrometers. Accordingly, it has been observed that the diameter increase for raw yarns upon cutting the raw yarn along a plane perpendicular to its longitudinal axis is greater than 100%. The diameter increase in the raw yarn shown in FIGS. 29A and 29B is approximately 115%.
  • Conversely, the diameter increase of a welded yarn after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis thereof is much lower. Referring now to FIGS. 29C & 29D, which provide a side view of the welded yarn and an end view thereof after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to its longitudinal axis (i.e., views of a welded yarn analogous to the views of the raw yarn shown in FIGS. 29A & 29B), the observed diameter increase for the welded yarn is much lower than that for that of the raw yarn. The welded yarn shown in FIGS. 29C & 29D is shell welded with a relatively low degree of welding. Both FIGS. 29C & 29 D are shown to scale, wherein the diameter of the welded yarn prior to cutting is approximately 192 micrometers and after cutting approximately 363 micrometers, which equate to a diameter increase of approximately 89%. Again, the degree of welding on the welded yarn shown in FIGS. 29C & 29D was relatively low, and is meant to represent a scenario that is at or near the upper threshold of the diameter increase that would be observed in a welded yarn. After repeated experimentation and analysis of raw yarns and welded yarns upon cutting in this manner, it has been found that welded yarns exhibit an observed diameter increase of less than 100%, whereas raw yarns exhibit an observed diameter increase of greater than 100%. However, the specific amount under 100% for a welded yarn or amount over 100% for a raw yarn in no way limits the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • By way of example, FIG. 30B provides end views of three welded yarns that are shell welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein. An analogous view of a raw yarn is shown in FIG. 30A for direct comparison. In contrasting FIG. 30A with FIG. 30B, and the individual yarns in FIG. 30B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases, the observed diameter increase upon cutting of the yarn along a plane that is perpendicular to its longitudinal axis decreases. Further, in contrasting FIG. 30A with FIG. 30B, and the individual yarns in FIG. 30B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases the amount of open space in the cross-sectional area of the yarn decreases, which results in an increase in the fiber volume ratio as described in detail below.
  • Unless stated otherwise for a particular context, as used herein, “fiber volume ratio” means the percentage of space occupied by fiber in the entire space of interest (wherein typically the space of interest for the examples herein is a cross-sectional are of a yarn without limitation unless indicated in the following claims), which may be synonymous with “yarn packing density” as used in other references without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. It is contemplated that a cross-sectional view of a raw yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of that raw yarn along its length, and that a cross-sectional view of an unmodulated welded yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of that welded yarn along its length. Further, it is contemplated that a cross-sectional view of a modulated welded yarn provides a relatively accurate representation of corresponding portions along the length of that modulated welded yarn.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 31A & 31B, FIG. 31A provides an end (cross-sectional) view of a welded yarn after it has been cut along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the yarn and FIG. 31B provides a more detailed view thereof with two concentric circles superimposed thereon. As shown in FIG. 31B, the cross-section of the welded yarn may be divided into at least two portions, wherein FIG. 31B shows an outer portion around the periphery of the welded yarn (which may be considered the shell) and an inner portion (which may be considered the core). Again, contrasting these two portions makes clear the degree of welding on the outer portion is greater than that of the inner portion, as there is less the open space between individual fibers in the outer portion than there is open space in the inner portion (wherein open space may be identified by relatively darker shades). Again, this shows that the degree of welding is proportional to fiber volume ratio as described in further detail below.
  • Referring now to FIG. 32, which provides a series of images of the cross-sectional view of the welded yarn shown in FIGS. 31A & 31B, one may calculate the fiber volume ratio of a given portion of the cross-sectional area. The top left image represents the cross-sectional view of the welded yarn converted to grayscale. The top right image represents that same view after an outer contour of the yarn (i.e., periphery) has been established. The contrast was adjusted and concentric rings (based on the outer periphery of the cross-section) were added to result in the bottom right image. The shape and/or configuration of the concentric rings may vary depending on the cross-sectional shape of the yarn at a given location along its length, and are therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. For this example, circular concentric rings were used for illustrative purposes only and for clarity of presentation.
  • At this point, the area of each ring may be calculated and a binary threshold may be applied to each ring such that a pixel may be labeled as either empty space or as fiber, wherein darker pixels may be labeled as empty space and lighter pixels may be labeled as fiber. The threshold for darkness as to whether a pixel constitutes empty space or fiber may vary depending on the specific application and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure.
  • Next, the number of fiber pixels in a given ring may be divided by the total number of pixels within that ring to calculate the fiber volume ratio for that ring. The results of these calculations for the sample are shown in the bottom left image of FIG. 32. In the yarn shown in FIG. 32, the fiber volume ratio at the center of the yarn was calculated to be 79% and that at the outermost ring was calculated to be 95%. That is, the fiber volume ratio in the outer portion was calculated to be approximately 20% greater than that in the inner portion. However, other welded yarns (shell or core welded morphologies) may have lesser or greater differences between the fiber volume ratios of two adjacent portions without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. For example, in one application the fiber volume ratio difference may be up to 5%, in another application up to 10%, in another application up to 15%, in another application up to 25%, in another application up to 30%, in another application up to 35%, in another application up to 40%, in another application up to 45%, in another application up to 50%, in another application up to 55%, in another application up to 60%, in another application up to 65%, in another application up to 70%, in another application up to 75%, in another application up to 80%, in another application up to 85%, in another application up to 90%, in another application up to 95%, and in another application up to 100% and any points in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • As previously mentioned, the fiber volume ratio is proportional to the degree of welding, wherein a relatively higher degree of welding corresponds to a relatively higher fiber volume ratio. Accordingly, configuring a welding process to result in a relatively higher degree of welding on an outer portion of the welded yarn (i.e., a shell weld) may result in a higher fiber volume ratio on that portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the claims. Similarly, configuring a welding process to result in a relatively higher degree of welding on an inner portion of the welded yarn (i.e., a core welded yarn) may result in a higher fiber volume ratio on that portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. However, for many applications a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% (and in some applications at least 79% or greater) in a given portion of the cross-sectional area adjacent a geometric center of the cross-sectional area indicates that there is at least some degree of welding within that portion of the yarn (as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS. 36A & 36B regarding core welded morphologies), a fiber volume ratio of 85% or greater in a given portion indicates an increased degree of welding in that portion, a fiber volume ratio of 90% or greater in a given portion indicates an even further degree of welding, a fiber volume ratio of 95% or greater in a given portion indicates an even further degree of welding, and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • For other applications a fiber volume ratio of greater than 50% in a given exterior portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn (e.g., an exterior portion extending inward form the periphery of the cross-sectional area by an amount such that the exterior portion accounts for up to 80% of the cross-sectional area) indicates that there is at least some degree of welding within that portion of yarn (as discussed in further detail below regarding FIGS. 34A & 34B), a fiber volume ratio of 55% or greater in a given portion indicates an increased degree of welding in that portion, a fiber volume ratio of 60% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 65% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 70% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 75% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 80% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 85% or greater, a fiber volume ratio of 90% or greater, or a fiber volume ratio of 95% or greater in that portion indicates an even further degree of welding, respectively, and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. The specific value of fiber volume ratio for a given portion of a welded yarn between 30% and 100% (which would constitute full fiber consolidation with no empty space between individual fibers) in no way limits the scope of the present disclosure, and it is contemplated that a fiber volume ratio of greater than 30% in certain outer portions of the cross-sectional area of the yarn and greater than 75% adjacent certain portions of the cross-sectional area adjacent the geometric center of the yarn (and in some applications 79% or greater) is evidence of at least some degree of welding, wherein higher fiber volume ratios represent relatively higher degrees of welding.
  • A graphical representation of the correlation between degree of welding and fiber volume ratio is shown in FIG. 33, wherein the right portion of FIG. 33 represents the data points calculated for the cross-sectional area shown in FIG. 32, and the left portion of FIG. 33 provides a scale for relative degree of welding. In the scale, “0” represents no welding (i.e., raw yarn) and “3” represents a relatively high degree of welding, whereas “1” and “2” represent intermediate degrees of welding (which may be low or soft welding for “1” and medium or moderate welding for “2”). However, this particular scale of “0” to “3” is in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. More gradations or fewer gradations may be used to communicate the relative degree of welding (e.g., a scale from “0” to “5”) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Still referring to FIG. 33, the dashed line represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn. From FIG. 33 one may determine a threshold between a portion of a yarn that may be considered to have some evidence of welding and a portion that may be considered raw (i.e., no evidence of welding) based on the highest fiber volume ratio that may be achieved with raw yarns. That is, the area below the that threshold may represent raw, untreated yarn and the area above the threshold may represent at least some degree of welding, with relatively higher degrees thereof being represented by an increased distance above the threshold. From the geometric center of a yarn outward, this threshold is lowered. The fiber volume ratio (represented as a fraction rather than a percentage in FIG. 33) may increase in a direction upward from the threshold, wherein “0” represents no fiber in that specific portion (i.e., entirely empty space with no fiber present) and “1” represents a fiber volume ratio of 100% (i.e., no empty space present). Because the yarn from which the data for FIG. 33 was derived was shell welded, the degree of welding (and consequently, fiber volume ratio) increases from the center of the cross-sectional area outward toward the periphery thereof, which is the opposite of what is observed in raw yarn shown by the dashed line.
  • For this analysis, the cross-sectional area of the yarn was divided into five portions (five rings in this case with outer boundaries of 20%, 40%, 60%. 80%, and 100% the radius of the cross-sectional area), but fewer or greater granularity (e.g., fewer rings, more rings) may be used without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. Accordingly, the percentage of the cross-sectional area of a welded yarn that constitutes a first portion and a second portion (e.g., core and/or shell), or a first, second, and third portion (e.g., core, intermediate portion, and/or shell) may vary from one application of the welded yarn and is therefore in no way limiting to the present disclosure. In one application a first portion adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional area may constitute up to 0.2% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.4% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.6% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 0.8% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 1.0% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 1.5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 2.0% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 2.5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 5% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 10% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 15% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 20% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 25% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 30% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 35% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 40% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 45% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 50% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 55% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 60% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 65% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 70% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 75% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 80% of the cross-sectional area, in another application up to 85% of the cross-sectional area and any points in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Additionally, although many of the examples disclosed and discussed herein use yarns with cross-sectional areas that are generally circular in shape, the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited and extends to welded yarns having any cross-sectional shape without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims (e.g., oval, irregular, etc.). This analysis may be applied to any region of interest in the cross-sectional view of a yarn. For example, in an application wherein the cross-sectional shape of the yarn is irregular (which generally most yarns will be in reality, but which may be approximated by other geometric shapes), a first portion may be defined as extending inward from the outer periphery of the yarn by a certain amount (a shell), and a second portion may be defined as extending outward form a geometric center of the yarn that meets the first portion (a core), wherein the first portion constitutes a certain percentage of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn and the remainder constitutes the second portion. In another example, a third portion may be positioned between the first and second portions and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. Additionally, the distance inward from the periphery of the yarn that constitutes the first portion may be uniform around that periphery, or it may be non-uniform such that the distance between boundaries of adjacent portions varies depending on a specific location within a portion without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Referring now to FIGS. 34A & 34B, FIG. 34A shows a cross-section of the yarn from FIG. 32 with the previously described concentric rings superimposed thereon, and FIG. 34B provides a graphical representation of the degree of welding (and consequently, the fiber volume ratio) standardized to a smooth function that corresponds to the empirical data discussed above and shown in FIGS. 32 & 33. The dashed line in FIG. 34B represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn. Again, in a shell welded morphology the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) may increase as one moves radially outward along a cross-sectional area of the yarn. If the geometric center of a cross-sectional of the yarn is not welded (i.e., untreated, raw fibers), the curve representing the degree of welding as a function of distance from the geometric center of the yarn may start at “0” on the degree of welding scale (as shown in FIGS. 38A & 38B, which are described in detail below). However, if there is at least some degree of welding at or adjacent to the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn, it is contemplated that the curve may start above “0” on the degree of welding scale.
  • The value of fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may vary depending on the distance from a geometric center of a cross-sectional area of a given yarn. Because raw yarns exhibit a fiber volume ratio gradient like that shown by the dashed line in FIG. 34B, welding is detectable in outer portions of the yarn (potions that may constitute a shell) at relatively lower fiber volume ratios. For example, a fiber volume ratio in the outermost ring of the cross-section shown in FIG. 34A (which constitutes an area between 0.8 and 1.0 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 30% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion (i.e., the shell). A fiber volume ratio at the next ring inward shown in FIG. 34A (which constitutes an area between 0.6 and 0.8 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 40% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Referring now to FIG. 35B, which provides end views of two welded yarns that are core welded, wherein the degree of welding increases from the left of the figure to the right as shown by the arrow therein, an analogous view of a raw yarn is shown in FIG. 35A for direct comparison. In contrasting FIG. 35A with FIG. 35B, and the individual yarns in FIG. 35B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases, the observed diameter increase upon cutting of the yarn along a plane that is perpendicular to its longitudinal axis decreases in a manner analogous to that previously described above with regarding to FIGS. 30A & 30B. Further, in contrasting FIG. 35A with FIG. 35B, and the individual yarns in FIG. 35B with one another, it is readily apparent that as the degree of welding increases the amount of open space in the cross-sectional area of the yarn decreases, which results in an increase in the fiber volume ratio as previously described. However, for a core welded yarn such as those shown in FIG. 35B, the degree of welding (and, hence, fiber volume ratio) adjacent the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the welded yarn is higher than the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) at a portion of the cross-sectional area adjacent the periphery of the welded yarn.
  • Referring now to FIG. 36A & 36B, FIG. 36A shows a cross-section of the yarn from FIG. 35B with the previously described concentric rings superimposed thereon, and FIG. 36B provides a graphical representation of the degree of welding (and consequently, the fiber volume ratio) standardized to a smooth function that corresponds to empirical data that may be gathered via the image analysis as previously discussed above with respect to FIGS. 32 & 33. The dashed line in FIG. 36B represents the fiber volume ratio of a raw yarn as a function of distance from the geometric center of the cross-sectional area of the yarn. Again, in a core welded morphology the degree of welding (and fiber volume ratio) may decrease as one moves radially outward along a cross-sectional area of the yarn. If a portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn adjacent the periphery thereof is not welded (i.e., untreated, raw fibers), the curve representing the degree of welding as a function of distance from the geometric center of the yarn may end at “0” on the degree of welding scale as shown in FIG. 36B (and FIGS. 39A & 39B, which are described in detail below) and have a fiber volume ratio similar to raw yarn at the periphery of the cross-sectional area. However, if there is at least some degree of welding at or adjacent to a portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn adjacent the periphery thereof, it is contemplated that the curve may end above “0” on the degree of welding scale.
  • As previously discussed, the value of fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may vary depending on the distance from a geometric center of a cross-sectional area of a given yarn. Because raw yarns exhibit a fiber volume ratio gradient like that shown by the dashed line in FIG. 36B, welding is detectable in portions of the yarn adjacent the geometric center thereof (potions that may constitute a core) at relatively higher fiber volume ratios than those previously discussed for fiber volume ratios adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional are. For example, a fiber volume ratio in the innermost ring of the cross-section shown in FIG. 36A (which constitutes a circle at the geometric center to 0.2 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of 75% or greater (and in some applications 79% or greater) may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion (i.e., the core). A fiber volume ratio at the next ring outward shown in FIG. 36A (which constitutes an area between 0.2 and 0.4 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 70% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion. A fiber volume ratio at the next ring outward shown in FIG. 36A (which constitutes an area between 0.4 and 0.6 of the radius of a circle representing the cross-section of the yarn) of greater than 55% may indicate at least some degree of welding in that portion. and so on without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Curves depicting degree of welding/fiber volume ratio as a function of the distance from the geometric center of a yarn are shown in FIGS. 37A-39B for three different morphologies and two degrees of welding for each morphology of welded yarns. However, these curves are for illustrative purposes only and do not represent all possible instances, and are therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Two curves representing two evenly welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 37A & 37B, wherein FIG. 37A represents an evenly welded yarn with a relatively higher degree of welding and FIG. 37B represents an evenly welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding. As shown, the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may be substantially constant across the cross-sectional area of an evenly welded yarn, which is represented by a curve configured as a straight line. Further, the straight line representing the evenly welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and relatively higher degree of welding) is positioned further up on the y-axis compared to the evenly welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and relatively lower degree of welding). Again, this indicates both a relatively higher degree of a welding and a relatively higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 37A compared to the welded yarn of FIG. 37B.
  • Three curves representing three shell welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 38A & 38B, wherein FIG. 38A represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to more interior portions of the cross-section of the yarn. The curve labeled as “B2” in FIG. 38B represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the shell) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the shell) of the cross-section of the shell welded yarn shown in FIG. 38A. That is, the shell portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 38A is more highly welded compared to the shell portion of the yarn represented by the curve B2 in FIG. 38B, and therefore the shell portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 38A exhibits a higher fiber volume ratio than that of the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B2 in FIG. 38B. However, the relative area that constitutes the shell of the yarn in FIG. 38A is approximately equal to the area that constitutes the shell of the yarn depicted by curve B2 in FIG. 38B.
  • The curve labled as “B1” in FIG. 38B represents a shell welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the shell) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the shell) of the cross-section of the shell welded yarn represented by curve B2 of FIG. 38B. That is, the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B1 of FIG. 38B is more highly welded compared to the shell portion of the yarn represented by the curve B2 in FIG. 38B, and therefore the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B1 of FIG. 38B exhibits a higher fiber volume ratio than that of the shell portion of the yarn represented by curve B2 in FIG. 38B. However, the relative area that constitutes the shell of the yarn represented by the curve B1 of FIG. 38B is relatively smaller than (and confined to a more peripheral portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn) as compared to the area that constitutes the shell of the yarn depicted by curve B2 in FIG. 38B.
  • Because all three of the yarns depicted by the curves in FIGS. 38A & 38B may be considered shell welded, the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) is higher at a portion of each yarn adjacent the periphery of a cross-section of that yarn as compared to more interior portions of the cross-section of that specific yarn.
  • Accordingly, as shown in both FIGS. 38A & 38B, the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may increase as one moves from the geometric center of the cross-section of the yarn to a periphery thereof in a shell welded morphology. Further, the right end of the curve representing the shell welded yarn (i.e., at the periphery of a cross-section of the yarn) with a relatively higher degree of welding is positioned further up on the y-axis than that of the curve representing the shell welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding, indicating both a higher degree of welding and higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 38A compared to the welded yarn in curve B2 of FIG. 38B. However, both the shell welded yarn depicted by the curve in FIG. 38A and those depicted by the curves in FIG. 38B may have interior portions that are raw, such that there is no evidence of welding at the geometric center of the cross-sectional area, or any of the shell welded yarns may have a certain degree of welding at the geometric center of the cross-sectional area thereof (albeit less than a degree of welding at a portion adjacent the periphery) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Because raw yarns have a fiber volume ratio that decreases outward from a geometric center of the yarn, yarns having a shell welded morphology may be of special interest because those morphologies may allow for a fiber volume ratio that is higher adjacent the periphery of a cross-sectional area of the yarn than the fiber volume ratio at relatively more interior portions of the cross-sectional area, which is opposite the fiber volume ratio gradient found in the prior art. For example, a welding process may be configured to produce a yarn with shell welded morphology having a fiber volume ratio of 40 percent or greater in a first portion of a cross-sectional area of the yarn (i.e., a shell), wherein the first portion is defined as extending inward from the periphery of a cross-sectional area of the yarn such that the first portion constitutes up to 2.5% of the entirety of the cross-sectional area, or in another application up to 5.0%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40%, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 80%, or 85%, or any values in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. Furthermore, the degree of welding in this first portion may be adjusted such that the fiber volume ratio may be 55% or greater, 60% or greater, 65% or greater, 70% or greater, 75% or greater, 80% or greater, 85% or greater, 90% or greater, and 95% or greater for any of the percentages of cross-sectional area without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • For shell welded morphologies, as the percentage of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn that constitutes the shell increase, the fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may generally increase. For example, when the shell constitutes at least 36% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 30% (or in some cases 25% or greater) may indicate at least some welding. When the shell constitutes at least 64% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 40% may indicate at least some welding. When the core constitutes at least 84% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 55% may indicate at least some welding. However, these values are for illustrative purposes only and are in no way limiting unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Three curves representing three core welded yarns are shown in FIGS. 39A & 39B, wherein FIG. 39A represents a core welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to more peripheral portions of the cross-section of the yarn. The curve labeled as “B2” in FIG. 39B represents a core welded yarn with a relatively lower fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn as compared to the corresponding portion of the cross-section of the core welded yarn shown in FIG. 39A. That is, the core portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 39A is more highly welded compared to the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B2 in FIG. 39B, and therefore the core portion of the yarn represented by FIG. 39A exhibits a higher fiber volume ratio than that of the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B2 in FIG. 39B.
  • The curve labeled as “B1” in FIG. 39B represents a core welded yarn with a relatively higher fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) at a portion of the yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of the yarn (i.e., the core) as compared to the corresponding portion (i.e., the core) of the cross-section of the core welded yarn represented by curve B2 of FIG. 39B. That is, the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B1 of FIG. 39B is more highly welded compared to the core portion of the yarn represented by the curve B2 in FIG. 38B, and therefore the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B1 of FIG. 39B exhibits a higher fiber volume ratio than that of the core portion of the yarn represented by curve B2 in FIG. 39B. However, the relative area that constitutes the core of the yarn represented by the curve B1 of FIG. 39B is relatively smaller than (and confined to a more interior portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn) as compared to the area that constitutes the core of the yarn depicted by curve B2 in FIG. 39B.
  • However, because all three of the yarns depicted by the curves in FIGS. 39A & 39B may be considered core welded, the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) is higher at a portion of each yarn adjacent the geometric center of a cross-section of that yarn as compared to more peripheral portions of the cross-section of that specific yarn.
  • Accordingly, as shown in both FIGS. 39A & 39B, the fiber volume ratio (and degree of welding) may decrease as one moves from the geometric center of the cross-section of the yarn to a periphery thereof in a core welded morphology. Further, the left end of the curve representing the core welded yarn (i.e., at the geometric center of a cross section of the yarn) with a relatively higher degree of welding is positioned further up on the y-axis than that of the curve representing the core welded yarn with a relatively lower degree of welding at the geometric center of the yarn, indicating both a higher degree of welding and higher fiber volume ratio for the welded yarn of FIG. 39A compared to the welded yarn in curve B2 of FIG. 39B. However, both the core welded yarn depicted by the curve in FIG. 39A and those depicted by the curves in FIG. 39B may have peripheral portions that are raw, such that there is no evidence of welding at a portion adjacent the periphery of the cross-sectional area, or any of the core welded yarns may have a certain degree of welding at a portion adjacent the peripheral of the cross-sectional area thereof (albeit less than a degree of welding at a portion adjacent the geometric center thereof) without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • As discussed above, raw yarns have a fiber volume ratio that decreases outward from a geometric center of the yarn. The fiber volume ratio for a raw yarn typically drops off precipitously at approximately 0.5 of the radius of a cross-sectional area of the yarn from the geometric center thereof outward (simple geometric relations for circles show that 0.5 of the radius accounts for about 25% of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn). Accordingly, yarns having a core welded morphology may be of special interest because those morphologies may allow for a fiber volume ratio that is relatively high over a larger portion of the cross-sectional area of the yarn. For example, a welding process may be configured to produce a yarn with core welded morphology having a fiber volume ratio of at least 75% in a second portion of a cross-sectional area of the yarn (i.e., a core), wherein the second portion is defined as extending outward from the geometric center of the yarn such that the first portion constitutes up to 2.5% of the entirety of the cross-sectional area, or in another application up to 5.0%, or up to 10%, or up to 15%, or up to 20%, or up to 25%, or up to 30%, or up to 35%, or up to 40%, or up to 45%, or up to 50%, or up to 55%, or up to 60%, or up to 65%, or up to 70%, or up to 75%, or up to 80%, or up to 85%, or up to 90%, or up to 95%, or up to 97.5%, or up to 99%, or any values in between without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. Furthermore, the degree of welding in this second portion may be adjusted such that the fiber volume ratio may be 55% or greater, 60% or greater, 65% or greater, 70% or greater, 75% or greater, 80% or greater, 85% or greater, 90% or greater, and 95% or greater for any of the percentages of cross-sectional area without limitation unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • For core welded morphologies, as the percentage of the total cross-sectional area of the yarn that constitutes the core increases, the fiber volume ratio that indicates at least some degree of welding may generally decrease. For example, when the core constitutes at least 4% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% (or in some cases 79% or greater) may indicate at least some welding. When the core constitutes at least 16% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 75% may indicate at least some welding. When the core constitutes at least 36% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 55% may indicate at least some welding. When the core constitutes at least 64% of the cross-sectional area of the yarn, a fiber volume ratio of greater than 40% may indicate at least some welding. However, these values are for illustrative purposes only and are in no way limiting unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • Generally, the yarns produced via a welding process as disclosed herein may be configured such that the chemical composition of a welded yarn is substantially the same as that of the corresponding raw substrate. In many applications the chemical composition may be a biopolymer, and specifically may be cellulose. Such consistency in chemical composition in conjunction with relatively high fiber volume ratios may be possible since in a welded yarn the network of intermolecular associations in a given biopolymer (e.g., cellulose, silk, other biopolymers as disclosure herein above) may be reorganized and extend to exist between individual fibers (effectively removing space and increasing the density of fibers per unit area) such that native materials function as a bonding material. For instance, in a welded yarn made from a raw cotton yarn substrate, the cellulosic fibers may be substantially adhered to one another via intermolecular forces as previously described in detail above regarding welding processes without the need for external binding material, glue, etc.
  • The specific shape, slope, tangents, inflection points, relative extreme values, configuration, etc. of the curve representing degree of welding/fiber volume ratio as a function of distance from a geometric center of a cross-section of a yarn (or any portion and/point along that curve) may vary from one welded yarn to the next and is therefore in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims. For example, the curve for a core welded yarn may be entirely different from that for a shell welded yarn.
  • As previously discussed above regarding modulated welding methods, a welding method may be configured to produce a yarn in which one or more characteristics of the yarn vary along the length thereof. For example, a contiguous welded yarn may have a first length thereof that is core welded, a second length thereof that is shell welded, and a third length thereof that is raw. Furthermore, the degree of welding along the length of various morphologies may be varied. Accordingly, the modulation of the welding morphology, pattern of welding, degree of welding within a specific morphology, length of yarns exhibiting a specific morphology or degree of welding, and/or combinations thereof, etc. are in no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless otherwise indicated in the following claims.
  • The welding processes and apparatuses for same previously described in detail above may be used to produce a either a shell welded or core welded yarn substrate by manipulating certain process parameters of the welding process. For example, to achieve a shell welded morphology, the process control parameters may be selected to limit the degree of process solvent penetration to the perimeter areas of the yarn only. This is possible by limiting the time the yarn is in the solvent application zone and by limiting any yarn movement that may drive the solvent into the center of the yarn. Conversely, it is possible to achieve a core welded morphology by allowing adequate time for full penetration of solvent into the core of the yarn and selectively blowing off solvent that may be present around the periphery of the yarn.
  • Although the welding processes (and welding and dyeing processes without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims) described and disclosed herein may be configured to utilize a substrate comprised of a natural fiber, the scope of the present disclosure, any discrete process step and/or parameters therefor, and/or any apparatus for use therewith is not so limited so and extends to any beneficial and/or advantageous use thereof without limitation unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • The materials used to construct the apparatuses and/or components thereof for a specific process will vary depending on the specific application thereof, but it is contemplated that polymers, synthetic materials, metals, metal alloys, natural materials, and/or combinations thereof may be especially useful in some applications. Accordingly, the above-referenced elements may be constructed of any material known to those skilled in the art or later developed, which material is appropriate for the specific application of the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • Having described preferred aspects of the various processes and apparatuses, other features of the present disclosure will undoubtedly occur to those versed in the art, as will numerous modifications and alterations in the embodiments and/or aspects as illustrated herein, all of which may be achieved without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
  • Accordingly, the methods and embodiments pictured and described herein are for illustrative purposes only, and the scope of the present disclosure extends to all processes, apparatuses, and/or structures for providing the various benefits and/or features of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • While the welding process, dyeing and welding processes, process steps, components thereof, apparatuses therefor, and welded substrates according to the present disclosure have been described in connection with preferred aspects and specific examples, it is not intended that the scope be limited to the particular embodiments and/or aspects set forth, as the embodiments and/or aspects herein are intended in all respects to be illustrative rather than restrictive. Accordingly, the processes and embodiments pictured and described herein are no way limiting to the scope of the present disclosure unless so stated in the following claims.
  • Although several figures are drawn to accurate scale, any dimensions provided herein are for illustrative purposes only and in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims. It should be noted that the welding processes, apparatuses and/or equipment therefor, and/or welded substrates produced thereby are not limited to the specific embodiments pictured and described herein, but rather the scope of the inventive features according to the present disclosure is defined by the claims herein. Modifications and alterations from the described embodiments will occur to those skilled in the art without departure from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
  • Any of the various features, components, functionalities, advantages, aspects, configurations, process steps, process parameters, etc. of a welding process, a dyeing and welding process, a process step, a substrate, and/or a welded substrate, may be used alone or in combination with one another depending on the compatibility of the features, components, functionalities, advantages, aspects, configurations, process steps, process parameters, etc. Accordingly, a nearly infinite number of variations of the present disclosure exist. Modifications and/or substitutions of one feature, component, functionality, aspect, configuration, process step, process parameter, etc. for another in no way limit the scope of the present disclosure unless so indicated in the following claims.
  • It is understood that the present disclosure extends to all alternative combinations of one or more of the individual features mentioned, evident from the text and/or drawings, and/or inherently disclosed. All of these different combinations constitute various alternative aspects of the present disclosure and/or components thereof. The embodiments described herein explain the best modes known for practicing the apparatuses, methods, and/or components disclosed herein and will enable others skilled in the art to utilize the same. The claims are to be construed to include alternative embodiments to the extent permitted by the prior art.
  • Unless otherwise expressly stated in the claims, it is in no way intended that any process or method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order.
  • Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including but not limited to: matters of logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation; the number or type of embodiments described in the specification.
  • To aid the Patent Office and any readers of any patent issued on this application in interpreting the claims appended hereto, applicants wish to note that they do not intend any of the appended claims or claim elements to invoke 35 U.S.C. 112(f) unless the words “means for” or “step for” are explicitly used in the particular claim.

Claims (31)

1. A welded yarn comprising:
a. a first portion along a cross-section of said yarn;
b. a second portion along said cross-section of said yarn, wherein a fiber volume ratio of said first portion is different than a fiber volume ratio of said second portion, and
wherein said first portion is welded.
2. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said welded yarn is further defined as being generally cylindrical in shape, wherein said first and second portions are further defined as being generally circular in shape along a radial cross section of said yarn, and wherein said second portion is positioned interiorly with respect to said first portion.
3. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is greater than 55 percent, and wherein said fiber volume ratio of said second portion is less than 95 percent.
4. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is at least 79 percent.
5. The welded yarn according to claim 2 wherein said first portion is further defined as being between 0.2 percent and 60 percent of a radius of said welded yarn.
6. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein a plane defining said planar cross-section is oriented perpendicular with respect to a longitudinal axis of said welded yarn.
7. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said first portion extends inward from a periphery of said planar cross-section by an equal amount about said periphery.
8. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said welded yarn is further defined as being made of a cellulosic-based material.
9. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is greater than that of said second portion.
10. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said welded yarn further comprises a third portion, wherein said third portion is positioned between said first and second portions, and wherein a degree of welding of said third portion is different than both said degree of welding of said second portion and said degree of welding of said first portion.
11. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is at least 75 percent, and wherein said fiber volume ratio of said second portion is not greater than 95 percent.
12. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said first portion is further defined as comprising up to 25 percent of a surface area of said planar cross-section of said welded yarn.
13. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said first portion is further defined as comprising up to 40 percent of a surface area of said planar cross-section of said welded yarn.
14. The welded yarn according to claim 1 where said planar cross-section of said welded yarn is further defined as being generally oval in shape.
15. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said second portion is not welded.
16. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said first potion is not welded.
17. The welded yarn according to claim 1 wherein said second portion is further defined as having said fiber volume ratio of at least 79 percent and said first portion is further defined as having said fiber volume ratio greater than that of said second portion.
18. A welded yarn comprising:
a. a first portion extending inward from an outer periphery of said welded yarn;
b. a second portion extending outward from a geometric center of said welded yarn,
wherein said second portion terminates at an inward boundary of said first portion,
wherein a degree of welding of said first portion is different than a degree of welding of said second portion.
19. The welded yarn according to claim 18 wherein an amount by which said first portion extends inward from said outer periphery is substantially uniform about said outer periphery.
20. The welded yarn according to claim 18 wherein said welded yarn contains no material other than a cellulosic-based biopolymer.
21. The welded yarn according to claim 18 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is at least 10 percent different than said fiber volume ratio of said second portion.
22. The yarn according to claim 18 wherein said first portion is further defined as being welded and said second portion is further defined as being raw.
23. The yarn according to claim 18 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is greater than 60 percent.
24. The yarn according to claim 18 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said first portion is at least 77 percent.
25. The yarn according to claim 18 wherein said fiber volume ratio of said second portion is greater than 79 percent.
26. The yarn according to claim 18 further comprising a bonding material having a chemical composition that is substantially identical to a chemical composition of both said first portion and said second portion, and wherein said chemical composition is a cellulose-based biopolymer.
27. The yarn according to claim 26 wherein said bonding material is further defined as being positioned in said first portion only.
28. A yarn comprising:
a. a first portion extending inward from an outer periphery of said yarn, wherein an amount by which said first portion extends inward from said outer periphery is substantially uniform about said outer periphery;
b. a second portion outward from a geometric center of said yarn, wherein said second portion terminates at an inward boundary of said first portion, wherein a fiber volume ratio of said first portion is different than a fiber volume ratio of said second portion.
29. A yarn characterized in that a cross-sectional area of said yarn increases by less than 100 percent when said yarn is cut along a plane oriented perpendicularly with respect to a longitudinal axis of said welded yarn, and wherein a chemical composition of said yarn is uniform throughout said yarn.
30. The yarn according to claim 31 wherein said cross-sectional area of said yarn increases by less than 50 percent when said yarn is cut along said plane.
31. The yarn according to claim 31 wherein said chemical composition is further defined as a biopolymer.
US16/189,851 2016-03-25 2018-11-13 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates Abandoned US20190106814A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/189,851 US20190106814A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2018-11-13 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662313291P 2016-03-25 2016-03-25
US201662365752P 2016-07-22 2016-07-22
US201762446646P 2017-01-16 2017-01-16
PCT/US2017/024351 WO2017165891A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-27 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
US201762584795P 2017-11-11 2017-11-11
US16/189,851 US20190106814A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2018-11-13 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/086,273 Continuation-In-Part US11766835B2 (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-27 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
PCT/US2017/024351 Continuation-In-Part WO2017165891A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-27 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190106814A1 true US20190106814A1 (en) 2019-04-11

Family

ID=65992839

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/189,851 Abandoned US20190106814A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2018-11-13 Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US20190106814A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11555263B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2023-01-17 Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates
US11920263B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2024-03-05 Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB348305A (en) * 1930-03-25 1931-05-14 Duncan Hunter A new or improved yarn produced from cotton or other vegetable fibres or derivatives thereof and the process for the production thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB348305A (en) * 1930-03-25 1931-05-14 Duncan Hunter A new or improved yarn produced from cotton or other vegetable fibres or derivatives thereof and the process for the production thereof

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11555263B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2023-01-17 Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates
US11920263B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2024-03-05 Natural Fiber Welding, Inc. Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11920263B2 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates
US20230143501A1 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates
US20210301459A1 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
US11766835B2 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
US20200173063A1 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates
AU2018365269B2 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
US20190106814A1 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing welded substrates
US20180291536A1 (en) Methods, processes, and apparatuses for producing dyed and welded substrates

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATURAL FIBER WELDING, INC., ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HAVERHALS, LUKE MICHAEL;AMSTUTZ, AARON KENNETH;TEJEDA, BALMES;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190401 TO 20190402;REEL/FRAME:049089/0815

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATURAL FIBER WELDING, INC., ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NATURAL FIBER WELDING, INC.;REEL/FRAME:055708/0768

Effective date: 20210318

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION